Australian College of Theology

Handbook 2019

At the time of the preparation of this Handbook (November 2018) all information herein is as up to date as is possible. The courses of the ACT and the units of which they are comprised, including the unit outlines, learning outcomes, and bibliographies, as described and contained in the ACT Handbooks and as approved by the Academic Board, are the intellectual property of the ACT and may not be used in whole or part without the written permission of the Board of Directors. Copyright and ownership of these courses and their units is vested in the ACT.

Level 10, 257 Clarence Street, NSW 2000, Ph: (61 2) 9262 7890 Fax: (61 2) 9262 7290 Email: [email protected] Web: www.actheology.edu.au ABN: 88 869 962 393 ACN: 127 429 083 TEQSA Provider: PRV12010 CRICOS: 02650E

Contents 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTENTS Educational Philosophy ...... 5 Identity, Purpose and Mission ...... 6 Preface ...... 7 Membership of the ACT Limited ...... 8 Affiliated Colleges of the ACT ...... 10 Fees 2019 ...... 12 Calendar of Dates 2019 ...... 13 Academic Dress ...... 14 Prizes ...... 18 Constitution of Australian College of Theology Limited ...... 20 Coursework Awards ...... 39 Guidelines For Essays in Coursework units ...... 40 Guidelines for Projects in Coursework Awards ...... 43 Non-Discriminatory Language Policy ...... 45 Regulations for Coursework Awards ...... 46 List of Coursework Units ...... 56 Diploma of Christian Studies ...... 76 Diploma of Ministry ...... 78 Diploma of Theology ...... 80 Diploma of Theology / Diploma of Ministry ...... 83 Advanced Diploma of Ministry ...... 86 Advanced Diploma of Theology ...... 89 Advanced Diploma of Theology / Advanced Diploma of Ministry ...... 92 Associate Degree of Ministry ...... 95 Associate Degree of Theology ...... 97 Bachelor of Christian Studies ...... 99 Bachelor of Ministry ...... 101 Bachelor of Theology ...... 103 Bachelor of Theology / Bachelor of Ministry ...... 105 Bachelor of Ministry (Honours) ...... 107 Bachelor of Theology (Honours) ...... 109 Graduate Certificate of Divinity ...... 112 Graduate Diploma of Divinity ...... 115 Master of Ministry ...... 118 Master of Divinity ...... 122 Master of Divinity / Graduate Certificate of Divinity ...... 127

4 Contents Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies ...... 132 Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies ...... 135 Master of Arts (Christian Studies) ...... 138 Master of Missional Leadership ...... 141 Master of Intercultural Studies ...... 145 Graduate Certificate of Ministry ...... 148 Graduate Diploma of Ministry ...... 150 Master of Arts (Ministry) ...... 152 Graduate Certificate of Theology ...... 155 Graduate Diploma of Theology ...... 157 Master of Arts (Theology) ...... 159 Higher Degrees by Research ...... 162 Academic Integrity Policy for Higher Degree Research Candidates ...... 163 HDR Candidate Appeals Procedure ...... 168 Research Misconduct Procedure ...... 172 Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates ...... 177 Induction of HDR Candidates and HDR Supervisors Policy ...... 179 Regulations for HDR Courses ...... 182 Confirmation of Candidature Policy ...... 189 Annual Progress Reports Procedure ...... 195 Style Guidelines for Theses ...... 196 Thesis Submission and Examination ...... 200 Research Training Pathway ...... 207 Master of Theology ...... 208 Doctor of Ministry ...... 211 Doctor of Philosophy ...... 218 Doctor of Theology ...... 222 Doctor of Theology (honoris causa) ...... 226 HDR Graduation List For The Year 2018 ...... 227 Non-AQF Qualifications ...... 228 Certificate in Theology ...... 229 Academic Studies in Theology Certificate ...... 231



5

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

The ACT is a national, co-operative institution in which the ACT and its officers, the Board of Directors, the Academic Board and its standing committees and confessionally diverse affiliated institutions work together to prepare students enrolled in the ACT’s academic courses for Christian ministry, and to promote the study of theology in the wider community. The ACT is committed to promoting academic policies, programs and procedures that are in line with the best tertiary practice.

The ACT recognises that Christians today live within a number of intersecting communities and that their education through the ACT should assist them to fulfil commitments to each of these communities.

First is their commitment to the community of Christians in all its variety. The ACT supports the view that, while adopting a point of view, students should have an understanding of other perspectives which Christians hold on topics which are taught. One prevailing presupposition is that the Christian world-view is not just a theoretical framework of beliefs but is something which is related to and guides all that we do.

Second is their commitment to the community of scholars. Students should work in accordance with those standards of critical scrutiny and academic freedom which guide this community. This involves looking critically at their own presuppositions as well as those of others.

Third is their obligation as members of our modern day society to understand that society and contribute to its well being.

Fourth is the commitment of students to a vocational or occupational community.

The ACT and its affiliated institutions are committed to:  the importance of learning through interaction with teachers and other students so that teaching methods include lectures, class discussions, private research, and student presentations.  making use of the most appropriate modern technologies in the delivery of each unit of study.  the goal of student-oriented “life-long” learning and appropriate portability between institutions. Some courses especially those offered at Graduate level are designed so that a student can take subjects at different institutions if necessary.

Board of Directors Australian College of Theology Limited

6

IDENTITY, PURPOSE AND MISSION

Our Identity

The ACT is an Australian government approved higher education provider, leading and fostering a robust consortium of independent affiliated colleges, which actively engage in scholarship and collaborate in the provision of theological education.

Our Purpose

The ACT’s chief purpose is to collaborate with its affiliated colleges to equip people to faithfully serve God’s church and God’s world primarily by the provision of quality-assured courses in theology and ministry.

Our Mission

The ACT provides an accredited, quality assured curriculum and specialist administrative support to enable affiliates to achieve efficient, cost effective delivery of theological education.

Board of Directors Australian College of Theology Limited

7

PREFACE

The Australian College of Theology has a long and honoured history. It was established in 1891 by the General Synod of the Church of England in Australia and Tasmania “to foster and direct the systematic study of Divinity, especially among the clergy”. Over 16,000 men and women have graduated with courses of the ACT, one-quarter of these in the last 10 years.

In a day of ever-growing religious pluralism, the ACT finds itself called to serve an increasingly diverse constituency, both denominational and interdenominational. The ACT is now able to offer a wide range of courses in a variety of modes of study catering not only for the specialised needs of ministerial and missionary candidates but also for the needs of lay people interested in an understanding of the Christian faith and its implications for contemporary life.

In July 2010 the ACT received self-accrediting authority under the terms of the National Protocols for Higher Education Approval Processes (2007). The ACT was the first institution to be awarded self-accrediting status under the Protocols. This means that it is able to accredit its own courses in theology and ministry within the scope of the self-accrediting authority specified initially by the Department of Education and Training and now endorsed by the Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency (TEQSA).

The following courses (described in this Handbook)—

Accredited undergraduate coursework awards: Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies Diploma of Christian Studies Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies Diploma of Ministry Master of Arts (Christian Studies) Diploma of Theology

Diploma of Theology / Diploma of Ministry Advanced Diploma of Ministry Accredited postgraduate coursework awards: Advanced Diploma of Theology Bachelor of Ministry (Honours) Advanced Diploma of Theology / Advanced Bachelor of Theology (Honours) Diploma of Ministry Master of Missional Leadership Associate Degree of Ministry Master of Intercultural Studies Associate Degree of Theology Graduate Certificate of Ministry Bachelor of Christian Studies Graduate Diploma of Ministry Bachelor of Ministry Master of Arts (Ministry) Bachelor of Theology Graduate Certificate of Theology Bachelor of Theology / Bachelor of Ministry Graduate Diploma of Theology

Master of Arts (Theology) Accredited graduate coursework awards: Accredited postgraduate research degrees: Graduate Certificate of Divinity Graduate Diploma of Divinity Master of Theology Master of Ministry Doctor of Ministry Master of Divinity Doctor of Philosophy Master of Divinity / Graduate Diploma of Divinity Doctor of Theology

—are accredited until 31 December 2021 by the Board of Directors.

There are no denominational restrictions in relation to entry to the ACT’s courses.

Martin Sutherland, Dean & CEO November 2018

Note: In preparing this Handbook the ACT has used its best endeavours to ensure that the information contained in it is true and accurate. Prospective candidates should make their own enquiries to verify this information. The ACT accepts no responsibility for any errors, omissions, inaccuracies or misstatements contained therein and disclaims any liability in respect thereof. The policies of the ACT are available on the ACT’s website: www.actheology.edu.au Students should become familiar with all relevant policies, including Grievance Resolution Policies.

8 Membership

MEMBERSHIP OF THE ACT LIMITED Rev Dr Brian Harris () Rev Peter Hastie (PTCV) The College consists of: Rev Timothy A Meyers (MST) Rev Dr Gary Millar (QTC) a) The Primate Rev Dr Timothy R C Patrick (BCSA) Most Rev Dr Philip Freier Rev Dr Ian K Smith (PTCN) Dr Roshan Allpress (Laidlaw) b) The Dean Rev Dr Donald West (Trinity Theological College) Rev Dr Martin Sutherland f) Five Persons Holding the Research Degree of c) The Principals of Anglican Theological Master or Doctor Awarded by the ACT: Colleges: Dr Caroline Batchelder Rev Dr Andrew Cameron (St Mark’s National Rev Anthony Brammall Theological Centre) Rev Dr Ian Hussey Rev Prof Dorothy Lee (Trinity ) Rev Dr Peter Moore Rt Rev Dr Jonathan Holland (St Francis) Rev Dr Andrew Sloane Rev Dr Don Owers (St Barnabas) Rev Dr Brian Rosner (Ridley College) g) Five Persons Holding Any Other Degree Rev Dr Willis Salier () Awarded by the ACT: Rev Dr Gregory Seach (John Wollaston Theological Mr David Vaughan Barker College) Rt Rev Dr Paul Barker Rev Jacqueline E Stoneman (Mary Andrews) Rev Dr John M Capper Rev Dr Mark Thompson (Moore) Rev Dr Graeme Chatfield Ms Meredith A Walker-Harding d) The Persons Elected by the House of Bishops: Prof Peter Anstey  Rev Vanessa E L Bennett Mr Garth O Blake The Board of Directors Rev Philip J Bradford Mr Greg Hammond (Chair) Mrs Jessica Carroll-Smith Dr Anne Abraham Rev Dane Courtney Rt Rev Dr Paul Barker Rt Rev Dr Glenn N Davies Prof. Philip Dolan Rev Canon Dr Marian J Free Dr Kathryn Harden-Thew Dr Louise Gosbell Rev Dr Brian Harris Rt Rev Dr Tim Harris Rt Rev Timothy Harris Dr Havid Hohne Rev Dr Theresa Lau Mrs Susan E Hooke Prof. Roger Lewis Rev Sandra Jones Mr Ian C Miller Rev Dr Bruce N Kaye Rev Dr Brian Rosner Rt Rev Richard Lewers Very Rev Dr Mary Lewis Company Secretary Ms Delle Matthews Rev Dr Martin Sutherland Rev Anthea McCall Assoc Prof Stuart Piggin Academic Board Dr Claire Smith Rev Dr Brian Harris (Chair) Rt Rev Dr Michael Stead Mrs Tara Stenhouse Office Staff Ms Jane Tooher Rev Dr Lindsay Wilson Strategy and Operations: Dean & Chief Executive Officer: e) The Principals of Christian Higher Education Rev Dr Martin Sutherland, B.Th., B.A. (Hons), Ph.D. Institutions Affiliated with the ACT which are Approved to Offer Research Degrees of Master Executive Assistant to the Dean: or Doctor of the ACT Tara Holdaway, BMin, BEd, TESOL, Rev Dr Murray A Capill (RTC) Rev Dr Ross R Clifford (Morling) Director of Quality and Operations: Rev Stuart Coulton (SMBC) Dr Paul Yeates, BSc(Hons), DipEd, BTh, PhD Rev Dr Peter Francis (Malyon) Rev Dr Richard Gibson (BST) Director of Finance:

Membership 9

Vicki Chen, BSBAA, MAppFin

Financial Accountant: Mary Ann Navidad, BSc, MPA (UNE)

Quality Assurance Officer: Meredith Walker-Harding, BSc, ADT

Learning, Teaching and Research Associate Dean and Director of Research: Rev Dr Graeme Chatfield, BA(Hons.) (UWA), BTh (ACT), MEd (UNE), PhD (Bristol)

Director of Teaching and Learning: Dr Geoff Treloar, BA (USyd), GradDipEd (USyd), PhD (USyd)

Research Students Administrator: Elizabeth Kohn, MA

Publishing Manager: Rev Megan Powell du Toit, BA(Hons.), BMin(Hons.), PhD (cand.)

Academic Services Registrar: Simon Davies, BCreatTech, MLead (Higher Ed.)

Deputy Registrar: Diana Tadjudin, DipIT, BIS

Academic Administrative Officer and Overseas Student Liaison Officer: Asanka Gunarathne, BA (Hons), Adv.Dip.Bus.Management

Academic Administrative Officer: Elisa Norris, BA

Academic Administrative Officer: Coralie Scott, BBMS (Hons), MHA

10 Affiliated Colleges

AFFILIATED COLLEGES OF THE ACT PO Box 6166 The Australian College of Theology exists as a Mitchelton QLD 4053 partnership between the Anglican Church of ph: 07 3354 5656 Australia and a confessionally diverse, national fax: 07 3354 5660 network of Bible and theological colleges delivering email: [email protected] the awards of the College on its behalf. Students web: www.malyon.edu.au enrolled in a course of the Australian College of Theology must nominate and be accepted by one of the affiliated colleges approved to deliver that Level 1, St Andrew’s House award. In circumstances where a student’s enrolment 464-480 Kent Street is discontinued by an affiliated college but not by Sydney NSW 2000 the Australian College of Theology, the student is ph: 02 9284 1470 permitted to have the ACT as his/her home college if fax: 02 9261 2864 another suitable home college cannot be found. email: [email protected] web: www.mac.edu.au The ACT website www.actheology.edu.au lists the courses which delivered by each college. Melbourne School of Theology PO Box 6257 Addresses Vermont South VIC 3133 ph: 03 9881 7800 Bible College SA fax: 03 9800 0121 176 Wattle Street email: [email protected] Malvern SA 5061 [email protected] (Chinese department) ph: 08 8291 8188 web: www.mst.edu.au fax: 08 8291 8199 email: [email protected] web: www.biblecollege.sa.edu.au 120 Herring Road Macquarie Park NSW 2113 School of Theology ph: 02 9878 0201 1 Cross Street fax: 02 9878 2175 Toowong QLD 4066 email: [email protected] ph: 07 3870 8355 web: www.morlingcollege.com fax: 07 3371 4002 email: [email protected] Presbyterian Theological College web: www.bst.qld.edu.au 684 Elgar Road Box Hill North VIC 3129 ph: 03 9898 9384 1 Clarence Street fax: 03 9898 9872 Burwood NSW 2134 email: [email protected] ph: 02 9744 1977 web: www.ptc.vic.edu.au email: [email protected] web: www.christcollege.edu.au Queensland Theological College: PO Box 6376 St Lucia QLD 4067 Private Bag 93104 ph: 07 3871 9347 Henderson Auckland 0650 fax: 07 3871 9372 NEW ZEALAND email: [email protected] web: www.qtc.edu.au ph: (0011 64) 9 836 7800 (0011 64) 9 837 9763 Reformed Theological College fax: (0011 64) 9 836 7801 221 Queen Street email: [email protected] Melbourne VIC 3000 web: www.laidlaw.ac.nz ph: 03 5244 2955 fax: 03 5243 6055 email: [email protected] web: www.rtc.edu.au

Affiliated Colleges 11

Ridley College Summer Institute of Linguistics Australia – approved 170 The Avenue to offer units in partnership with Melbourne School Parkville VIC 3052 of Theology ph: 03 9207 4800 fax: 03 9387 5099 Worldview Centre for Intercultural Studies – email: [email protected] approved to offer units in partnership with web: www.ridley.edu.au Melbourne School of Theology

Sydney Missionary and Bible College PO Box 83 Croydon NSW 2132 ph: 02 9747 4780 fax: 02 9747 5053 email: [email protected] [email protected] web: www.smbc.com.au

Trinity Theological College PO Box 115 Leederville WA 6902 632-634 Newcastle Street Leederville WA 6007 ph: 08 9228 9067 fax: 08 9228 3862 email: [email protected] web: www.ttc.wa.edu.au

Vose Seminary 20 Hayman Road Bentley WA 6102 ph: 08 6313 6200 fax: 08 6313 6299 email: [email protected] web: www.vose.edu.au

Youthworks College PO Box 256 Sutherland NSW 1499 ph: 02 8093 3400 fax: 02 9542 3599 email: [email protected] web: www.youthworkscollege.edu.au



Some third parties are approved for delivering units of accredited courses of the Australian College of Theology in 2019, in partnership with affiliated colleges. These are:

Australian College of Christianity – approved to offer units in partnership with Melbourne School of Theology

Chinese Theological College of Australia – approved to offer units in partnership with Christ College

12 Fees

FEES 2019

The following is a list of all fees set and permitted by the ACT, including tuition fees and management fees.

Tuition fees Standard ^ Overseas ^^ ACT Ltd ACT Ltd Coursework tuition fee unit tuition tuition fee unit tuition component component per cp fee per cp fee units per cp per cp

$1710 (3cp) $1,950 (3cp) (2**-792) $2,280 (4cp) $2,600 (4cp) $3,420 (6cp) $3,900 (6cp)

$570 $650 Major projects

**795, 14,000 $4,560 (8cp) $5,200 (8cp) words $60 $90 $6,840 $7,800 **796, 16,000 (12cp) (12cp) words Study Tours **245 **445 $8,000 **645 **745-4, **745-6 CertTheol and $1000 $120 per unit n/a n/a n/a ASTC

Tuition fees Standard ^ Overseas ^^ ACT Ltd tuition ACT Ltd tuition unit tuition unit tuition Research units component per fee component fee per cp fee fee cp per cp per cp $4,000 (8cp part time semester $9,600 (16cp fee), Research units full time $500 $95 $600 $120 RM0**, (793-794), (798- semester 999) $8,000 (16cp fee) full time semester fee)

^ Standard fee is charged to all students except those on an Australian student visa. ^^ Overseas fee is charged only to students who are studying while being the holder of an Australian student visa with a Confirmation of Enrolment from the ACT.

Other student fees

 Non-refundable Overseas Student course application fee up to $250  Variation of Enrolment Fees (see Variation of Enrolment Policy) – Add/substitute a unit after Administrative Date up to $150.00/unit  Appeals Fee (where relevant – see Grievance Resolution Policy) half the normal ACT Ltd component of tuition fee  Certified Transcript Fee $25 if in digital records, $60 if in paper archives  Certified Testamur reprint $25.00

College fees

 Base annual fee for affiliated colleges (includes first course cluster) $3,350  Each subsequent course cluster $1,725  Application for affiliation $20,000

Dates 13

CALENDAR OF DATES 2019

January Applications for HDR candidature close for semester 1 (30)

March Applications for first semester enrolments due (1) Major census date for some colleges (first semester) (15) * Major census date for some colleges (first semester) (31) * College Annual Reports due (31)

* Please note: each units of study has its own census date, and students should check with the unit provider or the ACT Office regarding the census date of any enrolled unit.

June First semester marks due to ACT office (30) Notice of students granted extensions due to ACT office (30)

July First semester marks released to students (Friday 12) Applications for HDR candidature close for semester 2 (31) Results for students with extensions to be submitted to ACT (31)

August Applications for second semester enrolments due (1) Major census date for some colleges (second semester) (15) * Major census date for some colleges (second semester) (31) *

* Please note: each units of study has its own census date, and students should check with the unit provider or the ACT Office regarding the census date of any enrolled unit.

November Second semester marks due to ACT office (30) Notice of students granted extensions due to ACT office (30)

December Second semester marks released to students (Friday 13) Results for students with extensions to be submitted to ACT (31)



Nominal semester dates (check with your college for exact unit timetable) Semester One 1st February- 30th June Semester Two 1st July-30th November

14 Academic Dress / Prizes

ACADEMIC DRESS

The Australian College of Theology uses the British Colour Council Dictionary of Colour Standards (1951). However, seeing as BCC codes are no longer widely available a list of equivalent Pantone® colour codes and Hexidecimal (HEX) colour values has been developed. Should any staff member or student wish to verify ACT academic dress colours, the Dictionary of Colour Standards contains swatches which are available to view in the ACT office only.

Graduate Colours: Pantone/ HEX Equivalents Award Colour BCC Pantone® HEX AdvDipMin (P1) Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 AdvDipMin (P2) Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 AdvDipTh (P1) New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 AdvDipTh (P2) New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 AdvDipTh / AdvDipMin (P1) Students may choose to wear Ministry or Theology colours, ie. Helio or New Lime. AdvDipTh / AdvDipMin (P2) Students may choose to wear Ministry or Theology colours, ie. Helio or New Lime. AssocDegMin Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 AssocDegTh New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 BChrStuds Apricot BCC143 7508c E1B87F BMin Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 BMin(Hons) Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 BTh New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 BTh(Hons) New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 BTh / BMin Students may choose to wear Ministry or Theology colours, ie. Helio or New Lime. DipChrStuds Kingfisher BCC164 307c 006BA6 DipMin (P1) Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 DipMin (P2) Helio BCC178 7677c 6F5091 DipTh (P1) New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 DipTh (P2) New Lime BCC103 7739c 319B42 DipTh / DipMin (P1) Students may choose to wear Ministry or Theology colours, ie. Helio or New Lime. DipTh / DipMin (P2) Students may choose to wear Ministry or Theology colours, ie. Helio or New Lime. GradCertChrStuds Electric/ Garter Blue BCC132 7692c 005587 GradCertDiv Basil BCC238 7729c 005844 GradCertMin Purple BCC179 2617c 470A68 GradCertTh Academic Green BCC100 3415c 007749 GradDipChrStuds Electric/ Garter Blue BCC132 7692c 005587 GradDipDiv Basil BCC238 7729c 005844 GradDipMin Purple BCC179 2617c 470A68 GradDipTh Academic Green BCC100 3415c 007749 MA(ChrStuds) Electric/ Garter Blue BCC132 7692c 005587 MA(Min) Purple BCC179 2617c 470A68 MA(Th) Academic Green BCC100 3415c 007749 MDiv Basil BCC238 7729c 005844 MDiv/GradDipDiv Basil BCC238 7729c 005844 MICS Flame BCC95 2026c F4633A MMin Violet BCC214 Violetc 440099 MML Carrot BCC144 1495U FF9351 MTh Jade BCC122 322c 007377 DMin New Gold BCC54 137c FFA300 PhD Cherry BCC185 200c BA0CF2 ThD Scarlet Red BCC210 7621c AB2328

Academic Dress / Prizes 15

DipChrStuds Hood: Black silk faced (to 7.5 cm) with Kingfisher silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Black material in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

DipTh Hood: Black silk faced (to 7.5 cm) with New Lime silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Black material in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

DipMin Hood: Black silk faced (to 7.5 cm) with Helio silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Black material in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

AdvDipTh Hood: Black silk faced (to 7.5 cm) with New Lime silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Black material in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

AdvDipMin Hood: Black silk faced (to 7.5 cm) with Helio silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Black material in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

AssocDegTh Stole: New Lime silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

AssocDegMin Stole: Helio silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

BChrStuds Hood: Black silk fully lined with Apricot and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

BMin/BMin(Hons)

Hood: Black silk fully lined with Helio silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

BTh/BTh(Hons) Hood: Black silk fully lined with New Lime silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

GradCertDiv Stole: Basil silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

GradDipDiv Stole: Basil silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

16 Academic Dress / Prizes

MDiv Hood: Black silk fully lined with Basil and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

MMin Hood: Black silk fully lined with Violet and edged with Dove Grey silk in the shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

GradCertChrStuds Stole: Electric Blue silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

GradDipChrStuds Stole: Electric Blue silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

MA(ChrStuds) Hood: Black silk fully lined with Electric Blue and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

MICS Hood: Black silk fully lined with Flame and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

MML Hood: Black silk fully lined with Carrot and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

GradCertMin Stole: Purple silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

GradDipMin Stole: Purple silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

MA(Min)

Hood: Black silk fully lined with Purple and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

GradCertTh Stole: Academic green silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk. Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

GradDipTh Stole: Academic green silk faced with 5cm Dove Grey silk.

Academic Dress / Prizes 17

Gown: Plain black material similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.

MA(Th) Hood: Black silk fully lined with Academic Green and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

MTh Hood: Black silk fully lined with Jade silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney. Gown: Plain black similar in design to that worn by graduates of the University of Sydney holding the degree of Master.

DMin Hood: New Gold cloth fully lined with black silk and edged with Dove Grey silk as worn by Doctors of the University of Cambridge. Gown: New Gold cloth faced with black silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in the Cambridge Doctoral shape. Bonnet: Black velvet bonnet with gold tassel in the Cambridge Doctoral style.

PhD Hood: Cherry cloth fully lined with black silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape worn by Doctors of the University of Cambridge. Gown: Cherry cloth faced with black silk, and edged with Dove Grey silk in the Cambridge Doctoral shape. Bonnet: Black velvet bonnet with red tassel in the Cambridge Doctoral style.

ThD Hood: Scarlet red cloth fully lined with black silk and edged with Dove Grey silk in shape worn by Doctors of the University of Cambridge. Gown: Scarlet red cloth faced with black silk, and edged with Dove Grey silk in the Cambridge Doctoral shape. Bonnet: Black velvet bonnet with scarlet tassel in the Cambridge Doctoral style.

Note: “Edged with Dove Grey silk” means 2.5cm on outside of the cowl. In addition, the ThD hood is edged 2.5 cm around the cape. Optional headwear for doctoral graduates: Black Velvet Tudor bonnet with matching cord and tassels.

Note: Optional headwear for all awards below doctoral level: black cloth trencher as worn by graduates of the University of Sydney.



18 Academic Dress / Prizes

PRIZES

Doctor Douglas Abbott & Mrs Grace Abbott Prize Established in 2002 by the donor, the late Dr Douglas Abbott, a doctoral graduate of the ACT in the field of missiology, to the value of $100, the Prize is to be awarded annually to the student who heads the class in the unit Mission Perspectives (EM301/501) with a High Distinction.

Felix Arnott Prize Established by the Council of the Australian College of Theology in honour of the Most Reverend F.R. Arnott, C.M.G., MA, ThD, sometime Archbishop of Brisbane and Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Prize, in the amount of $500, is awarded annually to the student who, in the examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Theology, heads the list of those graduating with a GPA of at least 3.50.

Barton Babbage Prize Established by the Council of the Australian College of Theology in honour of the late Reverend Canon S Barton Babbage, OAM, MA, PhD, ThD., fifth Registrar of the ACT, the Prize, in the amount of $500, is awarded annually to the student who, in the examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Ministry, heads the list of those graduating with a grade point average of at least 3.5.

The David Barr Prize Established by the Board of Directors in 2016 to commemorate the service of Prof David Barr AM, a longstanding member of the Board of Delegates (1992-2007) and the Board of Directors (2007-2014), and Chair of the Board from 2008 to 2014, the Prize to the value of $400 is awarded to the candidate who in the MA (Th) or MA (Min) degree heads the list of those graduating that year (taken over both semesters) with a GPA of at least 3.0.

Kenneth Cable Prize Established by the Board of Directors to honour the memory of Professor Kenneth Cable, ThD (1929–2003), the first Anglican layperson to be awarded the ACT’s honorary degree of Doctor of Theology, the Prize, to the value of $250, is awarded annually to the student who heads the class in a unit in the field of Church History at advanced level (400/600) with a High Distinction.

Frank and Elizabeth Cash Prize Established by the third Registrar of the ACT, the Reverend Frank Cash, MA, BD, ThD., and his wife, the Prize, to the value of $350, is awarded each year to the student who, in the examination for the Advanced Diploma of Theology/Ministry, heads the list of those graduating with a GPA of at least 3.50.

John Forster Memorial Prize Established by his widow in memory of the second Registrar of the ACT, the Venerable John Forster, MA, DD, the Prize, to the value of $350 is awarded annually to the student who, completing the Master of Divinity, Bachelor of Ministry or Bachelor of Theology, heads the list of those who have passed eight credit points of Greek exegesis at advanced level.

Oliver Heyward Prize Established in honour of the Chairman of the former Board of Delegates, the Right Reverend Oliver S Heyward, the Prize, to the value of $250, is awarded annually to the student who, in the examination for the diploma of Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies or Graduate Diploma of Divinity, heads the list of those graduating with a grade point average of at least 3.5.

Hey Sharp Prize Established by public subscription and first awarded in 1929 to perpetuate the memory of the work of the first Registrar, the Reverend Canon W. Hey Sharp, MA, during the first thirty years of the life of the ACT, the Prize was until 1992 awarded to the student who, in the examination for the Licentiate in Theology, headed the list with Distinction. The Prize, to the value of $500, is now awarded to the Anglican ordinand in Australia who has in that year completed a recognised coursework or research degree in theology. The criterion for the award will be that the candidate has achieved grades at least to the level of a 3.50 GPA in the Master of Divinity, Bachelor of Theology or Bachelor of Ministry of the ACT, the Board of Directors deciding the recipient of the Prize. Nominations for the award should be sent to the Dean by January 30 of the subsequent year.

Academic Dress / Prizes 19

F.A. Walton Prize Established by an anonymous donor in memory of the Reverend F.A. Walton, MA, first Chief Executive Officer of the General Board of Religious Education, the Prize, to the value of $250, is awarded annually to the student who, in the examination for the Certificate in Theology, heads the list.

Janet West Prize Established by the former Board of Delegates in honour of Mrs Janet West, the first woman to be awarded the Doctor of Theology degree by the Australian College of Theology, the Prize, to the value of $500, is awarded annually to the student who, in the examination for the degree of Master of Divinity heads the list of those graduating with a GPA of at least 3.50.



2018 Prizewinners (from 2017 graduates)

The Dr Douglas Abbott & Mrs Grace Abbott Prize: Karleigh Narissa Oldham, Malyon College

The Felix Arnott Prize: Not awarded

The Barton Babbage Prize: Not awarded

The David Barr Prize Haydn Jack Lea, Malyon College

The Kenneth Cable Prize: Jonathan Ennis-King, Melbourne School of Theology

The Frank & Elizabeth Cash Prize: Rachel Simone Shipp, Morling College

The John Forster Memorial Prize: Kyle Jeffrey Vermaes, Vose Seminary

The Oliver Heyward Prize: Jonathan Ennis-King, Melbourne School of Theology

The Hey Sharpe Prize: No applicants

The F A Walton Prize: Eleanor Leigh Mitchell, Christ College

The Janet West Prize: Kyle Jeffrey Vermaes, Vose Seminary

20 Constitution of the ACT Limited

CONSTITUTION OF AUSTRALIAN COLLEGE OF THEOLOGY LIMITED A Public Company Limited by Guarantee

(as amended 3 May 2011)

1. Preliminary Preamble 1.1 The Australian College of Theology was constituted on 2 October 1891 by the General Synod of the Church of England in the Dioceses of Australia and Tasmania to foster and direct a systematic study of Divinity, especially among the Clergy. The Australian College of Theology was reconstituted on 3 September 1900 and its Constitution was amended in 1910, 1916, 1926, 1932 and 1945 by the General Synod of the Church of England in the Dioceses of Australia and Tasmania. On 15 May 1962 and subsequently on 29 September 1966 the Australian College of Theology was reconstituted by the General Synod of the Church of England in Australia. The Constitution of the Australian College of Theology was amended by the General Synod of the Church of England in Australia, which on 21 August 1981 was renamed the Anglican Church of Australia, in 1973, 1992, 1995 and 2004. On 29 November 1995 the Australian College of Theology Council Inc was incorporated as an association under the Associations Incorporation Act 1984 (NSW). On 6 September 2007 the Australian College of Theology Council Inc was registered pursuant to the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) as a public company limited by guarantee in the name of the Australian College of Theology Council Limited. On 24 October 2007 the General Synod of the Anglican Church of Australia consented to the change of name of the Australian College of Theology Council Limited to the Australian College of Theology Limited and the modification of the Constitution of the Australian College of Theology Council Limited in accordance with this Constitution, and provided for the repeal of the existing Constitution of the Australian College of Theology.

1.2 The Australian College of Theology Limited operates in association with affiliated Anglican Theological Colleges and other affiliated Christian higher education institutions, each with their own church and agency stakeholders.

Definitions 1.3 The following words have these meanings in this Constitution unless the contrary intention appears:

Affiliated Christian Institution means an Anglican Theological College, or a Christian higher education institution, which is affiliated with the College;

Anglican Theological Colleges means St Francis’ Theological College (Brisbane), St Barnabas’ College (Adelaide), Moore Theological College, Ridley College, St Mark’s National Theological Centre, John Wollaston Theological College, Trinity College Theological School, Youthworks College, Mary Andrews College and any other theological college of the Church recognised as an Anglican Theological College by the Standing Committee;

Article means an Article of this Constitution;

Bishops means bishops of the Church;

Christian higher education institutions means higher education institutions which are Christian and not Anglican Theological Colleges and which are engaged in the study of theology and/or other disciplines related to Christian ministry.

Church means the Anglican Church of Australia;

Constitution of the ACT Limited 21

College means the Australian College of Theology Limited;

Constitution means this Constitution as amended from time to time, and a reference to a particular Article has a corresponding meaning;

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth);

Dean means the Dean and Chief Executive Officer for the time being of the College;

Director means a person holding office as a Director of the College;

Directors mean all or some of the Directors acting as a Board;

House of Bishops means the persons who comprise the House of Bishops of the General Synod referred to in section 16 of the Constitution of the Church;

Independent Person means a person who is not: (a) a member of the College; or (b) enrolled as a candidate for an award of the College; or (c) employed by the College or an Anglican Theological College or a Christian higher education institution affiliated with the College;

Meeting includes audio and video conferencing or data conferencing in which two or more people communicate and collaborate as a group over the internet or corporate intranet in real time; Member means a member of the College;

Non-Anglican Theological Colleges means those non-Anglican theological colleges affiliated with the College;

Part means a Part of this Constitution;

Previous Constitution means the Constitution of the College set out in the Australian College of Theology Canon 1966 of the General Synod of the Church;

Primate means the person who is for the time being the Primate of the Church;

Register means the register of Members of the College under the Corporations Act and if appropriate includes a branch register;

Registered Office means the registered office of the College;

Resolution includes the situation where each person entitled to participate in a meeting has notice of the meeting and sends to the Secretary a memorandum, which may be by e-mail, assenting to a proposed resolution;

Secretary means a person appointed under Article 11.1 as secretary of the College; and where appropriate includes an acting secretary and a person appointed by the Directors to perform all or any of the duties of a secretary of the College;

Specified Date means the date that the Australian College of Theology Canon 1966 is repealed.

22 Constitution of the ACT Limited

Standing Committee means the Standing Committee of the General Synod of the Church or such other body as from time to time performs the functions currently performed by the Standing Committee;

State means the State or Territory in which the College is for the time being registered;

Visitor means the person appointed under Article 4.1(f) as the visitor of the College.

Interpretation 1.4 In this Constitution unless the contrary intention appears: (a) words importing any gender include both genders; (b) the word “person” includes a firm, a body corporate, a partnership, a joint venture, an unincorporated body or association or an authority; (c) the singular includes the plural and vice versa; (d) a reference to a law includes regulations and instruments made under the law; (e) a reference to a law or a provision of a law includes amendments, re-enactments or replacements of that law or the provision, whether by the State or the Commonwealth of Australia or otherwise; and (f) a power, an authority or a discretion reposed in a Director, the Directors, the College in general meeting or a Member may be exercised at any time and from time to time.

1.5 Unless the contrary intention appears in this Constitution, an expression has, in a provision of this Constitution that deals with a matter dealt with by a particular provision of the Corporations Act, the same meaning as in that provision of the Corporations Act.

1.6 Headings are inserted for convenience and are not to affect the interpretation of this Constitution.

Replaceable rules not to apply 1.7 The provisions of the Corporations Act that apply as replaceable rules are displaced by this Constitution and accordingly do not apply to the College.

2. Objects 2.1 The objects of the College shall be to foster and direct the systematic study of theology and other disciplines related to Christian ministry by teaching and research in a manner and at a level comparable to the standards of Australian universities by: (d) awarding higher education qualifications in theology and other disciplines related to Christian ministry equivalent to awards offered in Australian universities, and delivering the related courses in a variety of modes; and (e) engaging in student-centred teaching and learning, through each affiliated Christian institution, that advances knowledge, encourages free and open enquiry, and enhances the pursuit of vocational excellence; and (f) facilitating each affiliated Christian institution’s realisation of the full potential of its formational, educative and scholarly endeavour; and (g) fostering and enhancing a culture of research and scholarship across the College that leads to new knowledge and original creative endeavour; and (h) promoting the study of theology and other disciplines related to Christian ministry in the wider community; and (i) enhancing the higher education status of the College; and (j) underpinning these objects through governance, procedural rules, policies, financial arrangements and planning, and quality assurance processes which are sufficient to ensure the academic integrity of the College’s learning and teaching activities, and research.

Constitution of the ACT Limited 23

3. Membership Members 3.1 The Members of the College shall be: (a) the Primate; and (b) the Dean; and (c) the principals of the Anglican Theological Colleges (Category A); and (d) the persons elected by the House of Bishops (Category B); and (e) the principals of Christian higher education institutions affiliated with the College which are approved to offer research degrees of Master or Doctor of the College (Category C); and (f) five persons holding the research degree of Master or Doctor awarded by the College (Category D); and (g) five persons holding any other degree awarded by the College (Category E).

3.2 A person is eligible to be nominated for membership in Category D or Category E if not already a member in Category A or Category B or Category C.

3.3 A person eligible for election in both Category D and Category E may be nominated in one category only.

Number of Members elected by the House of Bishops 3.4 The House of Bishops shall elect as Members of the College the number of persons equal to the total number of persons comprising Categories C, D and E including at least one Bishop.

Election of Members 3.5 The first election of Members in Category B shall take place as soon as practicable after the Specified Date. The Dean shall invite nominations from the House of Bishops and: (a) where the number of nominations is equal to the required number of persons and includes at least one Bishop, declare the nominated persons elected; (b) where the number of nominations is less than the required number of persons, declare the nominated persons elected and a casual vacancy for the remainder of the required number of persons; (c) where the number of nominations is more than the required number of persons and includes only one Bishop, declare the Bishop elected, conduct an election for the remainder of the required number of persons and on completion of the election declare the poll; (d) where the number of nominations is more than the required number of persons and does not include one Bishop, declare a casual vacancy for the Bishop, conduct an election for the remainder of the required number of persons and on completion of the election declare the poll; (e) where the number of nominations is more than the required number of persons and includes more than one Bishop, conduct an election and on completion of the election declare the poll.

3.6 Subsequent elections of Members in Category B shall take place at each ordinary session of the General Synod of the Church after the Specified Date, and shall be conducted in the same manner as in Article 3.5.

3.7 The first election of Members in each of Categories D and E shall take place as soon as practicable after the first election of Members in Category B. The Dean shall invite nominations from the Primate, the Dean, and the Members in Categories A, B and C and: (a) where the number of nominations is five, declare the nominated persons to be elected; (b) where the number of nominations is less than five, declare the nominated persons elected and a casual vacancy for the remainder of the Members comprising Category D or E, as the case may be;

24 Constitution of the ACT Limited

(c) where the number of nominations is more than five, conduct an election among the Primate, the Dean, and the Members in Categories A, B and C and on completion of the election declare the poll.

3.8 Subsequent elections of Members in each of Categories D and E shall take place no more than six months prior to every third annual general meeting after the initial annual general meeting, and shall be conducted in the same manner as in Article 3.7 with the exception that the Dean shall invite nominations from the Members and that any election shall be held among the Members.

Ceasing to be a Member 3.9 A person ceases to be a Member if the person: (a) dies; (b) resigns; (c) becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental health; (d) in the case of the Primate and Dean, ceases to hold that office; (e) in the case of persons in Category A, ceases to be the principal of an Anglican Theological College; (f) in the case of persons in Category C, ceases to be the principal of a Christian higher education institution affiliated with the College.

Term of membership of elected Members 3.10 The term of membership of the Members in Categories B, D and E is until the declaration for the poll for the next election for that Category. Members in Categories B, D and E are eligible for re- election upon the expiry of the term of their membership.

Casual vacancies 3.11 Where there is a casual vacancy in the Members in Category B, the Primate will as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the vacancy appoint a person and ensure that there is at least one Bishop. The term of a Member appointed under this Article is until the declaration of the poll for the next election for Category B. Upon the expiry of the term of their membership a Member appointed under this Article is eligible for election.

3.12 Where there is a casual vacancy in the Members in Categories D or E, the Dean will as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the vacancy invite nominations from among the Members and, with appropriate changes conduct an election among the Members in the manner specified in Article 3.7 or 3.8 as the case may be. The term of a Member elected under this Article is until the declaration of the poll for the next election for Category D or E. Upon the expiry of the term of their membership a Member elected under this Article is eligible for re-election.

4. General meetings Annual general meeting 4.1 Annual general meetings of the College are to be held in accordance with the Corporations Act. The business of the annual general meeting shall include: (a) the consideration of the annual financial report, Directors’ report and auditor’s report; and (b) the election of the Directors at the initial annual general meeting and at each third annual general meeting thereafter; and (c) the appointment of the auditor of the College at the initial annual general meeting and at each subsequent annual general meeting if there is a vacancy in the office of auditor; and (d) the fixing of the auditor’s remuneration; and

Constitution of the ACT Limited 25

(e) the election of two members of the Nominations Committee at the initial annual general meeting and at each third annual general meeting thereafter or any subsequent annual general meeting if there is a vacancy before or at the conclusion of that annual general meeting; and (f) the appointment of an Independent Person who is approved for appointment by the majority of the Nominations Committee as the Visitor at the initial annual general meeting and at each third annual general meeting or any subsequent annual general meeting if there is a vacancy in the office of Visitor before or at the conclusion of that annual general meeting.

General meeting 4.2 The Directors may convene and arrange to hold a general meeting of the College whenever they think fit and must do so if requested to do so by the Primate or required to do so under the Corporations Act.

Notice of general meeting 4.3 Notice of a meeting of Members must be given in accordance with the Corporations Act.

Calculation of period of notice 4.4 In computing the period of notice under Article 4.3, both the day on which the notice is given or taken to be given and the day of the meeting convened by it are to be disregarded.

Cancellation or postponement of a meeting 4.5 Where a meeting of Members (including an annual general meeting) is convened by the Directors they may, whenever they think fit, cancel the meeting or postpone the holding of the meeting to a date and time determined by them. This Article does not apply to a meeting convened at the request of the Primate or in accordance with the Corporations Act by a single Director, by Members or by the Directors on the request of Members.

Notice of cancellation or postponement of a meeting 4.6 Notice of cancellation or postponement of a general meeting must state the reason for cancellation or postponement and be given: (a) to each Member individually; and (b) to each other person entitled to be given notice of a meeting of the Members under the Corporations Act.

Contents of notice of postponement of meeting 4.7 A notice of postponement of a general meeting must specify: (a) the postponed date and time for the holding of the meeting; and (b) a place for the holding of the meeting which may be either the same as or different from the place specified in the notice convening the meeting; and (c) if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate the holding of the meeting in that manner.

Number of clear days for postponement of meeting 4.8 The number of clear days from the giving of a notice postponing the holding of a general meeting to the date specified in that notice for the holding of the postponed meeting must not be less than the number of clear days notice of the general meeting required to be given by this Constitution or the Corporations Act.

Business at postponed meeting 4.9 The only business that may be transacted at a general meeting the holding of which is postponed is the business specified in the notice convening the meeting.

26 Constitution of the ACT Limited

Proxy or attorney at postponed meeting 4.10 Where: (a) by the terms of an instrument appointing a proxy or attorney, a proxy or an attorney is authorised to attend and vote at a general meeting to be held on a specified date or at a general meeting or general meetings to be held on or before a specified date; and (b) the date for holding the meeting is postponed to a date later than the date specified in the instrument of proxy or power of attorney, then, by force of this Article, that later date is substituted for and applies to the exclusion of the date specified in the instrument of proxy or power of attorney unless the Member appointing the proxy or attorney gives to the College at its Registered Office notice in writing to the contrary not less than 48 hours before the time to which the holding of the meeting has been postponed.

Non-receipt of notice 4.11 The non-receipt of notice of a general meeting or cancellation or postponement of a general meeting by, or the accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting or cancellation or postponement of a general meeting to, a person entitled to receive notice does not invalidate any resolution passed at the general meeting or at a postponed meeting or the cancellation or postponement of a meeting.

5. Proceedings at general meetings Representation of Member 5.1 A Member may be present and vote in person or may be represented at any meeting of the College by: (a) proxy; or (b) attorney.

5.2 Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a Member in Part 5 means a person who is a Member or who is a proxy or attorney of that Member.

Quorum 5.3 Subject to Article 5.6, twelve Members present in person are a quorum at a general meeting.

5.4 An item of business may not be transacted at a general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to consider it. If a quorum is present at the beginning of a meeting it is to be deemed present throughout the meeting unless the chairman of the meeting on the chairman’s own motion or at the instance of a Member, proxy or attorney who is present otherwise declares.

5.5 If within 15 minutes after the time appointed for a meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting: (a) if convened by, or on requisition of, Members, is dissolved; and (b) in any other case stands adjourned to the same day in the next week and the same time and place, or to such other day, time and place as the Directors appoint by notice to the Members and others entitled to notice of the meeting.

5.6 At a meeting adjourned under Article 5.5(b) twelve Members present in person are a quorum and, if a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, the meeting is dissolved.

Appointment and powers of chairman of general meeting 5.7 The Primate is entitled to preside as chairman at a general meeting.

Constitution of the ACT Limited 27

5.8 If a general meeting is held and the Primate is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unable or unwilling to act, the following may preside as chairman of the meeting (in order of precedence): (a) the chairman of the Directors; (b) the deputy chairman of the Directors; (c) a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present; (d) the only Director present; (e) a Member chosen by a majority of the Members present in person or by proxy.

5.9 The chairman of a general meeting: (a) has charge of the general conduct of the meeting and of the procedure to be adopted at the meeting; and (b) may require the adoption of any procedure which is in the chairman’s opinion necessary or desirable for proper and orderly debate or discussion and the proper and orderly casting or recording of votes at the general meeting; and (c) may, having regard where necessary to the Corporations Act, terminate discussion or debate on any matter whenever the chairman considers it necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting.

5.10 A decision by the chairman under Article 5.9 is final unless overturned by resolution of the general meeting.

Adjournment of general meetings 5.11 The chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present, and must if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting to a new day, time or place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

5.12 When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of an original meeting.

5.13 Except as provided by Article 5.12, it is not necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at any adjourned meeting.

5.14 A resolution passed at a meeting resumed after an adjournment is passed on the day it was passed.

Voting on a resolution 5.15 When voting on any resolution or other matter put to a vote at a meeting of Members, each Member shall have one vote.

Questions decided by majority 5.16 Subject to the requirements of the Corporations Act, a resolution is taken to be carried if a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution are in favour of it.

Appointment of proxy 5.17 A Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of Members may appoint a person as the Member’s proxy or proxies to attend and vote for the Member at the meeting.

5.18 An appointment of a proxy is valid if it is signed by the Member making the appointment and contains the following information: (a) the Member’s name and address; and

28 Constitution of the ACT Limited

(b) the College’s name; and (c) the proxy’s name or the name of the office held by the proxy; and (d) the meetings at which the appointment may be used.

An appointment may be a standing one.

5.19 An undated appointment is to be taken to have been dated on the day it is given to the College.

5.20 An appointment may specify the way the proxy is to vote on a particular resolution. In that event: (a) the proxy need not vote on a show of hands, but if the proxy does so, the proxy must vote that way; and (b) if the proxy has two or more appointments that specify different ways to vote on the resolution, the proxy must not vote on a show of hands.

This Article does not affect the way that the person can cast any vote which that person is entitled to exercise by virtue of being a Member themselves.

5.21 Except to the extent that the appointment of a proxy expressly limits the exercise by the proxy of the power to vote at a meeting, a proxy has the same rights to attend, vote and otherwise act at the meeting as a Member attending the meeting in person.

5.22 An appointment of a proxy does not need to be witnessed.

5.23 A later appointment revokes an earlier one.

Receipt of proxy and other instruments 5.24 An instrument appointing a proxy may not be treated as valid unless the instrument and the power of attorney under which the instrument is signed or, in the case of an unregistered power, a copy of that power or authority certified as a true copy, is or are received by the College not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote at the Registered Office or at any other place specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting.

If the notice convening a general meeting specifies a facsimile number to which a proxy and related materials may be sent then receipt by the facsimile machine on that number of a complete and legible facsimile of the document will be taken as a receipt by the College at a specified place for the purposes of this Article.

Validity of vote in certain circumstances 5.25 A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy or of a power of attorney is valid notwithstanding: (a) the previous death or unsoundness of mind of the Member who has appointed a proxy or executed the power of attorney; or (b) the revocation of the instrument, or of the authority under which the instrument was executed, or of the power,

if notice in writing of the death, unsoundness of mind, revocation or transfer has not been received by the College at the Registered Office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the instrument is used or the power is exercised.

Director entitled to notice of meeting 5.26 A Director is entitled to receive notice of and to attend all general meetings and is entitled to speak at those meetings.

Constitution of the ACT Limited 29

Auditor entitled to notice of meeting 5.27 The College must give its auditor (if any): (a) notice of a general meeting in the same way that a Member is entitled to receive notice; and (b) any other communications relating to the general meeting that a Member is entitled to receive.

6. The Directors Initial Directors 6.1 The initial Directors are the persons who constitute the Board of Delegates under the Previous Constitution.

6.2 The initial Directors hold office until the conclusion of the first annual general meeting.

6.3 Articles 6.13 to 6.17, Part 7 and Part 8 except for Article 8.6 apply to the initial Directors.

6.4 At a meeting of the initial Directors, the number of Directors whose presence is necessary to constitute a quorum is three.

Election of Directors 6.5 At the initial annual general meeting and at each third annual general meeting thereafter the Members are to elect nine Directors.

6.6 The Directors appointed pursuant to Article 6.5 shall include: (a) at least one Bishop who is a Member; (b) at least two principals of Affiliated Christian Theological Colleges; (c) at least five Independent Persons of whom: (i) at least one has senior administration experience in higher education institutions; and (ii) at least another one has financial expertise and financial management experience at a senior level; and (iii) at least another one has commercial expertise at a senior level within the public or private sector; and who are approved for election by the majority of the Nominations Committee.

6.7 Where the number of persons elected as Directors who satisfy the requirements of Article 6.6 is less than nine, the Dean must declare a casual vacancy.

Appointment of additional Directors 6.8 The Directors may increase the number of Directors by up to two Directors and determine whether the additional Director is to be an Independent Person, provided that the majority of Directors must be Independent Persons.

6.9 The Directors are to appoint any additional Director, provided that any additional Director who is to be an Independent Person is approved for appointment by the majority of the Nominations Committee.

Term of Office 6.10 The elected Directors hold office until the conclusion of the third annual general meeting following their election and are eligible for re-election.

6.11 Any additional Directors hold office until the conclusion of the annual general meeting at which the Directors are elected and are eligible for reappointment.

30 Constitution of the ACT Limited

Casual vacancy 6.12 If at any time the position of a Director becomes vacant, the position must be filled by the Directors so as to ensure that the Directors satisfy the requirements of Articles 6.6 and 6.9. A Director appointed under this Article holds office until the time when the Director they were appointed to replace would have retired in accordance with this Constitution, and is eligible for election.

Remuneration of Directors 6.13 If the College in general meeting so resolves, the Directors shall be paid remuneration fixed by the College for their services as Directors.

Travelling expenses 6.14 A Director is entitled to be reimbursed out of the funds of the College for such reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses as the Director may incur when travelling to or from meetings of the Directors or a committee or when otherwise engaged on the business of the College.

Director’s interests 6.15 (a) Subject to complying with the Corporations Act regarding disclosure of and voting on matters involving material personal interests, a Director may: (i) subject to Article 6.13 hold any office or place of profit in the College, except that of auditor; and (ii) enter into any contract or arrangement with the College; and (iii) participate in any association, institution, fund, trust or scheme for past or present employees or Directors of the College or persons dependent on or connected with them; and (iv) act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm which acts in a professional capacity) for the College, except as auditor. (b) A Director may do anything mentioned in Article 6.15(a) despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office: (i) without any liability to account to the College for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and (ii) without affecting the validity of any contract or arrangement. (c) A Director shall make known to the College any conflict of interest or any affiliation that the Director has with an actual or prospective supplier of goods or services to the College or with an actual or prospective recipient of grant funds from the College or with an organisation with competing or conflicting objectives. (d) A Director shall not be present or participate in, vote on or be counted in a quorum when any matter referred to in Article 6.15 (a) or (c) relating to or involving the Director is being considered or decided by the Directors. (e) A reference to the College in this Article is also a reference to each related body corporate of the College.

Signing documents 6.16 A Director is not disqualified because of a material personal interest from signing or participating in the execution of a document by or on behalf of the College.

Vacation of office of Director 6.17 In addition to the circumstances in which a Director is removed pursuant to the Corporations Act or the office of a Director becomes vacant under the Corporations Act, the office of a Director becomes vacant if the Director:

Constitution of the ACT Limited 31

(a) becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental health; (b) resigns from the office by notice in writing to the College; (c) is not present personally at three consecutive meetings of the Directors without leave of absence from the Directors; (d) is the subject of a resolution of the College terminating his or her appointment as a Director of the College. (e) in the case of a Director within article 6.6(a), the Director ceases to be a Bishop or a Member; (f) in the case of a Director within Article 6.6(b), the Director ceases to be the principal of an Affiliated Christian Institution.

7. Powers and duties of Directors Directors to manage the College 7.1 The academic governance and business of the College are to be managed by the Directors, who may exercise all such powers of the College as are not, by the Corporations Act or by this Constitution, required to be exercised by the College in general meeting.

7.2 Without limiting the generality of Article 7.1, the Directors may exercise the following powers of the College: (a) to borrow or raise money, to charge any property or business of the College; and (b) to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of the College or of any other person; and (c) to determine the strategic direction, annual budget and business plan of the College; and (d) to confer academic awards of the College and by resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the Directors withdraw awards of the College; and (e) to grant scholarships, prizes, exhibitions, bursaries and other awards of the College and by resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the Directors withdraw any such scholarships, prizes, exhibitions, bursaries and other awards of the College; and (f) to execute an affiliation agreement with an Anglican Theological College or other Christian higher education institution and thereby approve that college or institution to offer an academic award and/or deliver a unit of the College.

Appointment of attorney 7.3 The Directors may, by power of attorney, appoint any person or persons to be the attorney or attorneys of the College for the purposes and with the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Directors for such period and subject to such conditions as they think fit.

7.4 Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with the attorney as the Directors think fit and may also authorise the attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the attorney.

Minutes 7.5 The Directors must cause minutes of meetings to be made and kept in accordance with the Corporations Act.

Execution of negotiable instruments and receipts 7.6 All cheques, promissory notes, bankers’ drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments, and all receipts for money paid to the College, must be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner and by such persons as the Directors determine from time to time.

32 Constitution of the ACT Limited

Incidental administrative powers 7.7 The Directors are empowered: (a) to make any initial appointment of auditors or officers pending the first annual general meeting; and (b) to fill any casual vacancy in any office in the College for which no provision is made in this Constitution including that of auditor and Visitor; and (c) to do all such matters and things expedient for the operation of the College not expressly provided for in this Constitution.

8. Proceedings of Directors Directors’ meetings 8.1 The Directors may meet together for the dispatch of business and adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit. They shall hold at least four meetings each year.

8.2 A Director may at any time, and the Secretary must on the written request of a Director, convene a meeting of the Directors.

Questions decided by majority 8.3 Subject to Articles 7.2(d) and (e), questions arising at a meeting of Directors are to be decided by a majority of votes of Directors present and entitled to vote and any such decision is for all purposes to be deemed a decision of the Directors.

Chairman’s casting vote 8.4 In the event of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting has a casting vote.

Proxies 8.5 A Director may not appoint a proxy for a meeting of the Directors.

Quorum for Directors’ meeting 8.6 At a meeting of Directors, the number of Directors whose presence is necessary to constitute a quorum is: (a) five or any greater number determined by the Directors from time to time when the number of Directors is nine, at least three of whom must be Independent Persons; (b) six or any greater number determined by the Directors from time to time when the number of Directors is ten or eleven, at least four of whom must be Independent Persons.

For the purpose of this Article, a quorum is present during the consideration of a matter at a meeting of the Directors only if at least the number of Directors referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be is present who are entitled to vote on any motion that may be moved at the meeting in relation to that matter.

Remaining Directors may act 8.7 The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding a vacancy in their number but, if and so long as their number is reduced below six the continuing Directors may, except in an emergency, act only for the purpose of filling vacancies which the continuing Directors are able to fill to the extent necessary to bring their number up to that minimum or of convening a general meeting.

Chairman of Directors 8.8 The Directors must appoint one of their number to be the chairman and the deputy chairman. The deputy chairman is entitled to preside as chairman if the chairman is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unable or unwilling to act.

Constitution of the ACT Limited 33

8.9 If a Directors’ meeting is held and: (a) the chairman is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unable or unwilling to act, and (b) the deputy chairman is not present or is unable or unwilling to act,

the Directors present must elect one of their number to be a chairman of the meeting.

Directors’ committees 8.10 The Directors may delegate any of their powers, other than powers required by law to be dealt with by the Directors as a board, to a committee or committees consisting of at least one of their number and such other persons as they think fit.

8.11 The Directors shall appoint a committee (hereafter referred to as “The Academic Board”), which shall have responsibility for the academic management of the College including: (a) to foster and maintain the highest standards in teaching, learning, research and scholarship; (b) to oversee all academic activities of the College; (c) to decide academic policy and approve related procedures; (d) to conduct forums on issues of interest to those engaged in the study of theology and other disciplines related to Christian ministry; (e) to advise on the development and implementation of academic plans of the College; (f) to provide advice to the Board of Directors and the Dean, as appropriate, on academic matters relating to and affecting the College’s teaching and research activities and its educational programs.

The Academic Board shall include a Director, who shall be the chairman, the Dean and at least one other person who has appropriate expertise.

8.12 A committee to which any powers have been delegated under Articles 8.10 and 8.11 must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the Directors and a power so exercised is deemed to have been exercised by the Directors.

8.13 The members of a committee (with the exception of The Academic Board) shall elect a Director as chairman of their meetings. If a meeting of a committee is held and: (a) a chairman has not been elected; or (b) the chairman is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unable or unwilling to act,

the members involved may elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

8.14 A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper.

8.15 Questions arising at a meeting of a committee are to be determined by a majority of votes of the members involved and voting. The chairman has a deliberative vote only.

Written resolution by Directors 8.16 A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors who are then in Australia and are eligible to vote on the resolution (being at least a quorum) is as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors held at the time when the written resolution was signed by the last eligible Director to sign it. A written resolution may consist of several documents in like form, each signed by one or more Directors.

34 Constitution of the ACT Limited

Use of technology 8.17 A Directors’ meeting may be called or held using any technology consented to by each Director. The consent may be a standing one. A Director may only withdraw consent within a reasonable period before the meeting.

Validity of acts of Directors 8.18 All acts of the Directors, or a person or committee or member of a committee are valid notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment, election or qualification of them or any of them or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office.

9. Nominations Committee Initial Nominations Committee 9.1 The initial Nominations Committee is to be constituted by the Dean, who shall be the chairman, and two persons appointed by the Primate.

9.2 The term of the appointed members of the Nominations Committee is to expire at the conclusion of the first annual general meeting and the two appointed members will be eligible for election as members of the Nominations Committee.

Membership of Nominations Committee 9.3 As from the first annual general meeting the Nominations Committee is to be constituted by the Dean and two persons elected by the College.

9.4 The term of the elected members of the Nominations Committee will expire at the conclusion of the third annual general meeting following their election and they are eligible for re-election.

Responsibilities of the Nominations Committee 9.5 The Nominations Committee shall approve the eligibility: (a) of persons for election as a Director so as to ensure that the Directors include persons who satisfy the requirements of Articles 6.6(c) and 6.9; and (b) of a person for appointment as the Visitor so as to ensure that the person satisfies the requirements of Article 4.1(f).

Proceedings of the Nominations Committee 9.6 Articles 8.13 to 8.15 apply to the Nominations Committee.

Casual vacancy 9.7 If at any time a casual vacancy in the office of an elected member of the Nominations Committee occurs, the Directors shall invite the Primate to appoint a person to hold office until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting and that person will be eligible for election as a member of the Nominations Committee.

Vacation of office 9.8 A casual vacancy in the office of an elected member of the Nominations Committee occurs when the elected member: (a) becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental health; (b) resigns from the office by notice in writing to the College; (c) is the subject of a resolution of the College terminating his or her appointment as a member of the Nominations Committee of the College.

Constitution of the ACT Limited 35

10. Visitor

10.1 The Visitor shall have full authority and jurisdiction to determine an appeal from a decision of the Directors to withdraw an award of the College or to withdraw a scholarship, prize, exhibition, bursary or other award of the College.

Term of office 10.2 Subject to Article 10.3, the Visitor holds office until the conclusion of the third annual general meeting following their election and is eligible for re-election. 10.3 If an appeal to the Visitor is pending at the expiry of the term of office of the Visitor and the Visitor is not re-elected at the annual general meeting at the conclusion of which the term expires, the office of the Visitor is extended in respect of the appeal until the publication of the decision determining the appeal.

Casual vacancy 10.4 If at any time the office of the Visitor becomes vacant, the Directors shall appoint an Independent Person who is approved for appointment by the majority of the Nominations Committee as the Visitor who shall hold office until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting.

Vacation of office 10.5 The office of the Visitor becomes vacant if the Visitor: (a) becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental health; (b) resigns from the office by notice in writing to the College; (c) is the subject of a resolution of the College terminating his or her appointment as the Visitor of the College

11. Secretary Appointment of Secretary 11.1 There must be at least one secretary of the College who is to be appointed by the Directors. Suspension and removal of Secretary 11.2 The Directors may suspend or remove a Secretary from that office. Powers, duties and authorities of Secretary 11.3 The Directors may vest in a Secretary such powers, duties and authorities as they may from time to time determine and the Secretary must exercise all such powers and authorities subject at all times to the control of the Directors.

12. Dean Appointment of the Dean 12.1 The Directors must appoint a person to be the Dean of the College for the period and on the terms they think fit. They may, subject to the terms of any contract between the Dean and the College and acting as the board of Directors, at any time remove or dismiss the Dean from that office and may appoint another Dean in their place.

Remuneration of the Dean 12.2 The remuneration of the Dean shall be fixed by the Directors.

36 Constitution of the ACT Limited

Powers of the Dean 12.3 The Dean shall be the Executive Officer of the College, and of the Directors.

12.4 The Directors may confer on the Dean any of the powers exercisable by them, on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit. The Directors may at any time withdraw or vary any of the powers conferred on the Dean.

Attendance at Directors’ meetings 12.5 The Dean may attend Directors’ meetings except where they relate to the conduct or performance of the Dean or his salary and conditions of employment, and speak but not vote thereon.

13. Seal Common and duplicate seal 13.1 The College may have: (a) a common seal, and (b) a duplicate common seal, which must be a copy of the common seal with the words “duplicate seal” or “certificate seal” added.

13.2 The Directors must provide for the safe custody of each seal of the College.

Use of Common Seal 13.3 If the College has a common seal, it may be used only by the authority of the Directors, or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors to authorise the use of the common seal. Every document to which the common seal is affixed must be signed by a Director and be countersigned by another Director, a Secretary or another person appointed by the Directors to countersign that document or a class of documents in which that document is included.

14. Inspection of records Inspection by Members 14.1 Subject to the Corporations Act, the Directors may determine whether and to what extent, and at what time and places and under what conditions, the accounting records and other documents of the College or any of them will be open to inspection by Members.

15. Service of documents

15.1 This Part does not apply to a notice of a meeting of Members.

15.2 The College may give a document to a Member: (a) personally; or (b) by sending it by post to the address for the Member in the Register or an alternative address nominated by the Member; or (c) by sending it to a facsimile number or electronic address nominated by the Member.

15.3 If a document is sent by post, delivery of the document is deemed to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying and posting a letter containing the document, and the document is deemed to have been delivered on the day after the date of its posting.

Constitution of the ACT Limited 37

15.4 If a document is sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, delivery of the document is to be deemed: (a) to be effected by properly addressing and transmitting the facsimile or electronic transmission, and (b) to have taken place on the day following its despatch.

16. Audit and accounts College to keep accounts 16.1 The Directors must cause the College to keep accounts of the business of the College in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act.

College to audit accounts 16.2 The Directors must cause the accounts of the College to be audited in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act.

17. Indemnity Indemnity of officers 17.1 Every person who is or has been a Director, Secretary, Dean or other Executive Officer of the College is entitled to be indemnified, to the maximum extent permitted by law, out of the property of the College against any liabilities for costs and expenses incurred by that person: (a) in defending any proceedings relating to that person’s position with the College, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in that person’s favour or in which that person is acquitted or which are withdrawn before judgment; or (b) in connection with any administrative proceedings relating to that person’s position with the College, except proceedings which give rise to civil or criminal proceedings against that person in which judgment is not given in that person’s favour or in which that person is not acquitted or which arise out of conduct involving a lack of good faith; or (c) in connection with any application in relation to any proceedings relating to that person’s position with the College, whether civil or criminal, in which relief is granted to that person under the Corporations Act by the court.

17.2 Every person who is or has been a Director, Secretary, Dean or other Executive Officer of the College is entitled to be indemnified, to the maximum extent permitted by law, out of the property of the College against any liability to another person (other than the College or a related body corporate) as such an officer unless the liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good faith.

Insurance 17.3 The College may pay or agree to pay, whether directly or through an interposed entity, a premium for a contract insuring a person who is or has been a Director, Secretary, Dean or other Executive Officer of the College against liability incurred by the person in that capacity, including a liability for legal costs, unless: (a) the College is forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay the premium; or (b) the contract would, if the College paid the premium, be made void by statute.

18. Members’ Contributions and Benefits

18.1 Every Member undertakes to contribute to the College’s property if it is wound up while the Member is a member, or within one year after the Member ceases to be a member, for payment of the debts and liabilities of the College contracted before the Member ceases to be a member and of the costs, charges and expenses of winding up and for adjustment of the rights of the contributors among themselves, any amount required not exceeding $10.

38 Constitution of the ACT Limited

18.2 No dividend shall be paid to Members and Members shall not share in any distribution of assets of the College on a winding up or otherwise.

19. Reporting

19.1 The College shall present a report of its activities at every ordinary session of the General Synod of the Church.

19.2 The College shall present an annual report of its activities including the annual financial report, Directors’ report and auditor’s report to the Standing Committee.

20. Winding Up

20.1 In the event of the winding up of the College, the property of the College subject to any special charitable trust shall be administered in such manner as the Attorney-General for the State of New South Wales under Part 4 of the Charitable Trusts Act 1993 (NSW), or a court of competent jurisdiction, may order.

20.2 In the event of the winding up of the College any surplus assets not subject to any special charitable trust shall be applied to such charitable purposes similar to those of the College as the Standing Committee may direct or failing such a direction as a court of competent jurisdiction may order.

21. Amendment of this Constitution

21.1 This Constitution may be amended by a Special Resolution.

21.2 No amendment of this Constitution shall take effect unless and until it is or has been approved by the General Synod of the Church or the Standing Committee, provided that the General Synod of the Church or the Standing Committee may give such approval in advance of the passing of the relevant Special Resolution.



Australian College of Theology

COURSEWORK AWARDS

40 Guidelines for Essays in Coursework Units

GUIDELINES FOR ESSAYS IN COURSEWORK UNITS sources of ideas and expressions are duly acknowledged in footnotes, endnotes or in-text This guide refers to essays within coursework units referencing. for all awards of the ACT. An essay in a coursework unit refers to an assessment piece Any essay to be examined externally should not which forms part of the total assessment of a unit, contain the student’s name. The signed disclaimer where more than one assessment piece is should be lodged separately with the student’s required. If a unit only has one assessment piece, home college. please refer to Guidelines for Projects or Guidelines for Theses. 3.2 Abstract This should occupy the second page of the essay 1. Date and should be a piece of continuous prose, not Essays are to be completed and submitted to the numbered points, about 150 words long giving a candidate’s institution by the due dates. Failure to summary of the structure of the argument of the complete essays by the due dates may exclude essay. students from sitting for examinations. 3.3 The Essay Proper 2. Presentation The essay should contain: An essay should reveal clear thinking and careful (i) A clear introduction to the subject setting out organisation, for while the essay will be marked the matter to be discussed. primarily on content, the format is important. The (ii) The body of the essay setting out in a clear use of a standard format assists both the examiner and concise way the subject under and the student. Careful attention should be given discussion. to spelling, grammar and punctuation. (iii) The conclusion summarising what has been said and the findings of the investigation. The essay should be word-processed (double- spaced), A4 format and in 12 pt Times New The essay should be in the student’s own words. Roman font or equivalent. The left hand margin Where a quotation contributes to the argument should be at least three centimetres wide. All the author’s words should be quoted exactly, in pages should be numbered consecutively. inverted commas. Where an author’s argument is Students should keep a copy of the essay. expressed in the student’s own words, acknowledgment should be made. 3. General Format An essay should consist of the following essential 3.4 Consistency features, each to begin on a fresh page. Consistent use of one convention for acknowledging the source of ideas and quotations 3.1 Title Page should be used in the essay (see #4 below). This should contain the student’s ACT number (but not name), course and unit, the full title of the If notes are used, these should not exceed 25% of essay, the date and the number of words in the the prescribed essay length. A note should be body of the essay. introduced by a numeral above the line, usually placed at the end of a sentence. Notes may be The essay must keep to the set length, within 10% included at the end of the essay as endnotes variation. For example, a 3,000 word essay should (beginning on a new page), or at the bottom of be between 2,700 and 3,300 words. This count each page as footnotes. excludes abstract, appendices, bibliographical referencing (such as endnotes, footnotes, in-text 3.5 Abbreviations referencing) or bibliography. If an essay exceeds Abbreviations for journals or biblical books, for the number of required words by more than 10%, example, should conform to those set out in a a penalty of 10% of the total possible marks will recognised style reference work such as The SBL normally apply and the College may require the Handbook of Style. Biblical books may only be essay to be resubmitted, normally within 24 hours. abbreviated when followed by both chapter and Standard late penalties apply if the essay is not verse (e.g., Gen. 5.2; not Gen. or Gen. 5). resubmitted on time. A limit of 10% on verbatim quotation applies in coursework unit essays. 3.6 Bibliographies The title page must also contain the following A bibliography should be included, containing all disclaimer signed and dated by the student— references cited and important references The following essay, of which I have kept a copy, consulted in the writing of the essay. The items in is entirely the work of the undersigned and all

Guidelines for Essays in Coursework Units 41 the bibliography should be listed alphabetically by These works are designed to deal exhaustively author’s surname. with questions students might have with the proper referencing and bibliographic conventions 3.7 Greek and Hebrew of the style they have adopted. The SBL In awards where Greek and/or Hebrew language Handbook has been devised with the biblical, is a requirement, students should present Greek early Jewish and early Christian literature and Hebrew text without transliteration in non- disciplines in mind. It is particularly useful for foundational units. In other instances accepted abbreviations of biblical books and transliteration may or may not be required at the journals. discretion of the supervisor and/or examiner of the unit, giving consideration to prior learning and It is expected that candidates will be consistent in formal pre-requisites. their referencing, adopting and implementing one of the systems recommended in the standard style 4. Format for Referencing and Bibliographic guide resources listed above. Citation The ACT recommends the use of either the 5. Format for Footnotes and Bibliography author-date or the note system. As affiliated colleges have the right to set a particular style, 5.1 Author-date system candidates should check with the unit provider as Each acknowledgment in the body of the to whether a single style has been set as essay/paper/thesis is followed in brackets by the compulsory. author, the date of the work published and the page number, e.g., (Ehrman 1997:200) or (de Boer Students should consult one or more of the 1988:100). Using the author-date system does not following sources for all matters relating to negate the need for footnotes. referencing and bibliographic citation. If using the Style Manual for Authors, Editors and Printers In the bibliography, the full details of the work are published by Department of Finance and given according to the following schema: Administration, Canberra, 6th edition (2002) pages 187-232 should be consulted. Both the Monographs author-date and note-bibliography system of author—surname followed by initials, date, title, referencing as outlined in this resource are publisher, place published. acceptable. For details on the author-date system Ehrman, B. D. 1997, The New Testament, A see pages 188-208. There are less extensive Historical Introduction to the Early Christian guidelines for the note system on pages 208-215. Writings, Oxford University Press, Oxford & London. In the interests of economy of space, punctuation can be minimised. Use italics instead of using Journals underlining or boldface type. If the author-note author—surname followed by initials, date, “title”, system is used, the references can be given in a journal and volume, page numbers. smaller font size than the main text. de Boer, M. C. 1988, “Jesus the Baptizer: 1 John 5:5–8 and the Gospel of John”, JBL 107, 87–106. For more information on the note system, students may also wish to consult the following 5.2 Note system general reference works— Each acknowledgment in the body of the  Turabian, K. L. 2007 A Manual for Writers essay/paper/thesis is followed by a raised number, of Term Papers, Theses, and Dissertations, usually after the full-stop at the end of a sentence, 7th edition University of Chicago Press, directing the reader to a footnote or endnote. Chicago, and Here, when the work is cited for the first time, the  The Chicago Manual of Style, 2017 17th full details are given according to the following edition University of Chicago Press, order— Chicago. Monographs Students may also wish to consult the following author—initials followed by surname, title, (place more specialised guide— published, publisher, date), and page number.  The SBL Handbook of Style, for Ancient B. D. Ehrman, The New Testament, A Historical Near Eastern, Biblical, and Early Christian Introduction to the Early Christian Writings Studies, 2014, 2nd edition, SBL Press. (Oxford & London: Oxford University Press, 1997), 200.

42 Guidelines for Essays in Coursework Units

Articles EndNote available for students and staff author—initials followed by surname, “title”, journal and volume, (year), and page number. The EndNote® software enables you to M. C. de Boer, “Jesus the Baptizer: 1 John 5:5–8 automatically format citations, footnotes and and the Gospel of John”, JBL 107 (1988), 99. bibliographies to a chosen standard. It is one of the industry standard software tools for publishing Further citations in footnotes/endnotes of the and managing bibliographies on both Windows same work are abbreviated. and Macintosh® computers. Ehrman, New Testament, 201. de Boer, “Jesus the Baptizer”, 100. The Australian College of Theology recommends the use of either the author-date (aka the Harvard In the bibliography, the work cited is listed by system) or the note system. author surname, initials, then in the same manner in which it was first acknowledged in the Using EndNote, ACT students and academic staff essay/paper/thesis. could save many hours of typing and interpreting style requirements of scholarly publications by For students using EndNote the ACT recommends simply selecting the publication by name and that Chicago 16th A (or 17th A when that becomes generating a perfectly formatted document. available) be the style that is followed. Please note that works will appear in footnotes with the initials The ACT has purchased a licence for all ACT of the author listed first. However, the students currently enrolled in a higher education bibliography will automatically list the surname of award, members of the Board of Directors, the the author first. three ACT Departmental Heads, as well as academic staff members and librarians at affiliated Publications found on the internet should be colleges, making it possible to use EndNote referenced in the normal way with the internet software. For more information, or to download address provided instead of the publisher’s name. the EndNote software, please visit our website, at The date the material was cited should also be actheology.edu.au/student-resources. included. Internet addresses should not be hyphenated at the end of a line. They can be divided before the “dot” at the end of a line.

For example, Author-date Kaye, B. N. 1999, Head, Heart and Spirit: Shaping the New Millennium, no pages, http://www.anglican.org.au/BNKtalks/. Cited 8 May 2007.

Note system B. N. Kaye, “Head, Heart and Spirit: Shaping the New Millennium”, 1999, no pages, http://www.anglican.org.au/BNKtalks/. Cited 8 May 2007.



Guidelines for Projects in Coursework Awards 43

GUIDELINES FOR PROJECTS IN COURSEWORK AWARDS

This guide refers to the specific project codes **290, **490, **650, **690, IN791, IN792, **782, **783, **795, **796. There is a separate set of guidelines for the formatting of HDR theses.

Projects are normally attempted at the end of a student’s course of study once all other requirements for the award have been satisfactorily completed.

Style Guidelines

Abstracts for projects should be about 300 words in length.

Projects should be word-processed (double-spaced), single-sided, A4 format and in 12 pt Times New Roman font or equivalent. The left hand margin should be at least three centimetres wide. All pages should be numbered consecutively. Students should keep a copy of the essay.

Projects should keep to the set word limit within 10% variation. The word limit excludes footnotes, endnotes, bibliographical in text referencing, bibliography, appendices and abstract, but includes any excursuses. Bibliographic referencing must not exceed 25% of the maximum word count. If a project exceeds the number of required words by more than 10%, a penalty of 10% of the total possible marks will normally apply and the home college may require the project to be resubmitted, normally within 24 hours. Standard late penalties apply if the project is not resubmitted on time.

Table 1 sets out a summary of word limits, maximum bibliographical word limits, inclusions and exclusions.

Table 1. Word limits for projects Award Word Maximum Bibliographical Maximum Bibliography Abstract Appendices Excursuses Limit Word References Bibliographical +/- Limit Not to exceed Word limit 10% 25% of (not included maximum in word count) word limit Dip / 4,000 4,400 Excluded 1,000 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included AdvDip **290 Bachelor 6,000 6,600 Excluded 1,650 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **490 MDiv / GradDip **650 6,000 6,600 Excluded 1,650 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **690 8,000 8,800 Excluded 2,200 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **795 14,000 15,400 Excluded 3,850 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **796 16,000 17,600 Excluded 4,400 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included MA **782 7,000 7,700 Excluded 1,925 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **783 8,000 8,800 Excluded 2,200 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **795 14,000 15,400 Excluded 3,850 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included **796 16,000 17,600 Excluded 4,400 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included IN791 8,000 8,800 Excluded 2,200 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included IN792 12,000 13,200 Excluded 3,300 Excluded Excluded Excluded Included

The ACT recommends either the use of the author-date or note systems, and expects candidates to be consistent in their referencing. As affiliated colleges have the right to set a particular style, candidates should check with their home college as to whether a single style has been set as compulsory.

Students should consult the Style Manual for Authors, Editors and Printers published by Department of Finance and Administration, Canberra, 6th edition (2002) for all matters relating to referencing and bibliographic citation. In particular, chapter 9 should be consulted. Both the author-date and note-

44 Guidelines for Projects in Coursework Awards bibliography system of referencing as outlined in the above document are acceptable. For details on the author-date system see 9.22–132, and the less extensive guidelines for the note system at 9.133–42.

In addition, in the interests of economy of space, punctuation can be minimised. Use italics instead of using underlining or boldface type. If the author-note system is used, the references can be given in a smaller font size than the main text.

For more information on the note system, students may also wish to consult the following general reference works—  Turabian, K. L. 1996 A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and Dissertations, 6th edition University of Chicago Press, Chicago, and  The Chicago Manual of Style, 2017 17th edition University of Chicago Press, Chicago

Students may also wish to consult the following more specialised guide—  The SBL Handbook of Style, for Ancient Near Eastern, Biblical, and Early Christian Studies, 2014, 2nd edition, SBL Press.

Other useful references include: Booth, W. C. Colomb, G. G. & Williams, J. M. 2008 The Craft of Research, 3rd edition, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Bouma, G. D. 2004 The Research Process, 5th edition Oxford University Press, Oxford. Denholm, C. and Evans, T. (eds) 2006 Doctorates Downunder: Keys to Successful Doctoral Study in Australia and New Zealand ACER Press, Camberwell. Denholm, C. and Evans, T. (eds) 2007 Supervising Doctorates Downunder: Keys to Effective Supervision ACER Press, Camberwell. Denholm, C. and Evans, T. (eds) 2009 Beyond Doctorates Downunder: Maximising the Impact of Your Doctorate from Australia and New Zealand ACER Press, Camberwell.

Procedures for projects  The topic of the project must be approved by the relevant field Moderator, using the required form.  Once the topic is approved, the student is to prepare a fuller proposal to be submitted to their home college’s course coordinator. The proposal should nominate a topic and include a statement of aim and method. The student must also submit a bibliography of the primary and secondary monographs and articles in the subject area under investigation.  Affiliated colleges are to ensure that adequate resources are available to the student in order that the research to be undertaken is supportable. In cases of inadequacies in the library holdings of the home college, the course coordinator is required to locate accessible local resources that will remedy the deficiency.  Affiliated colleges are required to ensure that the student is aware of the academic standard expected of the project.  Affiliated colleges are required to ensure that, once the proposal has been approved, students enrolling in the project are adequately supervised by an appropriately qualified member of the faculty. A co-supervisor may be drawn from the ranks of adjunct faculty, especially those who might be invited to lecture aspects of units taught by the student’s home college.  Students undertaking human subject research as part of their project must gain Ethics approval before commencing any human subject research. Where applicable, applications forms can be obtained from a student’s home college.  All projects internally examined by a student’s home college will be subject to the ACT’s moderation procedure.

Non-Discriminatory Language Policy 45

NON-DISCRIMINATORY LANGUAGE POLICY language that is insulting, harassing, or based on a stereotype. This policy has been designed by the Boards of the ACT in order that students at all levels, as well 4. The means by which and the contexts in which as teachers, examiners and supervisors, will avoid this avoidance of linguistic discrimination should discriminating language. By discriminating be achieved will vary according to the context of language we mean speaking or writing in a way language and culture in which speaking and that discriminates against, vilifies or denigrates writing takes place. In working with already individuals on the basis of their gender, colour, published works, such as the Bible, the issue of ethnicity, age, disability, race, or religion. being faithful to the original intended meaning of a text will need to be addressed in the context of The recommendations below concerning the need to avoid linguistic discrimination. The avoidance of male-oriented language in generic balance and tension between these two valid contexts (see section 5) are intended for use in concerns (i.e. faithfulness to original meaning and language about people only. avoiding linguistic discrimination) will vary between published works. Departures from the policy need to be justified by the student, especially if they are writing a thesis 5. In relation to avoiding gender linguistic or a major project. discrimination, it is recommended that women be made more visible in language by avoiding an 1. All people are created in the image of God and older linguistic usage in which “male-specific” and all are equally found wanting before the justice of “male-identified” terms were used in a generic God. This revealed truth should motivate us to sense. The use of the word “man” should also be respect all people since Christ identified with and avoided in idioms and phrases when the speaker died for all. Inspired by the gospel of Jesus Christ, or author clearly intends to refer to both men and St Paul sought to establish in the church a new women. The same applies to pronouns such as vision of humankind in which the conventional “he” and “she”, occupational nouns and job titles, social divisions between male and female, slave and other titles and naming practices. and free, and Jew and Greek were broken down Stereotyped images of women or men should also and overcome (Gal 3:28). Linguistic discrimination, be avoided. It is recommended that a number of and its more acute forms of vilification and alternatives proposed in the Australian denigration, culpably undermine and compromise Government Style Manual for Authors, Editors and the apostolic vision and should therefore be Printers (6th edition, 2002) (see pp. 58-62) ought to avoided by those who are committed to caring for be adopted as far as possible. all people, including Christians who are committed to showing unconditional love. 6. Language which is racist should be avoided, and especially with respect to people who are 2. To use language to discriminate in our society is especially vulnerable in the Australian context, a serious one, which we do well to address, and to such as indigenous peoples. do all in our power to avoid and eradicate. Australia’s commitment to eliminating 7. Further, language which vilifies or denigrates discrimination can be measured, for example, by certain ethnolinguistic groups on the basis of their the number of federal acts that have been language or ethnic background should be enacted—including the Racial Discrimination Act avoided as forms of such linguistic discrimination. 1975, the Sex Discrimination Act 1984 and the Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Act 1986— 8. Linguistic discrimination and denigration should to make it unlawful to discriminate against others be avoided also in the case of people with on the basis of race, colour, national or ethnic disabilities or for people of certain ages. origin, and gender.  3. To use language to discriminate, vilify and denigrate, may occur by means of the words used to refer to or address others, and may take verbal or written form. Linguistic discrimination against people may occur in various ways, whether by ignoring their presence, excluding them, portraying them in the light of irrelevant characteristics or in an unbalanced way, or using

46 Regulations for Coursework Awards

REGULATIONS FOR COURSEWORK AWARDS Candidates who fail a unit and who subsequently re-enrol in that unit are required to repeat all 1 Enrolment Applications requirements of the unit, except that (where applicable) they are exempt from having to attend 1.1 Application Form lectures. This is not the case for Overseas Students. Candidates should apply for entry on the Students may not resubmit the same material for prescribed application form which is available from assessment that they submitted in a previous your enrolling college. enrolment in that unit. The principle involved is that all requirements of a unit must normally be fulfilled 1.2 Failure to Enrol in the one semester. Candidates who fail to enrol by the due dates are ineligible to complete a unit or submit any work for Failed units will be permanently recorded on the assessment. Students who fail to enrol in a unit are transcripts of students and counted towards the not permitted to continue in the unit, complete grade point average. Students who fail a unit and assessments, enrol at a later date and then submit then subsequently successfully complete a unit will the original assessments. have both records remain on the academic record.

1.3 Enrolment in the Same Unit 2.3 Extensions A unit for which advanced standing has been given The granting of an extension to a unit assessment cannot be attempted. However, if it can be item may only be granted in the case of special demonstrated that the subject matter of a project circumstances, and in proportion with the period of or seminar is different from one already completed, time and the impact that the special circumstances permission to enrol may be granted. have had. The extensions officer of an affiliated college (generally the Academic Dean) may grant No coursework unit already passed can be an extension if he/she is satisfied that special repeated, with the exception of units which have circumstances apply to the student that are: generic unit codes (seminars, … in context units, • beyond the student’s control; and projects, and exegesis units covering different • make it impracticable for the student to texts), which can be repeated if different content is complete the assessment(s) during the covered. period in which the student was to undertake the assessment(s). 1.4 Examination scripts / externally marked projects The extensions officer will be satisfied that the Examination scripts and externally assessed student’s circumstances are beyond the student’s projects are not normally returned to students after control if a situation occurs which a reasonable marking. However, feedback to students on their person would consider is not due to the student’s performance is expected. action or inaction, either direct or indirect, and for which the student is not responsible. The situation 2 Passing Grades, Failures and Extensions must be unusual, uncommon or abnormal.

2.1 Passing Grades Special circumstances that would make it In all awards all pieces of assessment for a unit must impracticable for the student to complete the be completed in order to pass that unit. assessment instrument(s) could include issues beyond the student’s control in relation to: In all units of study, 50% overall is needed to record (a) medical circumstances; or a passing grade for a unit. Individual assessments (b) family circumstances; or all need to be completed, but do not all need to (c) personal circumstances; or receive passing marks in order for a student to pass (d) employment related circumstances; or a unit. (e) course of study related circumstances. 2.2 Failures Candidates who fail to notify the ACT by the set All applications for extensions on assessments must date of withdrawal from a unit (see Variation of be in writing and be received by the extensions Enrolment Policy on the ACT website, or ask your officer of the affiliated college before the due date college Registrar for the withdrawal date of each fo of the instrument of assessment. The extensions your units), will have a “fail” permanently recorded officer may waive the time limit for making the against that unit. application only if s/he is satisfied that it was not possible for the student to apply within the time limit.

Regulations for Coursework Awards 47

3.1.1 Before the Census Date for the unit: Extensions of assessments may only be granted if (a) Applications received shall be processed by the assessment has not yet been attempted and deleting from the student’s enrolment record the submitted. unit from which the student is withdrawing. (b) Any up-front payment made by the student Each application will be examined and determined for the unit shall be refunded in full. on its merits. The extensions officer will consider a (c) All unit material already distributed shall be student’s claims, together with independent dealt with according to the college policy. supporting documentary evidence that substantiates these claims. All applications made 3.1.2 After the Census Date and before the on medical grounds will normally require a doctor’s Withdrawal Date for the unit: certificate that covers the period in question. (a) Students shall receive a grade W (Withdrawn). Applications, together with all supporting (b) The tuition fees for the unit are incurred fully. documentation, should be held in the student’s file. (c) Students are permitted to apply for a refund From time to time the ACT office may conduct an of their tuition fees paid up-front or FEE-HELP audit of the application of this policy. If requested debt. Students should read the Tuition Fee Refund by the Dean or the ACT Registrar, this policy for further details. documentation should be made available. 3.1.3 After the Withdrawal Date for the unit: Assessments for which extensions have been (a) Students who fail to notify their college in granted must be completed within the period of writing of their desire to withdraw from a unit by extension granted by the extensions officer, which the withdrawal date will have a “FW” (failed to may be no later than the final date of the withdraw by the deadline) on their academic examination period of the semester in which the record. unit has been delivered for semester-length units. (b) Students are eligible to apply for a If further time is required, the student must apply “Compassionate Withdrawal” grade to replace a to the ACT Registrar. The Registrar will hear cases FW grade if there were special circumstances under for further extensions on a case by case basis, and which the student was required to withdraw from further extensions to an assessment may be the unit. granted in accordance with the circumstances affecting the student. 3.2 Leave of Absence A student may request a leave of absence without Heavy employment or study workload, church requiring medical or compassionate circumstances involvement and poor time management are not to be applied in the consideration of their normally grounds for granting an extension. application, for up to one semester in any coursework award. 2.4 Appeals (i) The leave of absence will be granted by the Students are entitled to appeal against a mark Registrar and/or Academic Dean of the student’s awarded in an assessment or examination. college who will notify the ACT in writing before Students are advised to read the Grievance the commencement of the period of leave. Resolution Policy for Domestic Students / (ii) Students seeking leave of absence must Grievance Resolution Policy for Overseas Students apply no later than March 15 for leave in semester available on the ACT website: actheology.edu.au. 1 and by August 15 for leave in semester 2 of the year in which they seek leave. 2.5 Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Marks Units marked on a pass/fail basis only will be 3.3 Suspension of Candidature graded as Satisfactory (pass) or Unsatisfactory (fail). Where a student seeks to take some time off their Satisfactory marks will not be included in the course, students should notify the Dean through calculation of GPAs, but fails will. The following the course coordinator of their college of their units are assessed in this manner: PC249, PC449 withdrawal from a course and should seek and PC649. permission for the time limitation to be suspended. The ACT will receive sympathetically requests from 3 Withdrawals, Re-entry and Completion of candidates seeking suspension of candidature for Awards legitimate reasons if requested before taking a period of leave, including reasons such as 3.1 Withdrawal from Enrolment movement overseas on missionary service, settling into a new parish ministry, medical or other personal reasons.

48 Regulations for Coursework Awards

college approved to deliver the units and courses In coursework awards, suspensions of candidature of the ACT on its behalf. Students who have will normally be granted for up to one year at a studied at one ACT college and choose to study at time. another ACT college are guaranteed that all ACT units studied as part of that course will count 3.4 Extension of Candidature towards the completion of their course. (i) A candidate whose candidature is about to lapse will not lose credit for units completed so 5 Modes of Delivery long as their home college is prepared to support and argue a case for immediate resumption of The ACT has set a minimum rate of attendance for candidature and re-enrolment in the award. all taught coursework units of 80%. This percentage (ii) It is the responsibility of the candidate to applies in an analogous way to online and other begin making overtures in their last year of delivery modes. candidature to the home college to support an application to the Dean for resumption. 5.1 Demand hours (iii) The time limit of a resumed candidature A full-time yearly load is 1200 demand hours. Note should be negotiated with the home college and that in 2020, ACT is moving to a new credit point stated in the application submitted to the Dean for system where each credit point requires 12.5 approval. demand hours. However, in 2019, the following (iv) Normally during a second period of applies: candidature applications for a third period will not Each credit point requires 37.5 demand hours. be considered. (v) Once candidature has expired candidature is Each 4 credit point unit at all coursework levels considered to have lapsed if a resumption has not requires 150 demand hours. been requested formally by the student. Each 6 credit point unit (the standard unit load for 3.5 Lapse of Candidature some postgraduate coursework courses) requires Upon completion of the time specification, 225 demand hours. candidature shall be deemed to have lapsed and all credit for that award will be nullified, unless 5.2 Assessment workload permission from the ACT is obtained. Each exam hour is reckoned as the equivalent of 1,500 words. 3.6 Changes in Regulations (i) Where there is any break of 12 months or 200 level more in a student’s studies, except for those under Units offered at 200 level require the completion of deferral or suspension, any changes to the 4,000 words or equivalent. curriculum or regulations for an award shall apply to the candidate. 300/400 level (ii) Subject to (iv) below, candidates who are Units offered at 300 level require the completion of continuing or are under approved suspension of 4,000-5,000 words or equivalent. candidature will not be subject to the new Units offered at 400 level require the completion of regulations. 5,000-6,000 words or equivalent. (iii) Candidates who have failed to complete the 4 cp seminars (**489) require the completion of award in the maximum time allowed but who are 6,000 words or equivalent. granted an extension of candidature will be subject 4 cp projects (**490) require the completion of a to the new regulations governing the award in single project of 6,000 words. which they are enrolled. (iv) Where major changes to an award occurs, 500/600 level the Academic Board may impose a time limit on the Units offered at 500 level require the completion of previous version of that award, after which 5,000-6,000 words or equivalent. candidates still completing that award will be Units offered at 600 level require the completion of subject to the new regulations, even if there has 6,000-7,000 words or equivalent. been no break during the course of their study. 4 cp seminars (**689) require the completion of 7,000 words or equivalent. 4 Portability of Units 4 cp projects (**650) require the completion of a single project of 6,000 words. Transportability of credit is guaranteed within 8 cp projects at 600 level (**690) require the colleges of the ACT. Students are enrolled in ACT completion of a single project of 8,000 words. units into ACT courses, delivered at one or more

Regulations for Coursework Awards 49

700 level 700 level units at 6 credit points in attendance Units offered at 700 level worth 4cps require the mode each unit normally requires about 225 completion of 7,000 words or equivalent. demand hours over the semester. This is comprised Units offered at 700 level worth 6cps require the of 26 hours of contact over 12 weeks, 100 hours completion of 8,000 words or equivalent. devoted to general non-assessable reading, and a 4 cp minor projects at 700 level (**782) require the further 100 hours devoted to assessment tasks such completion of a single project of 7,000 words. as essays, class presentations and preparation for 6 cp minor projects at 700 level (**783 require the exams. completion of a single project of 8,000 words. 8 cp major projects at 700 level (**795) require the 5.4 Intensive Mode completion of a single project of 14,000 words. 12 cp major projects at 700 level (**796) require the 200 Level Units completion of a single project of 16,000 words. This mode consists of the delivery of the unit in a IN791, an 8cp project only in the MA(ChrStuds), concentrated way during a period of one to three requires the completion of a single project of 8,000 weeks. words. IN792, a 12cp project only in the MA(ChrStuds), The unit should incorporate the same attendance requires the completion of a single project of requirement as for teaching in the normal semester 12,000 words. mode, i.e., 36 / 26 lecture hours per unit. This attendance component may be arranged across a 5.3 Attendance Mode period of no less than 5 and typically no more than This mode includes weekly, fortnightly or three or 10 days, depending on the specific needs of the more session blocks spread over a semester. unit. If in-course reading is minimal, a five-day period may suffice. If in-course reading is Unless otherwise stated in the unit outline, for 200 substantial, a 10-day period may be advisable. level units in attendance mode each unit normally requires about 150 demand hours over the The unit should usually incorporate significant pre- semester. This is comprised of 36 hours of contact attendance tasks, with accountability, as a over 12 weeks, 60 hours devoted to general non- condition of entry to the attendance component(s) assessable reading, and a further 60 hours devoted of the unit. Lecturers should require about 300 to assessment tasks such as essays, class pages of pre-reading, or equivalent tasks, for units presentations and preparation for exams. offered at 200 level. At registration for the attendance component(s) of the unit, each student Unless otherwise stated in the unit outline, for 300- is required to sign a declaration that the required 400 level units in attendance mode each unit reading has been completed. Engagement with normally requires about 150 demand hours over the assigned pre-reading and, where relevant, the semester. This is comprised of 36 hours of other learning resources, is crucial to student contact over 12 weeks, 60 hours devoted to learning in intensive units. Such engagement may general non-assessable reading, and a further 60 be achieved through a pre-attendance assessment hours devoted to assessment tasks such as essays, task (or tasks). Alternatively, at any subsequent class presentations and preparation for exams. point in the delivery of the unit, there may be assessed or non-assessed tasks which require Unless otherwise stated in the unit outline, for 500- engagement with the pre-reading material. All 600 level units in attendance mode each unit assessment tasks and the structure of the normally requires about 150 demand hours over attendance program are approved by the the semester. This is comprised of 36 hours of appropriate field moderator. The moderator will contact over 12 weeks, 60 hours devoted to ensure that the assessment regime appropriately general non-assessable reading, and a further 60 addresses the learning outcomes of the unit. hours devoted to assessment tasks such as essays, class presentations and preparation for exams. One example of a task requiring engagement with the pre-reading material is the writing of a critical Unless otherwise stated in the unit outline, for 700 review based on a significant work or works in the level units at 4 credit points in attendance mode pre-reading list which may be submitted prior to each unit normally requires about 150 demand the commencement of an attendance component hours over the semester. This is comprised of 26 of the unit. hours of contact over 12 weeks, 60 hours devoted to general non-assessable reading, and a further 60 hours devoted to assessment tasks such as essays, class presentations and preparation for exams.

50 Regulations for Coursework Awards

300/400 Level Units The unit should usually incorporate significant pre- This mode consists of the delivery of the unit in a attendance tasks, with accountability, as a concentrated way during a period of one to three condition of entry to the attendance component(s) weeks. of the unit. Lecturers should require about 500 pages of pre-reading, or equivalent tasks, for units The unit should incorporate the same attendance offered at 500/600 level. At registration for the requirement as for teaching in the normal semester attendance component(s) of the unit, each student mode, i.e., 36 lecture hours per unit. This is required to sign a declaration that the required attendance component may be arranged across a reading has been completed. Engagement with period of no less than 5 and typically no more than the assigned pre-reading and, where relevant, 10 days, depending on the specific needs of the other learning resources, is crucial to student unit. If in-course reading is minimal, a five-day learning in intensive units. Such engagement may period may suffice. If in-course reading is be achieved through a pre-attendance assessment substantial, a 10-day period may be advisable. task (or tasks). Alternatively, at any subsequent point in the delivery of the unit, there may be The unit should usually incorporate significant pre- assessed or non-assessed tasks which require attendance tasks, with accountability, as a engagement with the pre-reading material. All condition of entry to the attendance component(s) assessment tasks and the structure of the of the unit. Lecturers should require about 500 attendance program are approved by the pages of pre-reading, or equivalent tasks, for units appropriate field moderator. The moderator will offered at 300/400 level. At registration for the ensure that the assessment regime appropriately attendance component(s) of the unit, each student addresses the learning outcomes of the unit. is required to sign a declaration that the required reading has been completed. Engagement with One example of a task requiring engagement with the assigned pre-reading and, where relevant, the pre-reading material is the writing of a critical other learning resources, is crucial to student review based on a significant work or works in the learning in intensive units. Such engagement may pre-reading list which may be submitted prior to be achieved through a pre-attendance assessment the commencement of an attendance component task (or tasks). Alternatively, at any subsequent of the unit. point in the delivery of the unit, there may be assessed or non-assessed tasks which require 700 Level Units engagement with the pre-reading material. All The unit should incorporate the same attendance assessment tasks and the structure of the requirement as for teaching in the normal semester attendance program are approved by the mode, i.e., 26 lecture hours per unit. appropriate field moderator. The moderator will ensure that the assessment regime appropriately Full details of alternative structures (e.g. in an addresses the learning outcomes of the unit. intensive mode) should be provided. Details of work to be done by students outside the period One example of a task requiring engagement with during which face-to-face teaching takes place the pre-reading material is the writing of a critical should be provided. review based on a significant work or works in the pre-reading list which may be submitted prior to The unit should usually incorporate significant pre- the commencement of an attendance component attendance tasks, with accountability, as a of the unit. condition of entry to the attendance component(s) of the unit. Pre-reading requirements for 700 level 500/600 Level Units units for 4 cps is 3-400 pages and, for 6 cps, 4-500 This mode consists of the delivery of the unit in a pages, or equivalent tasks, for units offered at 700 concentrated way during a period of one to three level. At registration for the attendance weeks. component(s) of the unit, each student is required to sign a declaration that the required reading has The unit should incorporate the same attendance been completed. Engagement with the assigned requirement as for teaching in the normal semester pre-reading and, where relevant, other learning mode, i.e., 36 lecture hours per unit. This resources, is crucial to student learning in intensive attendance component may be arranged across a units. Such engagement may be achieved through period of no less than 5 and typically no more than a pre-attendance assessment task (or tasks). 10 days, depending on the specific needs of the Alternatively, at any subsequent point in the unit. If in-course reading is minimal, a five-day delivery of the unit, there may be assessed or non- period may suffice. If in-course reading is assessed tasks which require engagement with the substantial, a 10-day period may be advisable. pre-reading material. All assessment tasks and the

Regulations for Coursework Awards 51

structure of the attendance program are approved Moderators need to approve the prepared reading by the appropriate field moderator. The moderator list and the specific assessment tasks in order to will ensure that the assessment regime satisfy themselves that the student could appropriately addresses the learning outcomes of reasonably be expected to cover the breadth and the unit. the depth of the unit at a level consistent with classes taught in attendance mode. This should be One example of a task requiring engagement with clearly expressed so that the student knows what is the pre-reading material is the writing of a critical required of them (hence the use of the term review based on a significant work or works in the “contract”). pre-reading list which may be submitted prior to  There is a 16 cp limit on the number of units the commencement of an attendance component that might be taken by any one student in DSC of the unit. mode.  No more than 8 cps can be taken in DSC mode 5.4 Distance Mode in any one field of study. Units can only be taken through an approved ACT  All DSC mode units will be coded “sc” (“study distance institution. All units will be coded “D” contract”). (“distance”).  Tuition and ACT fees for DSC mode will be the same as those levied for units studied in All coursework awards are available in full in off- attendance mode. campus (Distance) mode according to the discretion and unit offerings of individual ACT 5.6 Single Unit Study affiliated colleges. Single Unit Study is an enrolment method which does not lead to a formal award of the College and 5.5 Directed Study Contracts does not form part of an award course at another DSC mode expands the opportunities for students higher education provider. The ACT allows to take elective units in which they have an interest enrolment in single unit study in all unit levels. but which might not be part of a college’s regular teaching cycle. Entry to an accredited award is based on the student intending to complete that award. If a The outline, goal and learning outcomes for a unit student does not intend to complete an academic taught in this mode are identical to units taught in award and wants instead to enrol only in individual attendance mode. units, then the student is to enrol through single unit study mode. Assessment tasks for units offered in DSC mode should ensure that the learning outcomes specified The following regulations apply: are the same as if the unit had been taught in 1. Enrolment will normally be allowed only if attendance mode. the student has met the ACT’s entry requirements for the award to which the It is the responsibility of the college to demonstrate units normally belong. to the relevant unit moderator that the assessment 2. Special consideration may apply for students tasks will adequately demonstrate the achievement who would not normally meet the entry of these learning outcomes. requirements. Such applications should demonstrate that the student had sufficient DSC mode differs from Distance mode insofar as background to undertake the unit(s). the student in DSC mode will be required to meet 3. Single unit study is recognised for credit with their lecturer for at least 6 hours during the transfer into an ACT qualification at a later semester at which the student will present tutorial date, subject to the normal ACT papers. regulations regarding credit transfers. However, successful completion of single At least one assessment task should require the unit study does not of itself guarantee later student to demonstrate some understanding of the course admission. whole unit area and how various elements co- 4. Students undertaking single unit study are inhere. An example might be a 1,000 word project ineligible for FEE-HELP funding and must to create a 13 week teaching plan for this unit that pay their tuition fees upfront. would include a comprehensive breakdown of 5. Fees are set as per the normal ACT tuition topics and appropriate reading lists, or a 1,000 fee schedule. word glossary of key terms relevant to the unit area.

52 Regulations for Coursework Awards

5.7 Adjacent levels in one class (iii) The recommended Septuagint text is A. It is accepted that students in two adjacent levels Rahlfs and R. Hanhart (eds.), Septuaginta (2nd (eg. 400 and 600) may be delivered together. rev.ed.; Stuttgart, 2006). (iv) The recommended Greek text of the New Students from three pools of subjects cannot be Testament is that of the 4th edition (revised) of the combined in the one class, with the exception of United Bible Societies’ text. the following: (i) Guided Spiritual Formation (PC249/449/649) 7.2 Use of the Bible in Examinations (ii) **489, **689 and **7** MA units together An English translation of the Bible (and/or a (iii) Study tour units as approved by the Dean translation in the student’s first language) may be (iv) Practical / Fieldwork units as approved by allowed by examiners in examinations in the Dean: EM225/425/625, coursework awards except biblical language and EM226/426/626, EM240/440/640, language exegesis examinations. Approved PC201/301/501, PC234/434/634, English translations are: NRSV, RSV, NIV, TNIV and PC235/435/635, PC240/440/640, the ESV. In English Exegesis units where a bible has PC243/443/643, PC244/444/644, been allowed by examiners, candidates are also PC247/447/647, PC248/448/648, permitted to take an unmarked copy of the Greek DM201/301/501, DM240/440/640, New Testament (UBS latest edition) or the Hebrew DM241/441/641, DM242/442/642. Bible.

6 Study Tour Units Colleges will make available unmarked copies of the Greek New Testament (UBS latest edition) 6.1 What is charged in the tuition fee? chapters or the Hebrew Bible (recommended Any compulsory component of the unit delivery version) chapters in those examinations which may be charged to the tuition fee, and therefore require Greek or Hebrew exegesis. deferred to a FEE-HELP loan by eligible students. The exception to this is student transport, student 7.3 Special Consideration in Examinations accommodation and student food, which the (i) All students must be able to communicate Department of Education and Training has adequately in English. Students whose main specifically stated cannot be included in the tuition language is not English are permitted the use of a fee. For example, in a Reformation history study bi-lingual and English dictionary. tour unit to Germany, the tour guides, faculty costs, (ii) In certificate and 200 level examinations only compulsory teaching activities, assessments etc students whose main language is not English may can be covered as tuition fee. extend the writing time by up to one third. Students should normally apply for such 6.2 What cannot be charged in the tuition fee? consideration at the time of enrolment in the unit. All transport, accommodation and food for (iii) In all ACT coursework awards candidates students is charged to students directly as with special needs (e.g. blindness, dyslexia) may incidental fees, and cannot be charged in the apply for examination conditions that are in tuition fee (and therefore payments deferred to keeping with the needs of the student. Such FEE-HELP). Any non-compulsory activity (eg. requests are to be made in writing to their affiliated optional sightseeing etc) cannot be allocated as college. Possible conditions that might be tuition fees. Any experience a student could approved are the granting of a viva, the use of a arrange independently and receive the same unit scribe acceptable to the college, the provision by experience is not allowed to be charged as tuition the college and under close supervision of a fees. computer loaded with basic software. In some cases alternative assessments may be set subject to 7 Miscellaneous Regulations approval by the relevant moderator or diploma scanner. 7.1 Recommended Texts (iv) Candidates who are affected by special (i) The recommended English texts of the Bible circumstances (illness or misadventure) should not are the New Revised Standard Version, Revised submit assessments or sit for examinations. Standard Version, New International Version and Students should apply for an extension (see Late the English Standard Version. Biblical quotes in all Penalties Policy on ACT website) or submit an essay and examination questions will use these application for extension. Students who submit versions. work or sit for an examination while affected by (ii) The recommended text of the Hebrew Bible illness or misadventure will be marked according to is that of Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia (1977). the work submitted and the candidate’s circumstances will not be taken into account when

Regulations for Coursework Awards 53

marking the paper. Students need to choose There are two types of electives. “Type A whether to attempt their assessments, or apply for Electives” are chosen from the accredited pool of extension / withdrawal before submitting an undergraduate ACT units which are not defined as assessment or sitting for an examination or core units of an award. “Type B Electives” are units submitting an assessment. No unit withdrawals which an affiliated college has designed and had will be accepted after a candidate has submitted approved by the ACT. The maximum credit points work for marking in all assessments. of Type B Electives that can be taken for each (v) The only exception to the above clause is award is governed by the regulations of that award. candidates who are incapacitated immediately before or during an examination may be granted Type B electives in which student performance are an extension on an assessment. Application must assessed internally on a pass/fail basis do not count be made to the affiliated college with supporting in the determination of a GPA. Performance in all evidence (e.g., medical certificate) as soon as units is moderated. possible, and, in any case, before July 1 (for first semester units) and December 1 (for second Type B electives are approved by the Coursework semester units). Committee. Such electives might be integrative or (vi) On application from a Academic Dean of a cross-disciplinary. The dominant field of study will college, the ACT Registrar will compassionately be nominated by the Coursework Committee. and reasonably assess requests for special Typical Type B electives might be units such as consideration that do not conform to the above Presbyterian Church Polity, Baptist Church History, categories. Aramaic, 1 Enoch, Dead Sea Scrolls, Theology of Karl Barth, Ministry to the Bereaved, and Australian 7.4 Conferral of Awards Aboriginal Religions. (i) The Academic Board shall issue (confer) the awards of the Australian College of Theology. After No college is required to offer Type B electives. If the award is conferred by the Academic Board, the a college chooses not to take up some or all of the student is entitled to all rights as a graduate of the Type B electives, they will be replaced by more ACT. Type A electives. (ii) The certificates of graduates associated with an affiliated college may, at the request of the Type B unit limits: Principal of such college, be presented at an official Up to 12 cps of Type B elective units may be taken function of that college by the Dean or the Principal as part of coursework awards in most courses. Up or the nominee of the Principal; the Principal in to 16 cps of Type B elective units may be taken in such cases being responsible for the passing on of awards requiring 128 cps of study. all certificates to ACT graduates who attended that college. 7.7 Grades, GPA (iii) The certificates of graduates not associated (i) Grades with an affiliated college will be forwarded High Distinction (85%+), Distinction (75– individually by the ACT to each graduate. 84%), Credit (65–74%), Pass+ (58–64%) Pass (50– (iv) For more information on conferral, see the 57%), Fail (0-49%). ACT’s Conferral Policy, available on the ACT website. (ii) GPA The transcript of candidates’ results will 7.5 Application of All Regulations convert the score or grade awarded to a grade The Academic Board has discretionary power to point, culminating in a grade point average (GPA) waive the application of a particular policy or upon graduation. regulation, except for those which are fundamental Grades awarded for each unit in the to the integrity of an award and are subject to diplomas and degrees are as follows: government requirements. Failed to withdraw by the set date (FW) = 0 7.6 Type A and Type B Electives Conceded Pass (CP) = 1.0 Each award comprises elective units. Some are 0–49% (F) = 0 elective in that an affiliated college may decide 50–57% (P) = 1.0 which units it offers to its students. Some are also 58–64% (P+) = 1.5 elective in that if there are sufficient units on offer 65–74% (C) = 2.0 in the college, students may elect units from those 75–84% (D) = 3.0 on offer. 85+% (HD) = 4.0

54 Regulations for Coursework Awards

A candidate’s grade point average is 7.13 Expectations calculated by the following steps: Degree level courses require of candidates that 1) Identify the units to be included in the they develop skills of analysis and criticism and calculation (see above). The following steps only independent judgement. Rote learning and the apply to these units. All other units are counted reproducing of lecture notes will not be asked for towards the award, but do not contribute to a in diploma or degree examinations. Candidates candidate’s GPA. can expect that examination and essay questions 2) Multiply the credit point value for each unit will expect a person to marshal information from by the grade points associated with each unit grade various sources, and with that information to solve (see above). a problem or respond to a challenge. 3) Divide the sum of these by the sum of the number of credit points for units included in the 8 Ethics Clearance GPA calculation in a particular award. Any student wishing to undertake any kind of human subject research as part of their thesis must 7.8 Bibliographies first obtain clearance from either their enrolled Bibliographies listed in the unit outlines should be college’s ethics committee for those proposals regarded as indicative of the breadth and depth of deemed in negligible or low risk categories, or, the reading required rather than prescriptive. ACT’s Ethics Committee for all other risk categories. The ACT recognises the need for 7.9 Full-time Study research involving human subjects and Full time study is defined as 16cps per semester. organisations. This research can be understood to Most benefits for full-time students require that include the investigation of any aspect, or aspects students undertake 75% of a full-time load (that is, of human life in general, that involves direct contact 12cps per semester). No student will be allowed to with individual persons or persons in social and enrol in more than 20cps per semester. organisational groups, or involves making use of confidential information concerning human 7.10 English Language Proficiency subjects, social groups, or organisations. The ACT Except in the case of those who have a tertiary is also aware of its responsibility for ensuring that qualification taught in English from a country on the the privacy, safety, health, social sensitivities and current (at time of student’s enrolment) UAC welfare of such subjects, social groups, or English Language Proficiency policy country list, organisations are adequately protected. It is the international candidates whose first language is not policy of the ACT that participating colleges, English will be required to sit an IELTS test. supervisors and candidates follow the Ethics Protocol (application for ethics approval) when IELTS scores for entry to all courses are listed on applying for ethics clearance for a Research project. each course outline. What is ‘human subject research’? For more information, see the English Language Within the sphere of the ACT it is research that Proficiency Policy, available on the ACT website: involves humans through: www.actheology.edu.au  Surveys, interviews, etc  Use of personal documents 7.11 Assessment of Previous Awards  Access to their information Candidates should forward to an approved college  Being observed a certified copy of the transcript of all degrees and  Psychological testing diplomas. As well, a certified statement of the accreditation status of the candidate’s previous Where activity involves human participation or college should accompany the application. The definable human involvement and has a purpose of ACT will then assess the candidate’s qualifications. establishing facts, principles or knowledge or of obtaining or confirming knowledge, the features of 7.12 Examinations/Essays human involvement will be the focus of deciding In certificate and diploma examinations only, ESL whether it is research and so subject to review by students may extend the writing time by up to one the Ethics Committee. third. Where that involvement has a potential for In examinations and essays at degree level, no infringing basic ethical principles, at least respect concessions can be given to people for whom for humans, beneficence and justice, review by the English is a second language. Ethics Committee is warranted. Such a potential arises: where that involvement could cause harm to the well-being of participants, whether physically,

Regulations for Coursework Awards 55

psychologically, spiritually or emotionally; or in the means that if overseas students elect to take less exploitation of cultural knowledge and/or property, than a full-time load in any study period, they need where their involvement, or the use of their to keep in mind how they will organize their unit personal or community-based information, has a load in future study periods in order to complete potential for infringement of their privacy or of the the course on time. Full-time is defined as normally confidentiality or ownership that attaches to that not less than 16 cps per semester, or 32 cps per information; or where their involvement imposes year. No more than 25 percent of the student’s burdens with little benefit. total course may be undertaken by distance and/ or online learning. The Ethics Proposal form can be accessed from the ACT office or the candidate’s college. Students can 9.3 Off-campus mode study also opt to use the online National Ethics No more than 25 per cent of an overseas student's Application Form (NEAF) in preparing their total course by distance and/or online learning. In applications for the ACT Ethics Committee. This addition, overseas students must not enrol can be accessed via the ACT website at exclusively in distance or online learning units in www.actheology.edu.au any semester.

9 Overseas Candidates  Attention is drawn to the following matters relating to candidates and their study in Australia. The information provided by overseas students to the provider (the Australian College of Theology) may be made available to Commonwealth and State agencies and the Fund Manager of the Educational Services for Overseas Students (ESOS) Assurance Fund, pursuant to obligations under the ESOS Act 2000 and the National Code; and the provider is required, under section 19 of the ESOS Act 2000, to tell the Department about: (i) certain changes to the student’s enrolment; and (ii) any breach by the student of a student visa condition relating to attendance or satisfactory academic performance.

The ACT’s CRICOS provider code is 02650E.

9.1 Students under 18 years of age Prospective overseas students less than 18 years of age will not be admitted to a course of study beginning before the applicant’s eighteenth birthday.

9.2 Visas and Government Regulations The ACT is not responsible for any matters relating to student visas and other government regulations. These will be the responsibility of the candidate and enquiries should be directed only to an approved college.

Time of candidature for overseas students will be subject to government imposed restrictions and the terms of their visas.

An overseas student will normally be enrolled in full-time only. Although the new National Code no longer requires this for each study period, students are required to complete the enrolled course within the time frame as stated on the student’s Confirmation of Enrolment (CoE) document. This

56 List of Coursework Units

LIST OF COURSEWORK UNITS As at November 2018

All units of study, including unit learning outcomes, tuition fees, and upcoming availability are available on the ACT website at https://www.actheology.edu.au/our-units/. Outlined below is a list of coursework units available for delivery within ACT courses as at November 2018, sorted by unit level and then unit code.

Unit Credit Unit Code Unit Name Level points EFTSL BB203 Principles of Hermeneutics 200 4 0.125 BB205 Introduction to Biblical Theology 200 4 0.125 BB207 Biblical Theology of Mission 200 4 0.125 BB246 Archaeology and the Bible 200 4 0.125 BB289 Biblical Studies Seminar 200 4 0.125 CH201 Christianity in History to 1550 200 4 0.125 CH202 Christianity in History from 1550 200 4 0.125 CH205 The Emergence of Christianity (30‐451) 200 4 0.125 CH206 The Reformation 200 4 0.125 CH206‐100 The Reformation 200 3 0.09375 CH240 Rise of Christianity: Acts to the Reformation 200 4 0.125 CH241a Overview of Christianity through History A (pre 1550) 200 2 0.0625 CH241b Overview of Christianity through History B (post 1550) 200 2 0.0625 DM201 Foundations of Christian Education 200 4 0.125 DM202 Christian Education Among Children 200 4 0.125 DM204 Christian Education in Practice 200 4 0.125 DM210 Foundations for Youth Ministry 200 4 0.125 DM211 Youth in the Churches 200 4 0.125 DM214 Chaplaincy in Educational Settings 200 4 0.125 DM215 Foundations in Young Adults' Ministry 200 4 0.125 DM216 Issues in Christian Outdoor Education 200 4 0.125 DM217 Skills in Christian Outdoor Education 200 4 0.125 DM219 Sexuality and Identity 200 4 0.125 DM220 Introduction to Church‐based Children's Ministry 200 4 0.125 DM222 Children's Ministry Skills 200 4 0.125 Disability and Normality ‐ A Christian Understanding and DM223 200 4 0.125 Response EM201 Mission Perspectives 200 4 0.125 EM202 History of Christian Mission 200 4 0.125 EM207 Biblical and Contemporary Theology of Mission 200 4 0.125 EM209 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 200 4 0.125 EM210 Aid and Development 200 4 0.125 EM216 The Personal Life of the Missionary 200 4 0.125 EM218 Ministry in A Culturally Diverse Context 200 4 0.125 EM219 Cults and Sects 200 4 0.125 EM221 Living Faiths 200 4 0.125 EM223 Foundations for Evangelism 200 4 0.125 EM226 Church Planting 200 4 0.125 EM236 Pastoral Evangelism 200 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 57

EM236‐ Pastoral Evangelism 200 3 0.09375 100 EM237 Finding Your Vocation 200 4 0.125 EM237‐ Finding Your Vocation 200 3 0.09375 100 EM240 Cross‐cultural Field Education 200 4 0.125 EM241 Evangelism Field Education 200 4 0.125 MAP21 Understanding Grief 200 4 0.125 MCP21 Foundations of Christian Influence 200 4 0.125 MSP22 Missional Discipleship 200 4 0.125 NT201 Jesus and the Gospels 200 4 0.125 NT202 The Early New Testament Church 200 4 0.125 NT205 Luke and John 200 4 0.125 NT205‐100 Luke and John 200 3 0.09375 NT206 Romans and 1 Corinthians 200 4 0.125 NT206‐100 Romans and 1 Corinthians 200 3 0.09375 Selected Letters of the Pauline Corpus and the Book of NT207 200 4 0.125 Revelation NT208 Hebrews and Selected New Testament Letters 200 4 0.125 NT209 Other Selected Letters of the Pauline Corpus 200 4 0.125 NT210 Luke and John (Greek Text) 200 4 0.125 NT240 New Testament Overview 200 4 0.125 NT289 New Testament Seminar 200 4 0.125 OT201 Old Testament Foundations 200 4 0.125 OT202 Old Testament Prophets and Writings 200 4 0.125 OT205 Genesis, Deuteronomy, Samuel 200 4 0.125 OT205‐100 Genesis, Deuteronomy, Samuel 200 3 0.09375 OT206 Pre‐exilic Prophets 200 4 0.125 OT206‐100 Pre‐exilic Prophets 200 3 0.09375 OT207 Exilic Prophets & Wisdom Literature 200 4 0.125 OT208 Psalms, Post‐exilic Literature 200 4 0.125 OT220 Pentateuch 200 4 0.125 OT226 The Psalter (English Text) 200 4 0.125 OT226‐100 The Psalter (English Text) 200 3 0.09375 OT227 Isaiah 200 4 0.125 OT240 Old Testament Overview 200 4 0.125 PC201 Ministry Formation 200 4 0.125 PC202 Foundations of Pastoral Care 200 4 0.125 PC203 Pastoral Skills and Methods 200 4 0.125 PC207 Pastoral Care 200 4 0.125 PC207‐100 Pastoral Care 200 3 0.09375 PC210 Personal Life of Those in Ministry 200 4 0.125 PC212 Preaching/Speaking to a Contemporary Culture 200 4 0.125 PC212‐100 Preaching/Speaking to a Contemporary Culture 200 3 0.09375 PC215 Christian Worship 200 4 0.125 PC216 Denominational Distinctives 200 4 0.125 Leading and Developing a Music Ministry in Your Local PC218 200 4 0.125 Church

58 List of Coursework Units

PC221 Theology for Everyday Life 200 4 0.125 PC221‐100 Theology for Everyday Life 200 3 0.09375 PC227 Patterns of Spiritual Formation 200 4 0.125 PC230 Christian Spirituality 200 4 0.125 PC233 Foundations for Creative Ministries 200 4 0.125 PC235 Principles of Leadership and Management 200 4 0.125 PC242 Congregational Field Education 200 4 0.125 PC243 Pastoral Care Field Education 200 4 0.125 PC244 Practical Ministry Field Education 200 4 0.125 PC246 Lay Ministry Field Education 200 4 0.125 PC247 Introductory Preaching 200 4 0.125 PC249a Guided Spiritual Formation A 200 1 0.03125 PC249b Guided Spiritual Formation B 200 1 0.03125 PC249c Guided Spiritual Formation C 200 1 0.03125 PC249d Guided Spiritual Formation D 200 1 0.03125 PC251 Seniors Ministry 200 4 0.125 PC251‐100 Seniors Ministry 200 3 0.09375 PC252 Chaplaincy Skills 200 4 0.125 PC254 Mentoring and Pastoral Care of Workers 200 4 0.125 PC256 Applied Pastoral Care 200 4 0.125 PC256‐100 Applied Pastoral Care 200 3 0.09375 PC257 Pastoral Care for Those With Mental Illness 200 4 0.125 PC257‐100 Pastoral Care for Those With Mental Illness 200 3 0.09375 PC260a Apprenticeship Project 200 1 0.03125 PC260b Apprenticeship Project 200 1 0.03125 PC260c Apprenticeship Project 200 1 0.03125 PC260d Apprenticeship Project 200 1 0.03125 PE210 Christian Worldview 200 4 0.125 PE211 Ethics and Contemporary Problems 200 4 0.125 PE220 Christian Apologetics 200 4 0.125 RDP21 Principles of Preaching 200 4 0.125 SMM24 Cross‐cultural Ministry Immersion 200 8 0.25 SMP21 Introduction to Expository Preaching 200 4 0.125 SS201 Study Skills for Life 200 4 0.125 SS202 Academic Writing and Communication 200 4 0.125 TH210 The Doctrine of God and the Person and Work of Christ 200 4 0.125 TH210‐100 The Doctrine of God and the Person and Work of Christ 200 3 0.09375 TH211 The Holy Spirit, Grace and Hope 200 4 0.125 TH211‐100 The Holy Spirit, Grace and Hope 200 3 0.09375 TH212 Christology 200 4 0.125 TH240 Theology Overview 200 4 0.125 YWM21 Cultivating Cultural Intelligence 200 8 0.25 BB301 Introduction to Biblical Theology 300 4 0.125 BB303 Principles of Hermeneutics 300 4 0.125 BB306 Biblical Theology and Interpretation 300 4 0.125 CH301 Christianity in History to 1550 300 4 0.125 CH302 Christianity in History from 1550 300 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 59

CH305 The Emergence of Christianity (30‐451) 300 4 0.125 CH306 The Reformation 300 4 0.125 CH341a Overview of Christianity through History A (pre 1550) 300 2 0.0625 CH341b Overview of Christianity through History B (post 1550) 300 2 0.0625 DM301 Foundations of Christian Education 300 4 0.125 DM305 Holistic Youth Ministry 300 4 0.125 DM306 Foundations for Children’s and Youth Ministry 300 4 0.125 DM310 Foundations for Youth Ministry 300 4 0.125 DM315 Foundations in Young Adults' Ministry 300 4 0.125 DM320 Introduction to Church‐based Children's Ministry 300 4 0.125 DM331 Family Ministry 300 4 0.125 DM346 Personal Formation for Developmental Ministries 300 4 0.125 EM301 Mission Perspectives 300 4 0.125 EM302 History of Christian Mission 300 4 0.125 EM305 Theology of Mission 300 4 0.125 EM306 Issues in Missiology 300 4 0.125 EM307 Introduction to Linguistics 300 4 0.125 EM308 Cross Cultural Communication 300 4 0.125 EM324 Principles of Evangelism 300 4 0.125 EM335 Linguistics and Language Learning 300 4 0.125 EM346 Introduction to Literacy and Scripture Use 300 4 0.125

EM347 Introduction to Sociolinguistics for Cross‐Cultural Ministry 300 4 0.125

MCP31 Foundations of Christian Influence 300 4 0.125 MSM311 Introduction to Phonology and Alphabet Design 300 4 0.125 MSM312 Structure of Languages 300 4 0.125 MSM313 Training for Transformational Development 300 4 0.125 MSM316 Language and Data Management 300 4 0.125 MSM317 Principles and Practices of Translation 300 4 0.125 MSM318 Semantics and Discourse 300 4 0.125 MSP32 Missional Discipleship 300 4 0.125 NT301 Jesus and the Gospels 300 4 0.125 NT302 The Early New Testament Church 300 4 0.125 OT301 Old Testament Foundations 300 4 0.125 OT302 Old Testament Prophets and Writings 300 4 0.125 PC301 Ministry Formation 300 4 0.125 PC315 Christian Worship 300 4 0.125 PC327 Patterns of Spiritual Formation 300 4 0.125 PC330 Christian Spirituality 300 4 0.125 PE301 Introduction to Christian Ethics 300 4 0.125 PE304 Introductory Ethics 300 2 0.0625 PE310 Christian Worldview 300 4 0.125 PE313 Philosophy Essentials for Christian Thinkers 300 4 0.125 PE314 Biblical Theology of Work 300 4 0.125 PNM31 Evangelism in Contemporary Australia 300 4 0.125 PNP32 Introduction to Preaching 300 2 0.0625 PNP33 From Text to Talk 300 2 0.0625

60 List of Coursework Units

QTP31 Pastoral Ministry in Practice A 300 2 0.0625 QTP32 Pastoral Ministry in Practice B 300 2 0.0625 RDP31 Principles of Preaching 300 4 0.125 RDP33 Pastoral Ministry in Reformed Churches 300 4 0.125 RYB31 Introduction to Biblical Interpretation 300 2 0.0625 RYM31 Introduction to Personal Evangelism 300 2 0.0625 RYM32 Ministry Foundations 300 2 0.0625 RYP33 Christian Disciplemaking 300 2 0.0625 RYP34 Christian Leadership 300 2 0.0625 SAB31 Understanding and Using the Bible 300 4 0.125 SS302 Academic Writing and Communication 300 4 0.125 TH304 Introduction to Systematic Theology 300 4 0.125 TH305 Foundational Christian Beliefs 300 4 0.125 TRB31 Introduction to Biblical Theology 300 2 0.0625 TRB32 Reading and Teaching the Bible 300 2 0.0625 TRP31 Engaging in Word‐Based Ministries 300 2 0.0625 TRP32 Introduction to Christian Ministry 300 2 0.0625 TRT32 Foundations for Systematic Theology 300 2 0.0625 Youth and Children's Ministry in the Anglican Diocese of YWD33 300 4 0.125 Sydney BB407 Biblical Theology of Mission 400 4 0.125 BB446 Archaeology and the Bible 400 4 0.125 BB489 Biblical Studies Seminar 400 4 0.125 BTN41 Adventures in Prayer 400 4 0.125 CH409 Christianity in Australia 400 4 0.125 CH421 The Continental Reformation 400 4 0.125 CH424 The Reformation in Europe & Britain 400 4 0.125 CH425 History of Evangelical Christianity 400 4 0.125 CH489 Christianity in History Seminar 400 4 0.125 DM404 Christian Education in Practice 400 4 0.125 DM411 Youth in the Churches 400 4 0.125 DM412 Youth: Context, Development and Learning 400 4 0.125 DM413 Ministry with Non‐Church Youth 400 4 0.125 DM414 Chaplaincy in Educational Settings 400 4 0.125 DM419 Sexuality and Identity 400 4 0.125 DM421 Issues in Children's Ministry 400 4 0.125 Disability and Normality ‐ A Christian Understanding and DM423 400 4 0.125 Response DM430 Australian Families and the Church 400 4 0.125 DM441 Youth Ministry Field Education 400 4 0.125 DM442 Children's Ministry Field Education 400 4 0.125 DM447 Skills for Children’s and Family Ministry 400 4 DM489 Christian Education Seminar 400 4 0.125 EM404 Contemporary Theology of Mission 400 4 0.125 EM408 Cross Cultural Communication 400 4 0.125 EM409 Cultural Anthropology 400 4 0.125 EM410 Aid and Development 400 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 61

EM411 Mission in the Urban Context 400 4 0.125 EM414 Teaching in Intercultural Settings 400 4 0.125 EM415 Christian Ministry in Islamic Contexts 400 4 0.125 EM417 Spiritual Formation for Cross Cultural Ministries 400 4 0.125 EM418 Ministry in A Culturally Diverse Context 400 4 0.125 EM421 Living Faiths 400 4 0.125 EM422 Alternative Religious Movements 400 4 0.125 EM425 Applied Evangelism 400 4 0.125 EM426 Church Planting 400 4 0.125 EM427 Church Dynamics and Growth 400 4 0.125 EM428 Muhammad: A Christian Perspective 400 4 0.125 EM430 Gospel, Church and Australian Culture 400 4 0.125 EM431 Contextual Asian Ministry 400 4 0.125 EM432 The Bible in Mission: using the Scriptures cross‐culturally 400 4 0.125 EM437 Scripture Engagement 400 4 0.125 EM440 Cross‐cultural Field Education 400 4 0.125 EM441 Evangelism Field Education 400 4 0.125 EM451 Understanding the Hadith 400 4 0.125 EM489 Evangelism and Missiology Seminar 400 4 0.125 IN489 Integrative Seminar 400 4 0.125 LA001 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew 400 4 0.125 LA002 Introduction to New Testament Greek 400 4 0.125 LA003A Biblical Hebrew A 400 4 0.125 LA003B Biblical Hebrew B 400 4 0.125 LA004A New Testament Greek A 400 4 0.125 LA004B New Testament Greek B 400 4 0.125 LA010 Intermediate Greek 400 4 0.125 LA489 Language Seminar 400 4 0.125 MCE41 Principles of Vocational Stewardship 400 4 0.125 MSM01 Learning Arabic Through Reading the Qur'an I 400 4 0.125 MSM02 Learning Arabic Through Reading the Qur'an II 400 4 0.125 MSM41 Christian Apologetics to Islam 400 4 0.125 MSM414 Literacy Materials 400 4 0.125 MSM415 Literacy Education in Minority Language Contexts 400 4 0.125 MSM42 The Qur'an: A Christian Perspective 400 4 0.125 MSP41 Christian Spirituality 400 4 0.125 NT420 The Synoptic Gospels (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT421 Paul and Corinthian Christianity (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT422 The Epistle to the Hebrews (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT423 The Pastoral Epistles (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT424 The Fourth Gospel (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT425 Pauline Theology and Romans (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT426 General Epistles (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT427 New Testament Apocalyptic (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT428 Other Writings (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT429 Romans (English Text) 400 4 0.125 NT430 The Synoptic Gospels (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125

62 List of Coursework Units

NT431 Paul and Corinthian Christianity (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT432 The Epistle to the Hebrews (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT433 The Pastoral Epistles (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT434 The Fourth Gospel (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT435 Pauline Theology and Romans (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT436 General Epistles (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT437 New Testament Apocalyptic (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT438 Other Writings (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT439 Romans (Greek Text) 400 4 0.125 NT442 Introduction to Greek Exegesis (John's Gospel) 400 4 0.125 NT443 Principles and Practice of New Testament Exegesis 400 4 0.125 NT489 New Testament Seminar 400 4 0.125 OT420 The Pentateuch (English text) 400 4 0.125 OT421 Former Prophets (English text) 400 4 0.125 OT422 Eighth Century Prophets (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT423 Exilic Prophecy (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT424 Wisdom Literature (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT425 Daniel (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT426 The Psalter (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT427 Isaiah (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT428 Jeremiah (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT429 Genesis (English text) 400 4 0.125 OT430 The Pentateuch (Hebrew text) 400 4 0.125 OT431 Former Prophets (Hebrew text) 400 4 0.125 OT432 Eighth Century Prophets (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT433 Exilic Prophecy (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT434 Wisdom Literature (Hebrew Texts) 400 4 0.125 OT435 Daniel (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT436 The Psalter (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT437 Isaiah (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT438 Jeremiah (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT439 Genesis (Hebrew text) 400 4 0.125 OT442 The Megillot: the Five Scrolls (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT443 Principles and Practice of Old Testament Exegesis 400 4 0.125 OT444 Post‐Exilic Prophecy (Hebrew text) 400 4 0.125 OT446 Post‐Exilic Prophecy (English text) 400 4 0.125 OT452 Leviticus Exegesis (Hebrew Text) 400 4 0.125 OT453 Leviticus Exegesis (English Text) 400 4 0.125 OT489 Old Testament Seminar 400 4 0.125 PC402 Foundations of Pastoral Care 400 4 0.125 PC403 Pastoral Skills and Methods 400 4 0.125 PC405 Principles of Christian Counselling 400 4 0.125 PC406 Applied Christian Counseling 400 4 0.125 PC407 Leading the Small Church 400 4 0.125 PC408 Spiritual Formation for Professional Ministries 400 4 0.125 PC416 Denominational Distinctives 400 4 0.125 PC419 Contemporary Issues in Pastoral Leadership 400 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 63

PC421 Theology for Everyday Life 400 4 0.125 PC426 Play Therapy in Christian Counselling and Ministry 400 4 0.125 PC434 Leadership in Christian Ministry 400 4 0.125 PC435 Principles of Leadership and Management 400 4 0.125 PC442 Congregational Field Education 400 4 0.125 PC443 Pastoral Care Field Education 400 4 0.125 PC444 Practical Ministry Field Education 400 4 0.125 PC446 Lay Ministry Field Education 400 4 0.125 PC447 Introductory Preaching 400 4 0.125 PC448 Advanced Preaching 400 4 0.125 PC449a Guided Spiritual Formation A 400 1 0.03125 PC449b Guided Spiritual Formation B 400 1 0.03125 PC449c Guided Spiritual Formation C 400 1 0.03125 PC449d Guided Spiritual Formation D 400 1 0.03125 PC452 Chaplaincy Skills 400 4 0.125 PC453 Mentoring and Pastoral Care of Workers 400 4 0.125 PC455 Professional Chaplaincy Skills 400 4 0.125 ‘Posive approaches’ in Christian Counselling and PC458 400 4 0.125 Ministry PC459a Guided Leadership Formation A 400 1 0.03125 PC459b Guided Leadership Formation B 400 1 0.03125 PC459c Guided Leadership Formation C 400 1 0.03125 PC459d Guided Leadership Formation D 400 1 0.03125 PC461 Christian Counselling Field Education 400 4 0.125 PC462 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy and Christianity 400 4 0.125 Multicultural Approaches in Christian Counselling and PC463 400 4 0.125 Pastoral Ministry PC489 Pastoral & Church Focussed Ministry Seminar 400 4 0.125 PE402 Theological Ethics 400 4 0.125 PE403 Christian Social Ethics 400 4 0.125 PE405 Faith and the Arts 400 4 0.125 PE406 Christian Critical Thinking 400 4 0.125 PE420 Christian Apologetics 400 4 0.125 PE425 Philosophy of Religion 400 4 0.125 PE426 Issues in Philosophy of Religion 400 4 0.125 PE489 Philosophy Seminar 400 4 0.125 PVM43 Folk Religions 400 4 0.125 RDP42a The Practice of Preaching A 400 1 0.03125 RDP42b The Practice of Preaching B 400 1 0.03125 RDP42c The Practice of Preaching C 400 1 0.03125 RDP42d The Practice of Preaching D 400 1 0.03125 RYC42 History, Identity, Mission and Ministry of Anglicanism 400 2 0.0625 RYP41 Educating, Forming and Training Others for Ministry 400 2 0.0625 RYP42a Advanced Preaching Workshop A 400 1 0.03125 RYP42b Advanced Preaching Workshop B 400 1 0.03125 RYP42c Advanced Preaching Workshop C 400 1 0.03125 RYP42d Advanced Preaching Workshop D 400 1 0.03125

64 List of Coursework Units

RYP46 Experiential Leadership Development 400 4 0.125 RYT41 Introduction to Workplace Ministry 400 2 0.0625 SMM42 Local Church and Global Mission 400 4 0.125 SMP42 Preaching For Today's Church 400 4 0.125 TH401 The Knowledge of God 400 4 0.125 TH402 The Doctrine of God and the Work of Christ 400 4 0.125 TH403 The Doctrines of Grace and Eschatology 400 4 0.125 TH404 Church, Sacraments and Ministry 400 4 0.125 TH406 Global Theology and World Christianity 400 4 0.125 TH410 The Westminster Confession 400 4 0.125 TH420 Theological Issues of the Reformation 400 4 0.125 TH421 God as Trinity 400 4 0.125 TH489 Theology Seminar 400 4 0.125 BB501 Introduction to Biblical Theology 500 4 0.125 BB503 Principles of Hermeneutics 500 4 0.125 BB504 Introduction to the Bible 500 4 0.125 BB506 Biblical Theology and Interpretation 500 4 0.125 CH501 Christianity in History to 1550 500 4 0.125 CH502 Christianity in History from 1550 500 4 0.125 CH505 The Emergence of Christianity (30‐451) 500 4 0.125 CH506 The Reformation 500 4 0.125 CH541a Overview of Christianity through History A (pre 1550) 500 2 0.0625 CH541b Overview of Christianity through History A (pre 1550) 500 2 0.0625 DM501 Foundations of Christian Education 500 4 0.125 DM505 Holistic Youth Ministry 500 4 0.125 DM506 Foundations for Children’s and Youth Ministry 500 4 0.125 DM510 Foundations for Youth Ministry 500 4 0.125 DM520 Introduction to Church‐based Children's Ministry 500 4 0.125 DM546 Personal Formation for Developmental Ministries 500 4 0.125 EM501 Mission Perspectives 500 4 0.125 EM505 Theology of Mission 500 4 0.125 EM506 Issues in Missiology 500 4 0.125 EM508 Cross Cultural Communication 500 4 0.125 EM524 Principles of Evangelism 500 4 0.125 EM535 Linguistics and Language Learning 500 4 0.125 EM546 Introduction to Literacy and Scripture Use 500 4 0.125

EM547 Introduction to Sociolinguistics for Cross‐Cultural Ministry 500 4 0.125

MCP51 Foundations of Christian Influence 500 4 0.125 MSM511 Introduction to Phonology and Alphabet Design 500 4 0.125 MSM512 Structure of Languages 500 4 0.125 MSM513 Training for Transformational Development 500 4 0.125 MSM516 Language and Data Management 500 4 0.125 MSM517 Principles and Practices of Translation 500 4 0.125 MSM518 Semantics and Discourse 500 4 0.125 MSM53 Mission Leadership Foundations 500 4 0.125 MSP52 Missional Discipleship 500 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 65

NT501 Jesus and the Gospels 500 4 0.125 NT502 The Early New Testament Church 500 4 0.125 OT501 Old Testament Foundations 500 4 0.125 OT502 Old Testament Prophets and Writings 500 4 0.125 PC501 Ministry Formation 500 4 0.125 PC515 Christian Worship 500 4 0.125 PC527 Patterns of Spiritual Formation 500 4 0.125 PC530 Christian Spirituality 500 4 0.125 PE501 Introduction to Christian Ethics 500 4 0.125 PE504 Introductory Ethics 500 2 0.0625 PE510 Christian Worldview 500 4 0.125 PE513 Philosophy Essentials for Christian Thinkers 500 4 0.125 PNM51 Evangelism in Contemporary Australia 500 4 0.125 PNP52 Introduction to Preaching 500 2 0.0625 PNP53 From Text to Talk 500 2 0.06125 QTP51 Pastoral Ministry in Practice A 500 2 0.0625 QTP52 Pastoral Ministry in Practice B 500 2 0.0625 RDP51 Principles of Preaching 500 4 0.125 RDP53 Pastoral Ministry in Reformed Churches 500 4 0.125 RYB51 Introduction to Biblical Interpretation 500 2 0.0625 RYB52 Biblical Theology and Interpretation: An Introduction 500 2 0.0625 RYM51 Introduction to Personal Evangelism 500 2 0.0625 RYM52 Ministry Foundations 500 2 0.0625 RYP53 Christian Disciplemaking 500 2 0.0625 RYP54 Christian Leadership 500 2 0.0625 RYP55 Learn to Preach 500 2 0.0625 SAB51 Understanding and Using the Bible 500 4 0.125 TH504 Introduction to Systematic Theology 500 4 0.125 TH505 Foundational Christian Beliefs 500 4 0.125 TRB51 Introduction to Biblical Theology 500 2 0.0625 TRB52 Reading and Teaching the Bible 500 2 0.0625 TRP51 Engaging in Word‐Based Ministries 500 2 0.0625 TRP52 Introduction to Christian Ministry 500 2 0.0625 TRT52 Foundations for Systematic Theology 500 2 0.0625 BB607 Biblical Theology of Mission 600 4 0.125 BB646 Archaeology and the Bible 600 4 0.125 BB689 Biblical Studies Seminar 600 4 0.125 BTN61 Adventures in Prayer 600 4 0.125 CH609 Christianity in Australia 600 4 0.125 CH621 The Continental Reformation 600 4 0.125 CH624 The Reformation in Europe & Britain 600 4 0.125 CH625 History of Evangelical Christianity 600 4 0.125 CH689 Christianity in History Seminar 600 4 0.125 DM604 Christian Education in Practice 600 4 0.125 DM611 Youth in the Churches 600 4 0.125 DM612 Youth: Context, Development and Learning 600 4 0.125 DM613 Ministry with Non‐Church Youth 600 4 0.125

66 List of Coursework Units

DM614 Chaplaincy in Educational Settings 600 4 0.125 DM621 Issues in Children's Ministry 600 4 0.125 Disability and Normality ‐ A Christian Understanding and DM623 600 4 0.125 Response DM630 Australian Families and the Church 600 4 0.125 DM641 Youth Ministry Field Education 600 4 0.125 DM647 Skills for Children’s and Family Ministry 600 4 0.125 DM689 Christian Education Seminar 600 4 0.125 EM604 Contemporary Theology of Mission 600 4 0.125 EM608 Cross‐cultural Communication 600 4 0.125 EM609 Cultural Anthropology 600 4 0.125 EM610 Aid and Development 600 4 0.125 EM611 Mission in the Urban Context 600 4 0.125 EM614 Teaching in Intercultural Settings 600 4 0.125 EM615 Christian Ministry in Islamic Contexts 600 4 0.125 EM617 Spiritual Formation for Cross‐Cultural Ministries 600 4 0.125 EM618 Ministry in A Culturally Diverse Context 600 4 0.125 EM621 Living Faiths 600 4 0.125 EM622 Alternate Religious Movements 600 4 0.125 EM625 Applied Evangelism 600 4 0.125 EM626 Church Planting 600 4 0.125 EM627 Church Dynamics and Growth 600 4 0.125 EM628 Muhammad: A Christian Perspective 600 4 0.125 EM630 Gospel, Church and Australian Culture 600 4 0.125 EM631 Contextual Asian Ministry 600 4 0.125 EM632 The Bible in Mission: using the Scriptures cross‐culturally 600 4 0.125 EM637 Scripture Engagement 600 4 0.125 EM640 Cross‐cultural Field Education 600 4 0.125 EM641 Evangelism Field Education 600 4 0.125 EM651 Understanding the Hadith 600 4 0.125 EM689 Evangelism and Missiology Seminar 600 4 0.125 IN689 Integrative Seminar 600 4 0.125 LA689 Language Seminar 600 4 0.125 MCE61 Principles of Vocational Stewardship 600 4 0.125 MSM61 Christian Apologetics to Islam 600 4 0.125 MSM614 Literacy Materials 600 4 0.125 MSM615 Literacy Education in Minority Language Contexts 600 4 0.125 MSM62 The Qur'an: A Christian Perspective 600 4 0.125 MSM64 Issues in Mission Leadership: A 600 4 0.125 MSM65 Issues in Mission Leadership: B 600 4 0.125 MSP61 Christian Spirituality 600 4 0.125 NT620 The Synoptic Gospels (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT621 Paul and Corinthian Christianity (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT622 The Epistle to the Hebrews (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT623 The Pastoral Epistles (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT624 The Fourth Gospel (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT625 Pauline Theology and Romans (English Text) 600 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 67

NT626 General Epistles (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT627 New Testament Apocalyptic (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT628 Other Writings (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT629 Romans (English Text) 600 4 0.125 NT630 The Synoptic Gospels (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT631 Paul and Corinthian Christianity (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT632 The Epistle to the Hebrews (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT633 The Pastoral Epistles (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT634 The Fourth Gospel (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT635 Pauline Theology and Romans (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT636 General Epistles (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT637 New Testament Apocalyptic (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT638 Other Writings (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT639 Romans (Greek Text) 600 4 0.125 NT642 Introduction to Greek Exegesis (John's Gospel) 600 4 0.125 NT643 Principles and Practice of New Testament Exegesis 600 4 0.125 NT689 New Testament Seminar 600 4 0.125 OT620 The Pentateuch (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT621 Former Prophets (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT622 Eighth Century Prophets (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT623 Exilic Prophecy (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT624 Wisdom Literature (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT625 Daniel (English) 600 4 0.125 OT626 The Psalter (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT627 Isaiah (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT628 Jeremiah (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT629 Genesis (English text) 600 4 0.125 OT630 The Pentateuch (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT631 Former Prophets (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT632 Eighth Century Prophets (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT633 Exilic Prophecy (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT634 Wisdom Literature (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT635 Daniel (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT636 The Psalter (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT637 Isaiah (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT638 Jeremiah (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT639 Genesis (Hebrew text) 600 4 0.125 OT642 The Megillot: the Five Scrolls (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT643 Principles and Practice of Old Testament Exegesis 600 4 0.125 OT644 Post‐Exilic Prophecy (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT646 Post‐Exilic Prophecy (English text) 600 4 0.125 OT652 Leviticus Exegesis (Hebrew Text) 600 4 0.125 OT653 Leviticus Exegesis (English Text) 600 4 0.125 OT689 Old Testament Seminar 600 4 0.125 PC602 Foundations of Pastoral Care 600 4 0.125 PC603 Pastoral Skills and Methods 600 4 0.125 PC605 Principles of Christian Counselling 600 4 0.125

68 List of Coursework Units

PC606 Applied Christian Counseling 600 4 0.125 PC607 Leading the Small Church 600 4 0.125 PC608 Spiritual Formation for Professional Ministries 600 4 0.125 PC616 Denominational Distinctives 600 4 0.125 PC619 Contemporary Issues in Pastoral Leadership 600 4 0.125 PC621 Theology for Everyday Life 600 4 0.125 PC634 Leadership in Christian Ministry 600 4 0.125 PC635 Principles of Leadership and Management 600 4 0.125 PC642 Congregational Field Education 600 4 0.125 PC643 Pastoral Care Field Education 600 4 0.125 PC644 Practical Ministry Field Education 600 4 0.125 PC647 Introductory Preaching 600 4 0.125 PC648 Advanced Preaching 600 4 0.125 PC649a Guided Spiritual Formation A 600 1 0.03125 PC649b Guided Spiritual Formation B 600 1 0.03125 PC649c Guided Spiritual Formation C 600 1 0.03125 PC649d Guided Spiritual Formation D 600 1 0.03125 PC652 Chaplaincy Skills 600 4 0.125 PC653 Mentoring and Pastoral Care of Workers 600 4 0.125 PC655 Professional Chaplaincy Skills 600 4 0.125 PC659a Guided Leadership Formation A 600 1 0.03125 PC659b Guided Leadership Formation B 600 1 0.03125 PC659c Guided Leadership Formation C 600 1 0.03125 PC659d Guided Leadership Formation D 600 1 0.03125 PC661 Christian Counselling Field Education 600 4 0.125 PC689 Pastoral & Church Focussed Ministry Seminar 600 4 0.125 PE514 Biblical Theology of Work 600 4 0.125 PE602 Theological Ethics 600 4 0.125 PE603 Christian Social Ethics 600 4 0.125 PE605 Faith and the Arts 600 4 0.125 PE606 Christian Critical Thinking 600 4 0.125 PE620 Christian Apologetics 600 4 0.125 PE625 Philosophy of Religion 600 4 0.125 PE626 Issues in Philosophy of Religion 600 4 0.125 PE689 Philosophy Seminar 600 4 0.125 PVM62 Ethnographic Research 600 4 0.125 PVM63 Folk Religions 600 4 0.125 RDP62a The Practice of Preaching A 600 1 0.03125 RDP62b The Practice of Preaching B 600 1 0.03125 RDP62c The Practice of Preaching C 600 1 0.03125 RDP62d The Practice of Preaching D 600 1 0.03125 RYC62 History, Identity, Mission and Ministry of Anglicanism 600 2 0.0625 RYP61 Educating, Forming and Training Others for Ministry 600 2 0.0625 RYP62a Advanced Preaching Workshop A 600 1 0.03125 RYP62b Advanced Preaching Workshop B 600 1 0.03125 RYP62c Advanced Preaching Workshop C 600 1 0.03125 RYP62d Advanced Preaching Workshop D 600 1 0.03125

List of Coursework Units 69

RYP66 Experiential Leadership Development 600 4 0.125 RYT61 Introduction to Workplace Ministry 600 2 0.0625 SMM62 Local Church and Global Mission 600 4 0.125 SMP62 Preaching for Today's Church 600 4 0.125 TH601 The Knowledge of God 600 4 0.125 TH602 The Doctrine of God and the Work of Christ 600 4 0.125 TH603 The Doctrines of Grace and Eschatology 600 4 0.125 TH604 Church, Sacraments and Ministry 600 4 0.125 TH606 Global Theology and World Christianity 600 4 0.125 TH610 The Westminster Confession 600 4 0.125 TH620 Theological Issues of the Reformation 600 4 0.125 TH689 Theology Seminar 600 4 0.125 BB702‐4 Biblical Studies Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 BB702‐6 Biblical Studies Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 BB703‐4 Advanced Exegesis for Biblical Theology (Isaiah and Luke) 700 4 0.125 BB703‐6 Advanced Exegesis for Biblical Theology (Isaiah and Luke) 700 6 0.1875 BB782 Biblical Studies Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 BB789‐4 Biblical Studies Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 BB789‐6 Biblical Studies Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 CH702‐4 Christianity in History Conference Participation 700 4 0.1875 CH702‐6 Christianity in History Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 CH703‐4 Australian Presbyterianism in it's International Context 700 4 0.125 CH703‐6 Australian Presbyterianism in it's International Context 700 6 0.1875 The Westminster Confession In Historical And Australian CH748‐4 700 4 0.125 Context The Westminster Confession In Historical And Australian CH748‐6 700 6 0.1875 Context CH756‐4 Issues in Austrlaian Presbyterian Church History 700 4 0.125 CH756‐6 Issues in Austrlaian Presbyterian Church History 700 6 0.1875 Denominational History: Our Heritage and its CH759‐4 700 4 0.125 Contemporary Significance Denominational History: Our Heritage and its CH759‐6 700 6 0.1875 Contemporary Significance CH782 Church History Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 CH789‐4 Christianity in History Seminar 700 4 0.125 CH789‐6 Christianity in History Seminar 700 6 0.1875 DM702‐4 Developmental Ministries Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 DM702‐6 Developmental Ministries Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 DM703‐4 Disability, Theology, and Religion 700 4 0.125 DM703‐6 Disability, Theology, and Religion 700 6 0.1875 DM704‐4 Issues in Professional Chaplaincy 700 4 0.125 DM704‐6 Issues in Professional Chaplaincy 700 6 0.1875 DM705‐4 Chaplaincy in an Institutional Setting 700 4 0.125 DM705‐6 Chaplaincy in an Institutional Setting 700 6 0.1875 DM762‐4 Family Ministry 700 4 0.125 DM762‐6 Family Ministry 700 6 0.1875 DM769‐4 The Minister's Personal Growth and Development 700 4 0.125

70 List of Coursework Units

DM769‐6 The Minister's Personal Growth and Development 700 6 0.1875 DM782 Developmental Ministries Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 DM789‐4 Developmental Ministries Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 DM789‐6 Developmental Ministries Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 EM702‐4 Evangelism and Missiology Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 EM702‐6 Evangelism and Missiology Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 EM703‐4 Developing Leaders Across Cultures 700 4 0.125 EM703‐6 Developing Leaders Across Cultures 700 6 0.1875 EM704‐4 Applied Linguistics for Mission 700 4 0.125 EM704‐6 Applied Linguistics for Mission 700 6 0.1875 The Gospel, Cultural Anthropology, and Ethnographic EM705‐4 700 4 0.125 Methods The Gospel, Cultural Anthropology, and Ethnographic EM705‐6 700 6 0.1875 Methods EM706‐4 Effective Christian Education Across Cultures 700 4 0.125 EM706‐6 Effective Christian Education Across Cultures 700 6 0.1875 EM707‐4 Christian Ministry in Islamic Contexts 700 4 0.125 EM707‐6 Christian Ministry in Islamic Contexts 700 6 0.1875 Developing Resilience and Spiritual Maturity in Cross‐ EM708‐4 700 4 0.125 Cultural Ministry Developing Resilience and Spiritual Maturity in Cross‐ EM708‐6 700 6 0.1875 Cultural Ministry EM709‐4 Making Disciples Across Cultures 700 4 0.125 EM709‐6 Making Disciples Across Cultures 700 6 0.1875 EM710‐4 Reproducing Reflective Practice 700 4 0.125 EM710‐6 Reproducing Reflective Practice 700 6 0.1875 EM711‐4 Transformational Development 700 4 0.125 EM711‐6 Transformational Development 700 6 0.1875 EM712‐4 Cross Cultural Church Planting 700 4 0.125 EM712‐6 Cross Cultural Church Planting 700 6 0.1875 EM713‐4 Global Migration, Diaspora and the Mission of God 700 4 0.125 EM713‐6 Global Migration, Diaspora and the Mission of God 700 6 0.1875 EM721‐4 Missional Hermeneutics 700 4 0.125 EM721‐6 Missional Hermeneutics 700 6 0.1875 EM722‐4 Cultural Exegesis 700 4 0.125 EM722‐6 Cultural Exegesis 700 6 0.1875 EM723‐4 Missional Spirituality 700 4 0.125 EM723‐6 Missional Spirituality 700 6 0.1875 EM741‐4 Evangelism in Contemporary Australia 700 4 0.125 EM741‐6 Evangelism in Contemporary Australia 700 6 0.1875 EM752‐4 Ministry in Culturally Diverse Teams 700 4 0.125 EM752‐6 Ministry in Culturally Diverse Teams 700 6 0.1875 EM769‐4 The Qur'an and Its Interpretation 700 4 0.125 EM769‐6 The Qur'an and Its Interpretation 700 6 0.1875 EM780‐4 Contextualization of Theology and Ministry Practice 700 4 0.125 EM780‐6 Contextualization of Theology and Ministry Practice 700 6 0.1875 EM781‐4 Islam: History and Institutions 700 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 71

EM781‐6 Islam: History and Institutions 700 6 0.1875 EM782 Evangelism and Missiology MInor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 EM789‐4 Evangelism and Missiology Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 EM789‐6 Evangelism and Missiology Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 IN702‐4 Integrative Studies Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 IN702‐6 Integrative Studies Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 IN703‐6 Counselling in Christian Life & Ministry 700 6 0.1875 IN704‐6 Mental health issues in Christian counselling 700 6 0.1875 IN707‐4 Integrating Theological Study 700 4 0.125 IN707‐6 Integrating Theological Study 700 6 0.1875 IN709‐4 Putting Faith To Work 700 4 0.125 IN709‐6 Putting Faith To Work 700 6 0.1875 IN753‐4 Bioethics 700 4 0.125 IN753‐6 Bioethics 700 6 0.1875 Theories of Ethics and their Implications for IN779‐4 700 4 0.125 Contemporary Christians Theories of Ethics and their Implications for IN779‐6 700 6 0.1875 Contemporary Christians IN789‐4 Integrative Studies Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 IN789‐6 Integrative Studies Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 LA782 Language Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 LA789‐4 Languages Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 LA789‐6 Languages Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 NT702‐4 New Testament Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 NT702‐6 New Testament Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 NT703‐4 Interpreting and Preaching the Sermon on the Mount 700 4 0.125 NT703‐6 Interpreting and Preaching the Sermon on the Mount 700 6 0.1875 NT704‐4 Interpreting and Applying 2 Corinthians 700 4 0.125 NT704‐6 Interpreting and Applying 2 Corinthians 700 6 0.1875 NT705‐4 Interpreting and Applying Ephesians 700 4 0.125 NT705‐6 Interpreting and Applying Ephesians 700 6 0.1875 NT707‐4 Interpreting and Applying 1 & 2 Thessalonians 700 4 0.125 NT707‐6 Interpreting and Applying 1 & 2 Thessalonians 700 6 0.1875 NT725‐4 Interpreting and Applying NT Set Book 700 4 0.125 NT725‐6 Interpreting and Applying NT Set Book 700 6 0.1875 NT741‐4 Interpreting And Preaching Colossians And Philemon 700 4 0.125 NT741‐6 Interpreting And Preaching Colossians And Philemon 700 6 0.1875 NT742‐4 Interpreting And Preaching Romans 700 4 0.125 NT742‐6 Interpreting And Preaching Romans 700 6 0.1875 NT743‐4 Interpreting Revelation 700 4 0.125 NT743‐6 Interpreting Revelation 700 6 0.1875 NT764‐4 Narrative and Theology in the Gospel of Luke 700 4 0.125 NT764‐6 Narrative and Theology in the Gospel of Luke 700 6 0.1875 NT778‐4 Hermeneutics, Theology, and the Book of Acts 700 4 0.125 NT778‐6 Hermeneutics, Theology, and the Book of Acts 700 6 0.1875 NT782 New Testament Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 NT789‐4 New Testament Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125

72 List of Coursework Units

NT789‐6 New Testament Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 OT702‐4 Old Testament Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 OT702‐6 Old Testament Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 OT703‐4 Interpreting Samuel for Today 700 4 0.125 OT703‐6 Interpreting Samuel for Today 700 6 0.1875 OT725‐4 Interpreting and Applying OT Set Book 700 4 0.125 OT725‐6 Interpreting and Applying OT Set Book 700 6 0.1875 OT740‐4 Reading And Preaching The Book Of The Twelve 700 4 0.125 OT740‐6 Reading And Preaching The Book Of The Twelve 700 6 0.1875 OT741‐4 Preaching Old Testament Narrative: Judges 700 4 0.125 OT741‐6 Preaching Old Testament Narrative: Judges 700 6 0.1875 OT742‐4 Understanding And Preaching Psalms 700 4 0.125 OT742‐6 Understanding And Preaching Psalms 700 6 0.1875 Understanding and Preaching Old Testament Wisdom OT743‐4 700 4 0.125 Literature: Proverbs, Job, and Ecclesiastes Understanding and Preaching Old Testament Wisdom OT743‐6 700 6 0.1875 Literature: Proverbs, Job, and Ecclesiastes OT747‐4 Understanding and Preaching 1 and 2 Kings 700 4 0.125 OT747‐6 Understanding and Preaching 1 and 2 Kings 700 6 0.1875 OT752‐4 Approaches to Old Testament Theology 700 4 0.125 OT752‐6 Approaches to Old Testament Theology 700 6 0.1875 OT758‐4 Hermeneutics and Genesis 1–3 700 4 0.125 OT758‐6 Hermeneutics and Genesis 1–3 700 6 0.1875 OT762‐4 Reading and Preaching Daniel 700 4 0.125 OT762‐6 Reading and Preaching Daniel 700 6 0.1875 OT774‐4 Understanding and Preaching the Psalms 700 4 0.125 OT774‐6 Understanding and Preaching the Psalms 700 6 0.1875 OT782 Old Testament Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 OT789‐4 Old Testament Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 OT789‐6 Old Testament Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 PC702‐4 Pastoral and Church‐focussed Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 PC702‐6 Pastoral and Church‐focussed Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 PC703‐4 Biblical Counselling and Human Physiology 700 4 0.125 PC703‐6 Biblical Counselling and Human Physiology 700 6 0.1875 PC704‐4 Academic Writing for Ministry or Mission 700 4 0.125 PC704‐6 Academic Writing for Ministry or Mission 700 6 0.1875 Innovative Counselling Approaches in Christian Life & PC705‐6 700 6 0.1875 Ministry PC706‐4 Preaching Evangelistically 700 4 0.125 PC706‐6 Preaching Evangelistically 700 6 0.1875 PC710‐4 Practical Ministry Field Education (Church Planting) 700 4 0.125 PC710‐6 Practical Ministry Field Education (Church Planting) 700 6 0.1875 PC712‐4 Gospel, Church And Australian Culture 700 4 0.125 PC712‐6 Gospel, Church And Australian Culture 700 6 0.1875 PC713‐4 Cross Cultural Field Education 700 4 0.125 PC713‐6 Cross Cultural Field Education 700 6 0.1875 PC714‐4 Self‐Leadership and Character Formation for Pastors 700 4 0.125

List of Coursework Units 73

PC714‐6 Self‐Leadership and Character Formation for Pastors 700 6 0.1875 PC715‐4 Christian Leadership and Management 700 4 0.125 PC715‐6 Christian Leadership and Management 700 6 0.1875 PC716‐4 Empowering Leadership 700 4 0.125 PC716‐6 Empowering Leadership 700 6 0.1875 PC717‐4 Organisational Leadership 700 4 0.125 PC717‐6 Organisational Leadership 700 6 0.1875 PC718‐4 Self‐care and Resilience in Ministry 700 4 0.125 PC718‐6 Self‐care and Resilience in Ministry 700 6 0.1875 PC720‐4 Christian Mentoring 700 4 0.125 PC720‐6 Christian Mentoring 700 6 0.1875 PC721‐4 Mentoring Christian Leaders 700 4 0.125 PC721‐6 Mentoring Christian Leaders 700 6 0.1875 PC722‐4 Professional Practice as a Christian Mentor 700 4 0.125 PC722‐6 Professional Practice as a Christian Mentor 700 6 0.1875 PC723‐4 Professional Supervision for Ministry Workers 700 4 0.125 PC723‐6 Professional Supervision for Ministry Workers 700 6 0.1875 PC724‐4 Advanced Professional Supervision for Ministry Workers 700 4 0.125 PC724‐6 Advanced Professional Supervision for Ministry Workers 700 6 0.1875 PC725‐4 Understanding & Preaching Biblical Set Book 700 4 0.125 PC725‐6 Understanding & Preaching Biblical Set Book 700 6 0.1875 Discipleship Formation through Communicating Grace and PC736‐4 700 4 0.125 Truth Discipleship Formation through Communicating Grace and PC736‐6 700 6 0.1875 Truth PC737‐4 Transformational Leadership 700 4 0.125 PC737‐6 Transformational Leadership 700 6 0.1875 PC738‐4 Developing Disciples And Leaders 700 4 0.125 PC738‐6 Developing Disciples And Leaders 700 6 0.1875 PC739‐4 Leading In Contextual Mission 700 4 0.125 PC739‐6 Leading In Contextual Mission 700 6 0.1875 PC740‐4 Gospel Spirituality for Leadership 700 4 0.125 PC740‐6 Gospel Spirituality for Leadership 700 6 0.1875 PC741‐4 Multicultural Church and Leadership 700 4 0.125 PC741‐6 Multicultural Church and Leadership 700 6 0.1875 PC742‐4 Congregational Field Education 700 4 0.125 PC742‐6 Congregational Field Education 700 6 0.1875 PC749A‐1 Guided Leadership Formation A 700 1 0.03125 PC749B‐1 Guided Leadership Formation B 700 1 0.03125 PC749B‐2 Guided Leadership Formation B 700 2 0.0625 PC749C‐1 Guided Leadership Formation C 700 1 0.03125 PC749D‐1 Guided Leadership Formation D 700 1 0.03125 PC749D‐2 Guided Leadership Formation D 700 2 0.0625 PC751‐4 Spirituality for Christian Ministry 700 4 0.125 PC751‐6 Spirituality for Christian Ministry 700 6 0.1875 PC752‐4 Christian Spirituality: Tradition and Practices 700 4 0.125 PC752‐6 Christian Spirituality: Tradition and Practices 700 6 0.1875

74 List of Coursework Units

PC759‐4 Contemporary Biblical Preaching 700 4 0.125 PC759‐6 Contemporary Biblical Preaching 700 6 0.1875 PC761‐4 Leadership and Management for Christian Ministry 700 4 0.125 PC761‐6 Leadership and Management for Christian Ministry 700 6 0.1875 PC766‐4 Frameworks for Christian Leadership 700 4 0.125 PC766‐6 Frameworks for Christian Leadership 700 6 0.1875 PC769‐4 Church Systems and Congregational Health 700 4 0.125 PC769‐6 Church Systems and Congregational Health 700 6 0.1875 PC771‐4 Missional Leadership in the 21st Century 700 4 0.125 PC771‐6 Missional Leadership in the 21st Century 700 6 0.1875 PC775‐4 Preaching Different Biblical Genres 700 4 0.125 PC775‐6 Preaching Different Biblical Genres 700 6 0.1875 PC779‐4 Contemporary Pastoral Relationships 700 4 0.125 PC779‐6 Contemporary Pastoral Relationships 700 6 0.1875 Pastoral and Church‐focussed Ministries Minor Project PC782 700 4 0.125 (7,000 words) Church and Ministry: Reformed Understanding and PC785‐4 700 4 0.125 Practice Church and Ministry: Reformed Understanding and PC785‐6 700 6 0.1875 Practice PC789‐4 Pastoral and Church‐focussed Ministries Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 PC789‐6 Pastoral and Church‐focussed Ministries Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 PE702‐4 Philosophy and Ethics Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 PE702‐6 Philosophy and Ethics Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 PE703‐4 Apologetics for Post‐Christian Australia 700 4 0.125 PE703‐6 Apologetics for Post‐Christian Australia 700 6 0.1875 PE704‐4 Contemporary Issues in Apologetics 700 4 0.125 PE704‐6 Contemporary Issues in Apologetics 700 6 0.1875 PE706‐4 Personal Identity and the Bible 700 4 0.125 PE706‐6 Personal Identity and the Bible 700 6 0.1875 PE709‐4 Putting Faith To Work 700 4 0.125 PE709‐6 Putting Faith To Work 700 6 0.1875 PE753‐4 Bioethics 700 4 0.125 PE753‐6 Bioethics 700 6 0.1875 PE754‐4 Apologetics for Post‐Modern Times 700 4 0.125 PE754‐6 Apologetics for Post‐Modern Times 700 6 0.1875 Theories of Ethics and their Implications for PE779‐4 700 4 0.125 Contemporary Christians Theories of Ethics and their Implications for PE779‐6 700 6 0.1875 Contemporary Christians PE782 Philosophy and Ethics Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 PE789‐4 Philosophy and Ethics Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 PE789‐6 Philosophy and Ethics Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 TH702‐4 Conference Participation 700 4 0.125 TH702‐6 Conference Participation 700 6 0.1875 TH703‐4 Karl Barth In Context 700 4 0.125 TH703‐6 Karl Barth In Context 700 6 0.1875

List of Coursework Units 75

TH704‐4 Current Issues in Pneumatology 700 4 0.125 TH704‐6 Current Issues in Pneumatology 700 6 0.1875 TH705‐4 The Doctrine of Justification and Pastoral Ministry 700 4 0.125 TH705‐6 The Doctrine of Justification and Pastoral Ministry 700 6 0.1875 The Atonement and the Doctrine of God: Soteriology and TH706‐4 700 4 0.125 Contemporary Problems The Atonement and the Doctrine of God: Soteriology and TH706‐6 700 6 0.1875 Contemporary Problems TH707‐4 Global Theology and World Christianity 700 4 0.125 TH707‐6 Global Theology and World Christianity 700 6 0.1875 TH782 Theology Minor Project (7,000 words) 700 4 0.125 TH789‐4 Theology Seminar Unit 700 4 0.125 TH789‐6 Theology Seminar Unit 700 6 0.1875 RM091 Research Methods for Ministry 800 4 0.125 RM095‐4 Introduction to Research Methods 800 4 0.125 RM095‐6 Introduction to Research Methods 800 6 0.1875

76 Diploma of Christian Studies

DIPLOMA OF CHRISTIAN STUDIES (AQF LEVEL 5 DIPLOMA, COURSE CODE 207)

Rationale

1. Introduces students at a foundation level to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application of this story to life in the world, including professional and vocational life. 2. A course in Christian Studies will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated (through units in the fields of Bible & Languages and Christian Thought & History), and on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice (through units in the field of Ministry & Practice). 3. The course will also provide an approach to integrating this understanding with particular occupational and/or life interests. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular practical ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice  Synthesise Christian understanding with particular occupational and/or life interests

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

Unit Level: 200 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational Units  4 cps units from BB or OT or NT  4 cps units from CH or TH or PE  4 cps units from CH or TH or PE or BB or OT or NT or LA Additional Units  8 cps units from PC and/or DM and/or EM  12 cps Electives from any unit field

Diploma of Christian Studies 77

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate essential knowledge and understanding of ‘Christian Studies’ as an academic discipline 2. Describe the interaction within Christian Studies of Theology and Ministry and Practice and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding and life interests 3. Recognise the spiritual and ethical implications of Christian Studies Inquiry and analysis 4. Collect, summarise and analyse essential information within Christian Studies of Theology and Ministry and Practice and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding and life interests in inquiry-based learning Problem solving and integration 5. Relate Christian Studies with at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest 6. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to essential issues within Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding and life interests by using standard source materials and methods Communication 7. Present essential ideas, knowledge and principles within Christian Studies of Theology and Ministry and Practice and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding and life interests to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and professional practice 8. Under supervision, apply essential ‘Christian Studies’ understanding in ministry contexts, professional and vocational life, and the wider community Engagement with the world 9. Engage with the essential challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous learning and professional development 10. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian, professional and vocational life and ministry

78 Diploma of Ministry

DIPLOMA OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 5 DIPLOMA)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will involve 1 year full-time study, and will only have one course structure. Students enrolled in the current course will be transferred into the new course structure. No student will be negatively impacted by this change. For details on 2020 course structure, please contact your primary sponsoring college Registrar.

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. The course will require specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism and Missiology (EM)  Pastoral and Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 3. The course will integrate studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop particular ministry skills in the 3 areas of the field of Ministry and Practice  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History (LA, OT, NT, BB, TH, CH, PE)

Admission Requirements – Pathway 1 and 2 (Course code 189 and 190)

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

PATHWAY 1 Unit Level: 200 Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational Units  Old Testament introduction (either OT240; or OT201 & OT202): 4-8 cps  New Testament introduction (either NT240; or NT201 & NT202): 4-8 cps  Church History (CH201, CH202, CH240 or CH205-209): 4 cps  Theology (TH210, TH211 or TH240): 4 cps Additional Units  Old Testament exegesis: 4 cps

Diploma of Ministry 79

 New Testament exegesis: 4 cps  Ministry and Practice (EM / PC / DM): 8 cps  Electives: 8 cps minimum

PATHWAY 2 Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years Foundational Units  Bible and Languages (BB / OT / NT / LA): 8 cps  Christian Thought (TH / CH / PE): 4 cps  Ministry and Practice (EM / PC / DM): 8 cps Additional Units  Electives from any unit field: 12 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements within PATHWAY 1: For 300-400 level units students must meet their entry requirements. If students do not fulfil the normal entry requirements, they may take the units after successful completion of 32cps at 200 level. 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study

Learning Outcomes

Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate essential knowledge of ‘Ministry’ as an academic discipline with particular attention to at least one area of ‘Ministry and Practice’ 2. Identify the essential biblical and theological foundations of Ministry 3. Recognize the essential theological, spiritual and ethical implications of Ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 4. Collect, summarize, and analyse information from standard biblical, theological and social scientific sources and scholarship Problem Solving and Integration 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to essential Ministry issues by using standard source materials and methods Communication 6. Present essential Ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. Under supervision, apply essential Ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 8. Engage with essential challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 9. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

80 Diploma of Theology

DIPLOMA OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 5 DIPLOMA)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will involve 1 year full-time study, and will only have one course structure. Students enrolled in the current course will be transferred into the new course structure. No student will be negatively impacted by this change. For details on 2020 course structure, please contact your primary sponsoring college Registrar.

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and articulation of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. The course will concentrate on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. The course provides a grounding for ministry by establishing a foundation in theological knowledge and reflection. 4. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible & Languages and in Christian Thought & History  Develop practical ministry skills (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements – Pathway 1 and 2 (Course code 187 and 188)

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

PATHWAY 1 Unit Level: 200 Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational units  Old Testament introduction (either OT240; or OT201 & OT202): 4-8 cps  New Testament introduction (either NT240; or NT201 & NT202): 4-8 cps  Church History (CH201, CH202, CH240 or CH205-209): 4 cps  Theology (TH210, TH211 or TH240): 4 cps Additional units  Old Testament exegesis: 4 cps

Diploma of Theology 81

 New Testament exegesis: 4 cps  Christian Thought and History: 4cps in CH and/or TH and/or PE  Electives: 12 cps minimum PATHWAY 2 Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years Foundational units  Bible and Languages (BB / OT / NT / LA) 8 cps  Christian Thought (TH / CH / PE) 4 cps Additional units  Units from LA, BB, OT, NT, TH, CH or PE: 8 cps  Electives from any unit field: 12 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements within PATHWAY 1: For 300-400 level units students must meet their entry requirements. If students do not fulfil the normal entry requirements, they may take the units after successful completion of 32cps at 200 level. 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate essential knowledge of the Bible and ‘Christian Thought’ as academic disciplines 2. Recognise the essential spiritual and ethical implications of biblical and theological knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from standard biblical and theological sources and scholarship Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to essential biblical and theological issues by using standard source materials and methods Communication 5. Present essential biblical and theological ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. Under supervision, apply essential biblical and theological understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 7. Engage with essential challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world

82 Diploma of Theology

Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Diploma of Theology / Diploma of Ministry 83

DIPLOMA OF THEOLOGY / DIPLOMA OF MINISTRY COMBINED AQF LEVEL 5 DIPLOMA)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will involve 1.5 years full-time study, and will only have one course structure. Students enrolled in the current course will be transferred into the new course structure. No student will be negatively impacted by this change. For details on 2020 course structure, please contact your primary sponsoring college Registrar.

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application, articulation and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible and Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. The course will also require specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. This part of the course will integrate studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 5. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible & Languages and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice

Admission Requirements – Pathway 1 and 2 (Course code 201 and 202)

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

PATHWAY 1 Unit Level: 200 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational units  Old Testament introduction (either OT240; or OT201 & OT202): 4-8 cps

84 Diploma of Theology / Diploma of Ministry

 New Testament introduction (either NT240; or NT201 & NT202): 4-8 cps  Church History (CH201, CH202, CH240 or CH205-209): 4 cps  Theology (TH210, TH211 or TH240): 4 cps Additional units  Old Testament exegesis: 4 cps  New Testament exegesis: 4 cps  Christian Thought and History: 4 cps  Ministry & Practice (PC/EM/DM): 8 cps  Electives: 20 cps minimum PATHWAY 2 Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent (up to 6 years) Foundational Units  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Christian Thought (TH/CH/PE): 4 cps Additional Units  Bible & Languages (LA/BB/OT/NT) and/or Christian Thought & History (TH/CH/PE) 8 cps  Ministry and Practice (EM/PC/DM) 8 cps  Electives from any unit field(s) 12 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements within PATHWAY 1: For 300-400 level units students must meet their entry requirements. If students do not fulfil the normal entry requirements, they may take the units after successful completion of 32cps at 200 level. 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate essential knowledge of the Bible, Christian Thought & History and Ministry (in at least one area of Ministry & Practice) as academic disciplines 2. Identify the essential biblical and theological foundations of Ministry 3. Recognise the essential spiritual and ethical implications of biblical, theological and ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and analysis 4. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from standard biblical, theological and social scientific sources and scholarship Problem solving and integration

Diploma of Theology / Diploma of Ministry 85

5. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to essential biblical, theological and ‘Ministry’ issues by using standard source materials and methods Communication 6. Present essential biblical, theological and ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and professional practice 7. Under supervision, apply essential biblical, theological and ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the world 8. Engage with essential challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous learning and professional development 9. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

86 Advanced Diploma of Ministry

ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 6 ADVANCED DIPLOMA)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will involve 1.5 years full-time study, and will only have one course structure. Students enrolled in the current course will be transferred into the new course structure. No student will be negatively impacted by this change. For details on 2020 course structure, please contact your primary sponsoring college Registrar.

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world at a higher level than the Diploma of Ministry. 2. The course will require specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 3. The course will integrate studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History (LA, OT, NT, BB, TH, CH, PE)

Admission Requirements – Pathway 1 and 2 (Course code 193 and 194)

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

PATHWAY 1 Unit Level: 200-400, 16cps minimum at 300-400 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational Units  Old Testament introduction (either OT240; or OT*01 and OT*02): 4-8 cps  New Testament introduction (either NT240; or NT*01 and NT*02): 4-8 cps  Church History (CH*01, CH*02, CH*05, CH240 or CH206-209): 4 cps  Theology (TH210, TH211 or TH240, or TH401-404): 4 cps

Advanced Diploma of Ministry 87

Additional units  Old Testament exegesis: 4 cps  New Testament exegesis: 4 cps  Ministry & Practice (EM/DM/PC) (may include PC*49): 16 cps  Electives 16 cps minimum PATHWAY 2 Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years Foundational Units  Old Testament introduction (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament introduction (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Christian Thought & History (TH/CH/PE): 4 cps Additional units  Ministry and Practice Units (EM/DM/PC) (may include PC449): 12 cps  Electives from any unit field: 16 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements within PATHWAY 1: For 300-400 level units students must meet their entry requirements. If students do not fulfil the normal entry requirements, they may take the units after successful completion of 32cps at 200 level. 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate a wider range of knowledge of Ministry as an academic discipline than Diploma Graduates with particular attention to at least one area of Ministry & Practice 2. Draw on the key biblical and theological foundations of Ministry 3. Appreciate the key theological, spiritual and ethical implications of Ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 4. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from a wider range of biblical, theological and social scientific sources and scholarship in inquiry based learning Problem Solving and Integration 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to key Ministry issues by using a wider range of source materials and methods Communication 6. Present key Ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats

88 Advanced Diploma of Ministry

Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. Under supervision, apply key Ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 8. Engage with the key challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 9. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Advanced Diploma of Theology 89

ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 6 ADVANCED DIPLOMA)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will involve 1.5 years full-time study, and will only have one course structure. Students enrolled in the current course will be transferred into the new course structure. No student will be negatively impacted by this change. For details on 2020 course structure, please contact your primary sponsoring college Registrar.

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and articulation of this story and message in the contemporary world at a higher level than the Diploma of Theology. 2. The course in Theology will concentrate on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. The course provides a grounding for ministry by establishing a foundation in theological knowledge and reflection. 4. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible & Languages and in Christian Thought & History  Develop practical ministry skills (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements – Pathway 1 and 2 (Course code 191 and 192)

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Course Structure

PATHWAY 1 Unit Level: 200-400, 16 cps minimum at 300-400 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational units  Old Testament introduction (either OT240; or OT*01 & OT*02): 4-8 cps  New Testament introduction (either NT240; or NT*01 & NT*02): 4-8 cps  Church History (CH*01, CH*02, CH*05, CH240 or CH206-209): 4 cps  Theology (TH210, TH211 or TH240, or TH401-404): 4 cps Additional units  Old Testament exegesis: 4 cps

90 Advanced Diploma of Theology

 New Testament exegesis: 4 cps  Theology: 4 cps  Church History: 4 cps  Electives: 24 cps PATHWAY 2 Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years Foundational units  Old Testament introduction (OT301 and OT302): 8 cps  New Testament introduction (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Christian Thought & History (TH/CH/PE): 4 cps Additional units  LA/BB/OT/NT/TH/CH/PE: 12 cps  Electives from any unit field: 16 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements within PATHWAY 1: For 300-400 level units students must meet their entry requirements. If students do not fulfil the normal entry requirements, they may take the units after successful completion of 32cps at 200 level. 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate a wider range of knowledge of the Bible and Christian Thought & History as academic disciplines 2. Apply the key spiritual and ethical implications of biblical and theological knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from a wider range of biblical and theological sources and scholarship in inquiry based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to key biblical and theological issues by using a wider range of source materials and methods Communication 5. Present key biblical and theological ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats

Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. Under supervision, apply key biblical and theological understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community

Advanced Diploma of Theology 91

Engagement With the World 7. Engage with the key challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

92 Advanced Diploma of Theology / Advanced Diploma of Ministry

ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF THEOLOGY / ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF MINISTRY (COMBINED AQF LEVEL 6 ADVANCED DIPLOMA)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019. From 1/1/2020, there will be no further unit enrolments in this course. Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 will be transferred into either an Associate Degree, Bachelor Degree, or another undergraduate course depending on the student’s choice and appropriateness of units already taken by 31/12/2019. Students transitioning to another course will be given extra concession regarding the course regulations of the new course at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged by the removal of the course.

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application, articulation and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world at a higher level than the Combined Diploma of Theology/Ministry. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. The course will also require specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. This part of the course will integrate studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 5. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible and Languages and Christian Thought  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice

Admission Requirements – Pathway 1 and 2 (Course code 203 and 204)

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Advanced Diploma of Theology / Advanced Diploma of Ministry 93

Course Structure

PATHWAY 1 Unit Level: 200-400, 24cps minimum at 300-400 Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T or P/T equivalent Foundational units  Old Testament introduction (either OT240; or OT*01 & OT*02): 4-8 cps  New Testament introduction (either NT240; or NT*01 & NT*02): 4-8 cps  Church History (CH*01, CH*02, CH*05, CH240 or CH206-209): 4 cps  Theology (TH210, TH211 or TH240, or TH401-404): 4 cps Additional units  Old Testament exegesis: 4 cps  New Testament exegesis: 4 cps  Theology: 4 cps  Church History: 4 cps  Ministry & Practice: (EM/DM/PC) 16 cps  Electives: 40 cps PATHWAY 2 Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 8 years Foundational Units  Old Testament introduction (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament introduction (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Christian Thought & History (TH/CH/PE): 8 cps Additional Units  LA/BB/OT/NT/TH/CH/PE: 12 cps  Ministry & Practice Units (EM/DM/PC) (may include PC449): 12 cps  Electives from any unit field: 16 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements within PATHWAY 1: For 300-400 level units students must meet their entry requirements. If students do not fulfil the normal entry requirements, they may take the units after successful completion of 32cps at 200 level. 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

94 Advanced Diploma of Theology / Advanced Diploma of Ministry

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate a wider range of knowledge of the Bible, Christian Thought & History and Ministry (in at least one area of Ministry & Practice) as academic disciplines 2. Identify the key biblical and theological foundations of Ministry 3. Apply the key spiritual and ethical implications of biblical, theological and ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 4. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from a wider range of biblical, theological and social scientific sources and scholarship Problem Solving and Integration 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to key biblical, theological and ministry issues by using a wider range of source materials and methods Communication 6. Present key biblical, theological and ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. Under supervision, apply key biblical, theological and ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 8. Engage with key challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 9. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Associate Degree of Ministry 95

ASSOCIATE DEGREE OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 6 ASSOCIATE DEGREE, COURSE CODE 206)

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. Requires specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in at least two fields of the Department of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism and Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 3. Integrates studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop particular ministry skills in the three fields of Ministry & Practice  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years Foundational units  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Church History: 4 cps  Theology: 4 cps Additional units  Biblical exegesis units (OT and/or NT) and/or LA units: 8cps  Christian Thought & History (CH/TH/PE): 4cps  Ministry & Practice (EM/PC/DM): 16cps  Elective units: 12cps

96 Associate Degree of Ministry

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements:  Advanced (400) level units with specific conditions may only be taken when the pre- requisite or co-requisite or required units have been successfully completed and/or any co-requisite unit is taken concurrently.  Undergraduate degree students may enrol in 600 level language exegesis units on the understanding that the unit is taught and assessed at 600 level.

1. No more than 32cps of foundational level units (300 level) can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement. 2. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 3. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate a wider range of knowledge of ministry as an academic discipline than the (Advanced) Diploma with particular attention to at least two fields of Ministry & Practice 2. Draw on biblical and theological foundations of ministry 3. Apply the key spiritual and ethical implications of ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and analysis 4. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from standard biblical, theological and social scientific sources and scholarship in inquiry based learning Problem solving and integration 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to ministry issues by using standard source materials and methods, especially in the discipline area of specialisation Communication 6. Present key ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and professional practice 7. Under supervision, apply key ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the world 8. Engage with key challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous learning and professional development 9. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Associate Degree of Theology 97

ASSOCIATE DEGREE OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 6 ASSOCIATE DEGREE, COURSE CODE ADT)

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and articulation of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. Concentrates on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main Departments:  Bible & Languages  Christian Thought & History 3. Provides a grounding for ministry by establishing a foundation in theological knowledge and reflection. 4. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible & Languages and in Christian Thought & History  Develop practical ministry skills

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Course Structure

Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years Foundational units  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Church History: 4 cps  Theology: 4 cps Additional units  Biblical exegesis units (OT and/or NT) and/or LA units: 16cps  LA, OT, NT, BB, CH, TH, or PE: 4cps  Christian Thought & History (CH/TH/PE): 8cps  Elective units: 12cps

98 Associate Degree of Theology

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 Advanced Level Unit entry requirements:  Advanced (400) level units with specific conditions may only be taken when the pre- requisite or co-requisite or required units have been successfully completed and/or any co-requisite unit is taken concurrently.  Undergraduate degree students may enrol in 600 level language exegesis units on the understanding that the unit is taught and assessed at 600 level.

4. No more than 32cps of foundational level units (300 level) can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units. 5. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 6. 16 cps max may be studied in DSC mode, including a max of 8 cps in one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate a wider range of knowledge of ‘Theology’ as academic discipline than the (Advanced) Diploma with particular attention to ‘Bible and Languages’ and ‘Christian Thought’ 2. Apply the key spiritual and ethical implications of biblical and theological knowledge and understanding Inquiry and analysis 3. Collect, summarise, and analyse information from standard biblical and theological sources and scholarship in inquiry based learning Problem solving and integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives and responses to key biblical and theological issues by using standard source materials and methods Communication 5. Present key biblical and theological ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and professional practice 6. Under supervision, apply key biblical and theological understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the world 7. Engage with the key challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous learning and professional development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Bachelor of Christian Studies 99

BACHELOR OF CHRISTIAN STUDIES (AQF LEVEL 7 BACHELOR DEGREE, COURSE CODE 170)

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application of this story to life in the world, including professional and vocational life. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also provide an approach to synthesising this understanding with particular occupational and/or life interests in ‘integrated studies’ (IN). 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular practical ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 9 years Foundational Units  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Church History (CH301, CH302 or CH305): 4 cps  Theology (TH401 – TH404): 4 cps Additional Units  Old Testament and/or New Testament exegesis: 8 cps  Church History and/or Theology: 8 cps  Independent study that relates to the student’s non-theological area of study to the Christian faith (IN490): 4 cps  Elective units: 20 cps

Non-Theological Study

100 Bachelor of Christian Studies

 At least one year F/T equivalent of degree level study at an Australian University in a non- theological field of which at least 75% must form a coherent area of study: applied as 32 cps  Preferably simultaneous, but need not be. Senescence policy applies.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study. 3. No more than 28 cps of 300 level units can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate functional knowledge and understanding of ‘Christian Studies’ as an academic discipline 2. Discuss the interaction between Christian Studies and at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding 3. Apply the functional spiritual and ethical implications of Christian Studies and at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding Inquiry and analysis 4. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise recognised scholarship in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding in inquiry-based learning Problem solving and integration 5. Synthesise Christian Studies with at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding 6. Construct evidence-based perspectives on functional issues in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding by using recognized source materials and relevant scholarly literature, evaluating alternative interpretations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 7. Present functional ideas, knowledge and principles in Christian Studies and other non- theological fields of knowledge and understanding to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and professional practice 8. As leader and in groups, apply functional ‘Christian Studies’ understanding in formal ministry contexts, professional and vocational life, and the wider community Engagement with the world 9. Engage with the functional challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous learning and professional development 10. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian, professional and vocational life and ministry

Bachelor of Ministry 101

BACHELOR OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 7 BACHELOR DEGREE, COURSE CODE 166)

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. The course will require specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 3. The course will integrate studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible & Christian Thought (LA, OT, NT, BB)

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Course Structure

Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 9 years Foundational Units: 48 cps  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Church History: 8 cps  Theology: 12 cps  Biblical exegesis units (with a minimum of 4 cps OT and 4 cps NT): 12 cps Additional Units: 48 cps  Ministry & Practice (PC / DM / EM), minimum of 4 cps from at least two fields: 24 cps  elective units: 24 cps

102 Bachelor of Ministry

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate functional knowledge of ministry as an academic discipline with particular attention to at least two fields of Ministry & Practice, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Examine the biblical and theological foundations of ministry 3. Discuss the functional theological, spiritual and ethical implications of ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 4. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise a wide range of recognised biblical, theological and social scientific scholarship in inquiry based learning Problem Solving and Integration 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives on ministry issues by using recognised source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternate explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 6. Present functional ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply the functional principles and methods of ministry in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 8. Engage with the functional challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 9. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study. 3. No more than 40 cps of 300 level units (300 level) can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement.

Bachelor of Theology 103

BACHELOR OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 7 BACHELOR DEGREE, COURSE CODE 168)

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and articulation of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. The course will concentrate on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. A course in theology provides a grounding for ministry by establishing a foundation in theological knowledge and reflection. 4. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible & Languages and in Christian Thought & History  Develop practical ministry skills (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Structure

Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 9 years Foundational Units: 48 cps  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Church History introduction: 4 cps from CH301-CH305  Church History additional: 4cps from any CH units other than CH301-CH305  Theology: 12 cps  Biblical exegesis units (with a minimum of 4 cps OT & 4 cps NT): 12 cps Additional units: 48cps  Language (LA): 8 cps  Biblical exegesis units: 8 cps  Christian Thought & History (CH/TH/PE): 4 cps  Christian Thought & History (CH/TH/PE) or Bible & Languages (BB/OT /NT/LA): 4 cps  Elective units: 24 cps

104 Bachelor of Theology

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 1. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 2. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study. 3. No more than 40 cps of 300 level units can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate functional knowledge and understanding of theology as an academic discipline in the fields of Bible & Languages and Christian Thought & History 2. Discuss the functional spiritual and ethical implications of biblical and theological knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise recognised biblical and theological scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on functional biblical and theological issues by using recognised source materials and relevant scholarly literature, evaluating alternate interpretations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present functional biblical and theological ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply functional biblical and theological understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 7. Engage with the functional challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Bachelor of Theology / Bachelor of Ministry 105

BACHELOR OF THEOLOGY / BACHELOR OF MINISTRY (COMBINED AQF LEVEL 7 BACHELOR DEGREE, COURSE CODE 205)

Rationale

1. Introduces students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application, articulation and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. The course will also require specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. The course will integrate studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 5. Through elective units students can:  Follow study tracks in Bible & Languages and in Christian Thought & History  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice

Admission Requirements

ATAR: Completion of Year 12 with an ATAR of 65 or above; OR Previous Qualifications: Successful completion of a qualification at AQF Level 5 or above; OR Demonstrate Academic Suitability for course: Test, Brief Essay, or Interview. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 6.5 overall with minimum of 6.5 in each subtest OR 10 years English in country experience.

Course Structure

Unit Level: 300-400 Overall cps: 128 Length: 4 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 12 years Foundational Units: 48 cps  Old Testament (OT301 & OT302): 8 cps  New Testament (NT301 & NT302): 8 cps  Church History introduction: 4 cps from CH301-CH305  Church History additional: 4cps from any CH units other than CH301-CH305  Theology: 12 cps  Biblical exegesis units (with a minimum of 4 cps OT & 4 cps NT): 12 cps Additional units: 80 cps  Language (LA): 8 cps  Biblical exegesis units: 8 cps

106 Bachelor of Theology / Bachelor of Ministry

 Christian Thought & History (CH/TH/PE): 4 cps  Christian Thought & History (CH/TH/PE) or Bible & Languages (BB/OT/NT/LA): 4 cps  Ministry & Practice (PC/DM/EM), with a minimum of 4 cps from at least two fields: 24 cps  Elective units: 32 cps

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate functional knowledge and understanding of theology (in the fields of Bible & Languages and Christian Thought & History) and ministry (in at least two areas of the field of Ministry & Practice) as academic disciplines 2. Discuss the functional biblical and theological foundations of ministry 3. Discuss the functional spiritual and ethical implications of biblical, theological and ministry knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 4. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise a wide range of recognised biblical, theological and ministry scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives on functional biblical, theological and ministry issues by using recognised source materials and relevant scholarly literature, evaluating alternative interpretations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 6. Present functional biblical, theological and ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, different audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply functional biblical, theological and ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 7. Engage with the functional challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian life and ministry

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 4. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 5. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study. 6. No more than 52 cps of 300 level units can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement.

Bachelor of Ministry (Honours) 107

BACHELOR OF MINISTRY (HONOURS) (AQF LEVEL 8 BACHELOR HONOURS DEGREE, COURSE CODE 167)

Rationale

The Bachelor of Ministry (Honours) program is designed for students who have graduated with a three-year undergraduate degree in Ministry or Theology from the ACT and who have demonstrated high academic potential. It is a means of preparing men and women for advanced research in Ministry.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications:  BTh or BMin with GPA min 2.0 overall, with 2.0 in the designated field of study  4 cps of Biblical languages in initial degree

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS min 6.5 overall with a minimum of 6.5 in each subtest.

Special Additional Qualifications 1. Non-ACT graduates with accredited undergraduate degrees in theology from members of the Council of Deans of Theology, achieved at an equivalent level as that required for ACT graduates in theology, may need to complete certain preliminary studies before embarking on the Honours program. The completion of language requirements, including biblical language exegesis, is one example of a bridging program that will be required if the program of study and the units to be taken require biblical language expertise. 2. The ACT has a bridging policy with respect to graduates from certain accredited independent private providers. Generally such students would not be granted entry to the Bachelors Honours award. Such students would be encouraged to undertake bridging work in order to transfer to the coursework masters award of the ACT and from there to articulate to the postgraduate research awards through the MA. 3. ACT BChrStuds graduates with a GPA of at least 2.8 will need to complete all requirements for the BTh or BMin with a GPA of at least 2.8 overall and satisfy the requirement of a GPA of at least 2.8 in a the designated field of study to be pursued in the Honours program. Biblical language requirements will also need to be met for graduates seeking to enrol in the Bachelor of Theology Honours. On completing the above requirements the BChrStuds degree would have to be surrendered.

Structure

Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 36 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 3 years

Coursework: 24 cps  Research Methods (6 cps) RM091 or RM095  18cps of 6cp units including at least 12cps in the student’s designated field of research Research: thesis of 16,000 words (12 cps) **796.

108 Bachelor of Ministry (Honours)

Rules

1. Honours will be determined from the Honours course alone, and will not include the GPA of units taken in the prior undergraduate degree. 2. Candidates who achieve a mark of 40-49% in the thesis may be allowed to resubmit after taking into account the examiners’ comments. The thesis will be submitted to the same examiners for a second result. A candidate may resubmit a thesis only once. A re- submission fee will be required. This is not claimable on FEE-HELP. If a passing grade is recorded for a resubmitted thesis, Third Class Honours will be awarded regardless of the grade. 3. Candidates may take no more than three years after the completion of their initial undergraduate degree in theology or ministry to complete the Bachelor Honours course.

Skills, Knowledge and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to conduct research in a specialised field of study completed at a high academic level in a student’s first degree in theology, including ability to exegete biblical texts in their original language if the area of the thesis so demands, 2. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for further postgraduate research is emerging.

Majors/  Evangelism & Missiology (EM) Specialisations  Pastoral & Church Focussed Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM)

Criteria for determining the final honours level

1. The final grade of honours will be calculated by taking into account both the grades for the coursework units and the thesis 2. The grading system for the final honours level is set as follows: First Class 85-100% Upper Second Class 75-84%

Lower Second Class 65-74% Third Class 50-64%

3. If a passing grade is recorded for a resubmitted thesis, Third Class Honours will be awarded regardless of the grade.

Bachelor of Theology (Honours) 109

BACHELOR OF THEOLOGY (HONOURS) (AQF LEVEL 8 BACHELOR HONOURS DEGREE, COURSE CODE 169)

Rationale

The Bachelor of Theology (Honours) program is designed for students who have graduated with a three-year undergraduate degree in Theology or Ministry from the ACT and who have demonstrated high academic potential. It is a means of preparing men and women for advanced research in Theology.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications:  BTh or BMin with GPA min 2.0 overall, with 2.0 in the designated field of study  8 cps in either Biblical Hebrew (LA003) or New Testament Greek (LA004) and at least 8 cps of biblical language exegesis in their initial theology degree. Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS min 6.5 overall with a minimum of 6.5 in each subtest.

Special Additional Qualifications 4. Non-ACT graduates with accredited undergraduate degrees in theology from members of the Council of Deans of Theology, achieved at an equivalent level as that required for ACT graduates in theology, may need to complete certain preliminary studies before embarking on the Honours program. The completion of language requirements, including biblical language exegesis, is one example of a bridging program that will be required if the program of study and the units to be taken require biblical language expertise. 5. The ACT has a bridging policy with respect to graduates from certain accredited independent private providers. Generally such students would not be granted entry to the Bachelors Honours award. Such students would be encouraged to undertake bridging work in order to transfer to the coursework masters award of the ACT and from there to articulate to the postgraduate research awards through the MA. 6. ACT BChrStuds graduates with a GPA of at least 2.8 will need to complete all requirements for the BTh or BMin with a GPA of at least 2.8 overall and satisfy the requirement of a GPA of at least 2.8 in a the designated field of study to be pursued in the Honours program. Biblical language requirements will also need to be met for graduates seeking to enrol in the Bachelor of Theology Honours. On completing the above requirements the BChrStuds degree would have to be surrendered.

Structure

Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 36 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 3 years Coursework: 24 cps  Research Methods (6 cps) RM091 or RM095  18cps of 6cp units including at least 12cps in the student’s designated field of research Research: thesis of 16,000 words (12 cps) **796.

110 Bachelor of Theology (Honours)

Rules

1. Honours will be determined from the Honours course alone, and will not include the GPA of units taken in the prior undergraduate degree. 2. Candidates who achieve a mark of 40-49% in the thesis may be allowed to resubmit after taking into account the examiners’ comments. The thesis will be submitted to the same examiners for a second result. A candidate may resubmit a thesis only once. A re- submission fee will be required. This is not claimable on FEE-HELP. If a passing grade is recorded for a resubmitted thesis, Third Class Honours will be awarded regardless of the grade. 3. All exegesis units in the Honours program must be in the original language if the candidate’s designated field of research is in OT or NT. 4. Candidates may take no more than three years after the completion of their initial undergraduate degree in theology or ministry to complete the Bachelor Honours course.

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to conduct research in a specialised field of study completed at a high academic level in a student’s first degree in theology, including ability to exegete biblical texts in their original language if the area of the thesis so demands, 2. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for further postgraduate research is emerging.

Majors/  Languages (LA) Specialisations  Old Testament (OT)  New Testament (NT)  Theology (TH)  Church History (CH)  Philosophy & Ethics (PE)

Bachelor of Theology (Honours) 111

Criteria for determining the final honours level

4. The final grade of honours will be calculated by taking into account both the grades for the coursework units and the thesis 5. The grading system for the final honours level is set as follows: First Class 85-100% Upper Second Class 75-84% Lower Second Class 65-74% Third Class 50-64%

6. If a passing grade is recorded for a resubmitted thesis, Third Class Honours will be awarded regardless of the grade.

112 Graduate Certificate of Divinity

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE OF DIVINITY (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE, COURSE CODE 195)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 8cps (“24cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 8.  All units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 8.  Students entering the course in 2019 who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 8cps (“24cps” in 2020 credit point system) at Level 8 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 8, whichever is lower.  Students who have are already entered the program in 2018 or earlier are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. If these students maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester from the start of 2019 onwards and continue into 2020, they are entitled to continue under the regulations which they started their course until the end of 2020 as a transitional arrangement (no requirement for Level 8 units). If they are not completed by the end of 2020 or at any point in time during 2020 they fail to maintain continuous enrolment, and continue into 2021 or beyond, these students will need to complete 24cps at Level 8 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 8, whichever is lower.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students with a non-theology background to the sources and content of the Christian story and message at an advanced level, and provides training which combines articulation of this story and message with their application and practice in the contemporary world. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in the fields of:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also include units in the disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: bachelor degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

Graduate Certificate of Divinity 113

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 16 Length: 6 months F/T or P/T equivalent up to 2 years  LA and/or BB and/or OT and/or NT and/or CH and/or TH and/or PE: 8 cps  Units from 500-600 level from any unit field: 8 cps

Rules

1. Only specified pre-requisites apply to units in the Graduate Certificate of Divinity. The pre/co-requisites listed for Master of Divinity units do not apply to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate of Divinity. 2. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 3. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date advanced knowledge and understanding of selected fields of Divinity 2. Examine the biblical, theological and ministry foundations of Divinity Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesize advanced Divinity scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on advanced Divinity issues by using recognized source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present advanced Divinity ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply advanced understanding of Divinity in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to interpret and critically evaluate the biblical deposit, especially those books which have played a crucial role in the development of the Christian tradition, with a comprehensive knowledge of their original context and their major themes and ideas,

114 Graduate Certificate of Divinity

2. Comprehensive and critical understanding of and ability to exegete biblical texts in their original language(s), 3. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the major theological tenets of the Christian faith which underpin any coherent theological world view and philosophy of ministry, 4. Skills in at least one area of pastoral ministry, 5. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the historical conditions under which theological worldviews have developed and are being shaped today, 6. Openness to the tradition of published scholarship and the diversity of viewpoints which characterise that scholarship in the various fields of the discipline of theology as essential to understanding and respecting the discipline and as an integral part of the preparation for communicating the Christian tradition and contributing to the on-going enterprise of the community of scholars in the articulation and actualisation of the Christian faith.

Graduate Diploma of Divinity 115

GRADUATE DIPLOMA OF DIVINITY (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE DIPLOMA, COURSE CODE 171)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 12cps (“36cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 8.  All units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 8.  Students entering the course in 2019 who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 12cps (“36cps” in 2020 credit point system) at Level 8 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 8, whichever is lower.  Students who have are already entered the program in 2018 or earlier are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. If these students maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester from the start of 2019 onwards and continue into 2020, they are entitled to continue under the regulations which they started their course until the end of 2020 as a transitional arrangement (no requirement for Level 8 units). If they are not completed by the end of 2020 or at any point in time during 2020 they fail to maintain continuous enrolment, and continue into 2021 or beyond, these students will need to complete 36cps at Level 8 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 8, whichever is lower.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message at an advanced level, and provides training which combines articulation of this story and message with their application and practice in the contemporary world. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in the fields of:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also include units in the disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: bachelor degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

116 Graduate Diploma of Divinity

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years Foundational units  Units in BB and/or OT and/or NT (from BB501, BB504, BB505, OT501, OT502, NT501, NT502): 8 cps  Christian Thought & History (CH, PE, TH): 4 cps Additional units  From any unit field: 20 cps

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 1. Only specified pre-requisites apply to units in the Graduate Diploma of Divinity. The pre/co- requisites listed for Master of Divinity units do not apply to students enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Divinity. 2. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 3. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date advanced knowledge and understanding of selected fields of Divinity 2. Examine the biblical, theological and ministry foundations of Divinity Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise advanced Divinity scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on advanced Divinity issues by using recognised source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present advanced Divinity ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply advanced understanding of Divinity in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Graduate Diploma of Divinity 117

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to interpret and critically evaluate the biblical deposit, especially those books which have played a crucial role in the development of the Christian tradition, with a comprehensive knowledge of their original context and their major themes and ideas, 2. Comprehensive and critical understanding of and ability to exegete biblical texts in their original language(s), 3. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the major theological tenets of the Christian faith which underpin any coherent theological world view and philosophy of ministry, 4. Skills in at least one area of pastoral ministry, 5. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the historical conditions under which theological worldviews have developed and are being shaped today, 6. Openness to the tradition of published scholarship and the diversity of viewpoints which characterise that scholarship in the various fields of the discipline of theology as essential to understanding and respecting the discipline and as an integral part of the preparation for communicating the Christian tradition and contributing to the on-going enterprise of the community of scholars in the articulation and actualisation of the Christian faith.

118 Master of Ministry

MASTER OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 9 MASTER DEGREE [EXTENDED], COURSE CODE 208)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 12cps (“36cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 9.  All projects and capstone units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 9.  All new and continuing students are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. All students who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 12cps (“36cps” in 2020 credit point structure) at Level 9 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 9, whichever is lower.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application and practice of this story and message in the contemporary world. 2. Requires specialisation in disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in at least two fields of the Ministry & Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry  Developmental Ministry 3. Integrates studies in the Bible and Christian tradition with practical experience and include supervised practice based learning where appropriate. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop particular ministry skills in the three fields of the field of Ministry & Practice  Develop foundational understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: non-theological bachelor degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 9 years Foundational units  Old Testament (OT501 & OT502): 8cps

Master of Ministry 119

 New Testament (NT501 & NT502): 8cps  Church History core: 4cps Additional units  Additional Church History: 4cps  Theology: 12cps  Biblical exegesis units (at least 4 cps in both OT & NT): 12cps  Ministry & Practice (with a minimum of 4 cps from at least 2 fields): 24cps  Electives: 24cps

As part of the above units (in elective section or otherwise), all students must complete:  **690 8 credit point (8,000 word) project in any unit field *; or  **795 8 credit point (14,000 word) project in any unit field *; or  a 4cps capstone experience unit

* Students who elect to complete a project as part of the course are required to complete, within the elective component of the course, Research Methods for Ministry RM091 or Research Methods RM095, as appropriate to their intended project focus, with students being required to indicate on their project proposal form which RM unit has been taken. * Students are permitted to take both a capstone experience unit and a project as part of their course, but are only permitted to take one capstone experience unit. Capstone experience: It is a requirement of the AQF Level 9 Masters (extended) that graduates complete a substantial research-based project, a professionally focused project or a capstone experience. A student having completed at least 64cps of the MMin would be eligible to complete a Capstone Experience. A generic set of learning outcomes and assessments related to capstone experiences are applied to individual units. Lecturers assess the Capstone Experience on a graded basis, and the assessment/s are subject to the moderation policy to ensure the learning outcomes had been met. Units could be taught as normal classes undertaking their usual assessment, while some students in the class could nominate to undertake the unit as a Capstone Experience, demonstrating how the material from the unit was utilised to achieve the learning outcomes of the Capstone Experience. A unit taken as a Capstone Experience would be coded using the same unit codes with the addition of a post nominal *, e.g PC634* Leadership in Christian Ministry; EM618* Ministry in a Culturally Diverse Context. In this way students will meet the AQF requirement to ‘plan and execute a substantial research-based project, capstone experience and/or professionally focused project’. A student can attend a normal class within a particular unit and nominate to undertake the unit as a Capstone Experience. The student’s assessment for 4 credit points will be 6000-7000 words and needs to demonstrate how the material from the unit was utilised to achieve the learning outcomes, deriving its substance by drawing on and integrating across the three departments and the sum of the student’s learning to date. Integration A Capstone Experience is primarily about integration of the key features of a student’s learning within the three departments (up to the nine fields of study) previously undertaken and in forming a bridge from college study to the professional world. A student demonstrates the capacity to apply him/herself to a particular department (say Ministry & Practice) and synthesise learning from the other two departments (Christian Thought and Bible & Languages). Learning Outcomes

120 Master of Ministry

At the completion of a Capstone Experience students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate integration of the key features of learning from all three departments undertaken in their study 2. Critically examine learning from Old and New Testaments, theology, history and other electives undertaken in Christian Thought and Ministry & Practice 3. Synthesise the application of knowledge, learning and practice into their specific assessment/s 4. Demonstrate the capacity to reflect upon personal maturity and self-development 5. Synthesise college learning experiences with the professional world towards work readiness

Assessments The Capstone Experience is on a graded basis. A student needs to complete 6000-7000 words at 4cps. This can be from one major assessment or two to three individual pieces. The kind of assessments available include, but not exclusive to: Research orientated  Project-based learning – specific project content to a specific goal with recommendations  Problem-based learning – a specific problem to be solved to stimulate and situate learning  Case study analysis – participated centred learning emphasis on collaboration, cooperation, self-observation and reflection  Leadership education – explicit leadership skills development based on learned behaviour and skills providing a balance approach to work and life and self-awareness Practice orientated  Service learning – participate in an organised service activity meets community needs impacting student’s personal, attitudinal, moral, social and cognitive outcomes  Work placements – a field placement undertaken as part of the unit of study, supervisor should monitor student’s progress and assessment of student learning  Internships – directly linked to the student’s future professional world and unit of study developing a strategic focus on structured work based learning  Simulations or virtual learning environments – learning to engage with industry and professional practice in a stimulated setting  Immersion experiences – participant centred short-term field-based approach such as travel study tour, community projects Plus the normal assessments of essay writing, reflective writing, class presentations, critical analysis, theoretical paper, report, seminar paper.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20

Master of Ministry 121

1. No more than 40 cps of foundational level units can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for the purposes of this requirement. 2. 600 level units with specific conditions may be taken when the pre-requisite or co-requisite or required units have been successfully completed and/or any co-requisite unit is taken concurrently. 3. 700 level units may be taken once 64 cps have been successfully completed. If students wish to take 700 level units, they are 4cp versions, with the exception that students may enrol in **796, 16,000 word major project worth 12 cps. 4. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 5. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date extended knowledge and understanding of Ministry, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Discuss the essential research principles and methods used in Ministry Inquiry and analysis 3. Utilise, and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on, current knowledge, ideas and practice in Ministry in inquiry based learning Problem solving and integration 4. Integrate and synthesise extended learning and knowledge from a wide range of sources and contexts in the investigation of problems and issues in Ministry scholarship and practice Research 5. Plan and execute a research project or capstone experience by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate Ministry research principles and methods Communication 6. Present extended Ministry knowledge, ideas and principles to, and engage with, specialist as well as non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and professional practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply extended understanding of Ministry in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the world 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous learning and development 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

122 Master of Divinity

MASTER OF DIVINITY (AQF LEVEL 9 MASTER DEGREE [EXTENDED], COURSE CODE 172)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 12cps (“36cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 9.  All projects and capstone units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 9.  All new and continuing students are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. All students who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 12cps (“36cps” in 2020 credit point structure) at Level 9 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 9, whichever is lower.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message at an advanced level, and provides training which combines articulation of this story and message with their application and practice in the contemporary world. The course will include the essential research principles and methods used in Divinity as preparation for higher degrees in Theology and Ministry. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in the fields of:  Bible and Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also include units in the disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop advanced understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: non-theological bachelor degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 9 years Foundational units

Master of Divinity 123

 Language (LA003A & LA003B; OR LA004A & LA004B): 8cps  Old Testament core (OT501 & OT502): 8cps  New Testament core (NT501 & NT502): 8cps  Church History core (from CH501–CH505): 4cps Additional units  Additional Church History: any CH unit apart from CH501 or CH505.  Biblical exegesis units (with a minimum of 4 cps from OT & 4 cps from NT, including a minimum of 8 cps in original language): 16 cps  Christian Thought & History (CH, PE, TH), including at least 12 cps in Theology at 600 level: 16 cps  Ministry & Practice (EM, PC, DM): 8 cps  Elective units: 24 cps

As part of the above units (in elective section or otherwise), all students must complete:  **690 8 credit point (8,000 word) project in any unit field *; or  **795 8 credit point (14,000 word) project in any unit field *; or  a 4cps capstone experience unit

* Students are permitted to take both a capstone experience unit and a project as part of their course, but are only permitted to take one capstone experience unit. Capstone experience: The aim of the MDiv is to guide graduate students in a systematic manner to the acquisition of the body of coherent knowledge that is the classical discipline of theology as a means not only of preparing men and women for the responsibility of communicating Christian knowledge, but also for advance degrees in theology and ministry. It is a requirement of the AQF Level 9 Masters (extended) that graduates complete a substantial research-based project, a professionally focused project or a capstone experience. A student having completed at least 64cps of the Master of Divinity would be eligible to complete a Capstone Experience. A generic set of learning outcomes and assessments related to capstone experiences are applied to individual units. Lecturers assess the Capstone Experience on a graded basis, and the assessment/s are subject to the moderation policy to ensure the learning outcomes had been met. Units could be taught as normal classes undertaking their usual assessment, while some students in the class could nominate to undertake the unit as a Capstone Experience, demonstrating how the material from the unit was utilised to achieve the learning outcomes of the Capstone Experience. A unit taken as a Capstone Experience would be coded using the same unit codes with the addition of a post nominal *, e.g PC634* Leadership in Christian Ministry; EM618* Ministry in a Culturally Diverse Context. In this way students will meet the AQF requirement to ‘plan and execute a substantial research-based project, capstone experience and/or professionally focused project’. A student can attend a normal class within a particular unit and nominate to undertake the unit as a Capstone Experience. The student’s assessment for 4 credit points will be 6000-7000 words and needs to demonstrate how the material from the unit was utilised to achieve the learning outcomes, deriving its substance by drawing on and integrating across the three departments and the sum of the student’s learning to date. Integration A Capstone Experience is primarily about integration of the key features of a student’s learning within the three departments (up to the nine fields of study) previously undertaken and in forming a bridge from college study to the professional world. A student demonstrates the capacity to apply

124 Master of Divinity

him/herself to a particular department (say Ministry & Practice) and synthesise learning from the other two departments (Christian Thought and Bible & Languages). Learning Outcomes At the completion of a Capstone Experience students will be able to: 6. Demonstrate integration of the key features of learning from all three departments undertaken in their study 7. Critically examine learning from Old and New Testaments, theology, history and other electives undertaken in Christian Thought & History and Ministry & Practice 8. Synthesise the application of knowledge, learning and practice into their specific assessment/s 9. Demonstrate the capacity to reflect upon personal maturity and self-development 10. Synthesise college learning experiences with the professional world towards work readiness Assessments The Capstone Experience is on a graded basis. A student needs to complete 6000-7000 words at 4cps. This can be from one major assessment or two to three individual pieces. The kind of assessments available include, but not exclusive to: Research orientated  Project-based learning – specific project content to a specific goal with recommendations  Problem-based learning – a specific problem to be solved to stimulate and situate learning  Case study analysis – participated centred learning emphasis on collaboration, cooperation, self-observation and reflection  Leadership education – explicit leadership skills development based on learned behaviour and skills providing a balance approach to work and life and self-awareness Reflection on Practice orientated  Service learning – participate in an organised service activity meets community needs impacting student’s personal, attitudinal, moral, social and cognitive outcomes  Work placements – a field placement undertaken as part of the unit of study, supervisor should monitor student’s progress and assessment of student learning  Internships – directly linked to the student’s future professional world and unit of study developing a strategic focus on structured work based learning  Simulations or virtual learning environments – learning to engage with industry and professional practice in a stimulated setting  Immersion experiences – participant centred short-term field-based approach such as travel study tour, community projects Plus the normal assessments of essay writing, reflective writing, class presentations, critical analysis, theoretical paper, report, seminar paper.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20

Master of Divinity 125

1. No more than 40 cps of foundational level units (500 level) can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement. 2. 600 level units with specific conditions may be taken when the pre-requisite or co-requisite or required units have been successfully completed and/or any co-requisite unit is taken concurrently. 3. 700 level units may be taken once 64 cps have been successfully completed. If students wish to take 700 level units, they are 4cp versions, with the exception that students may enrol in **796, 16,000 word major project worth 12 cps 4. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 5. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date extended knowledge and understanding of Divinity, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Discuss the essential research principles and methods used in Divinity Inquiry and Analysis 3. Utilise, and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on, current knowledge, ideas and practice in Divinity in inquiry based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Integrate and synthesise extended learning and knowledge from a wide range of sources and contexts in the investigation of problems and issues in Divinity scholarship and practice Research 5. Plan and execute a research project or capstone experience by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate Divinity research principles and methods Communication 6. Present extended Divinity knowledge, ideas and principles to, and engage with, specialist as well as non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply extended understanding of Divinity in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to interpret and critically evaluate the biblical deposit, especially those books which have played a crucial role in the development of the Christian tradition, with a comprehensive knowledge of their original context and their major themes and ideas, 2. Comprehensive and critical understanding of and ability to exegete biblical texts in their original language(s),

126 Master of Divinity

3. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the major theological tenets of the Christian faith which underpin any coherent theological world view and philosophy of ministry, 4. Skills in at least one area of pastoral ministry, 5. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the historical conditions under which theological worldviews have developed and are being shaped today, 6. Openness to the tradition of published scholarship and the diversity of viewpoints which characterise that scholarship in the various fields of the discipline of theology as essential to understanding and respecting the discipline and as an integral part of the preparation for communicating the Christian tradition and contributing to the on-going enterprise of the community of scholars in the articulation and actualisation of the Christian faith.

Master of Divinity / Graduate Diploma of Divinity 127

MASTER OF DIVINITY / GRADUATE CERTIFICATE OF DIVINITY COMBINED AWARD (COURSE CODE 181, COMBINING COURSES 172 AND 171)

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 12cps (“36cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 9.  All projects and capstone units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 9.  All new and continuing students are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. All students who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 12cps (“36cps” in 2020 credit point structure) at Level 9 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 9, whichever is lower.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message with greater breadth than the Master of Divinity, and provides training which combines articulation of this story and message with their application and practice in the contemporary world. The course will include the essential research principles and methods used in Divinity as preparation for higher degrees in Theology and Ministry. 2. The combined course in Divinity will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in the fields of:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also include units in the disciplines by which knowledge of God is applied to guide Christian practice in the three areas of the field of Ministry and Practice:  Evangelism & Missiology (EM)  Pastoral & Church Focused Ministry (PC)  Developmental Ministry (DM) 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop advanced understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: non-theological bachelor degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 128 Length: 4 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 12 years

128 Master of Divinity / Graduate Diploma of Divinity

Foundational units  Language (LA003A & LA003B; OR LA004A & LA004B): 8cps  Old Testament core (OT501 & OT502): 8 cps  New Testament core (NT501 & NT502): 8 cps  Church History core (CH501 – CH505): 4 cps Additional units  Additional Church History: any CH unit apart from CH501 or CH505.  Biblical exegesis units (with a minimum of 4 cps from OT & 4 cps from NT, and including a minimum of 8 cps in original language): 16 cps  Christian Thought & History (CH, PE, TH), including at least 12 cps in Theology at 600 level: 16 cps  Ministry & Practice (EM, PC, DM): 8 cps  Elective units: 56 cps

As part of the above units (in elective section or otherwise), all students must complete:  **690 8 credit point (8,000 word) project in any unit field *; or  **795 8 credit point (14,000 word) project in any unit field *; or  a 4cps capstone experience unit (see below) * Students are permitted to take both a capstone experience unit and a project as part of their course, but are only permitted to take one capstone experience unit. Capstone experience: The aim of the MDiv is to guide graduate students in a systematic manner to the acquisition of the body of coherent knowledge that is the classical discipline of theology as a means not only of preparing men and women for the responsibility of communicating Christian knowledge, but also for advance degrees in theology and ministry. It is a requirement of the AQF Level 9 Masters (extended) that graduates complete a substantial research-based project, a professionally focused project or a capstone experience A student having completed at least 64cps of the Master of Divinity would be eligible to complete a Capstone Experience. A generic set of learning outcomes and assessments related to capstone experiences are applied to individual units. Lecturers assess the Capstone Experience on a graded basis, and the assessment/s are subject to the moderation policy to ensure the learning outcomes had been met. Units could be taught as normal classes undertaking their usual assessment, while some students in the class could nominate to undertake the unit as a Capstone Experience, demonstrating how the material from the unit was utilised to achieve the learning outcomes of the Capstone Experience. A unit taken as a Capstone Experience would be coded using the same unit codes with the addition of a post nominal *, e.g PC634* Leadership in Christian Ministry; EM618* Ministry in a Culturally Diverse Context. In this way students will meet the AQF requirement to ‘plan and execute a substantial research-based project, capstone experience and/or professionally focused project’. A student can attend a normal class within a particular unit and nominate to undertake the unit as a Capstone Experience. The student’s assessment for 4 credit points will be 6000-7000 words and needs to demonstrate how the material from the unit was utilised to achieve the learning outcomes, deriving its substance by drawing on and integrating across the three departments and the sum of the student’s learning to date. Integration A Capstone Experience is primarily about integration of the key features of a student’s learning within the three departments (up to the nine fields of study) previously undertaken and in forming a bridge from college study to the professional world. A student demonstrates the capacity to apply

Master of Divinity / Graduate Diploma of Divinity 129

him/herself to a particular department (say Ministry & Practice) and synthesise learning from the other two departments (Christian Thought and Bible & Languages). Learning Outcomes At the completion of a Capstone Experience students will be able to: 11. Demonstrate integration of the key features of learning from all three departments undertaken in their study 12. Critically examine learning from Old and New Testaments, theology, history and other electives undertaken in Christian Thought and Ministry & Practice 13. Synthesise the application of knowledge, learning and practice into their specific assessment/s 14. Demonstrate the capacity to reflect upon personal maturity and self-development 15. Synthesise college learning experiences with the professional world towards work readiness Assessments The Capstone Experience is on a graded basis. A student needs to complete 6000-7000 words at 4cps. This can be from one major assessment or two to three individual pieces. The kind of assessments available include, but not exclusive to: Research orientated  Project-based learning – specific project content to a specific goal with recommendations  Problem-based learning – a specific problem to be solved to stimulate and situate learning  Case study analysis – participated centred learning emphasis on collaboration, cooperation, self-observation and reflection  Leadership education – explicit leadership skills development based on learned behaviour and skills providing a balance approach to work and life and self-awareness Reflection on Practice orientated  Service learning – participate in an organised service activity meets community needs impacting student’s personal, attitudinal, moral, social and cognitive outcomes  Work placements – a field placement undertaken as part of the unit of study, supervisor should monitor student’s progress and assessment of student learning  Internships – directly linked to the student’s future professional world and unit of study developing a strategic focus on structured work based learning  Simulations or virtual learning environments – learning to engage with industry and professional practice in a stimulated setting  Immersion experiences – participant centred short-term field-based approach such as travel study tour, community projects Plus the normal assessments of essay writing, reflective writing, class presentations, critical analysis, theoretical paper, report, seminar paper.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20

130 Master of Divinity / Graduate Diploma of Divinity

1. No more than 52 cps of foundational level units (500 level) can be counted in a student’s course of study. Biblical language units (LA0**) are not counted as foundational level units for this requirement. 2. 600 level units with specific conditions may be taken when the pre-requisite or co-requisite or required units have been successfully completed and/or any co-requisite unit is taken concurrently. 3. 700 level units may be taken once 64 cps have been successfully completed. If students wish to take 700 level units, they are 4cp versions, with the exception that students may enrol in **796, 16,000 word major project worth 12 cps. 4. A maximum of 16 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 5. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate wider up-to-date extended knowledge and understanding of Divinity, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Discuss the essential research principles and methods used in Divinity Inquiry and Analysis 3. Utilise, and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on, a wider range of current knowledge, ideas and practice in Divinity in inquiry based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Integrate and synthesize learning and knowledge from a wider range of sources and contexts in the investigation of problems and issues in Divinity scholarship and practice Research 5. Plan and execute a research project or capstone experience by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate Divinity research principles and methods Communication 6. Present a wider range of extended Divinity knowledge, ideas and principles to, and engage with, specialist as well as non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply a wider range of extended understanding of Divinity in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Practice 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to interpret and critically evaluate the biblical deposit, especially those books which have played a crucial role in the development of the Christian tradition, with a comprehensive knowledge of their original context and their major themes and ideas, 2. Comprehensive and critical understanding of and ability to exegete biblical texts in their original language(s),

Master of Divinity / Graduate Diploma of Divinity 131

3. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the major theological tenets of the Christian faith which underpin any coherent theological world view and philosophy of ministry, 4. Skills in at least one area of pastoral ministry, 5. Comprehensive and critical understanding of the historical conditions under which theological worldviews have developed and are being shaped today, 6. Openness to the tradition of published scholarship and the diversity of viewpoints which characterise that scholarship in the various fields of the discipline of theology as essential to understanding and respecting the discipline and as an integral part of the preparation for communicating the Christian tradition and contributing to the on-going enterprise of the community of scholars in the articulation and actualisation of the Christian faith.

132 Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE OF CHRISTIAN STUDIES (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE, COURSE CODE 196)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019. From 1/1/2020, there will be no further unit enrolments in this course. Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 will be automatically transferred into the Graduate Certificate of Divinity unless another individual arrangement is put in place for the student.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students with a non-theology background to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application of this story to life in the world, including professional and vocational life. The course will prepare students for postgraduate study by developing research skills and applying skills appropriate to Theology and Christian Studies. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also provide an approach to synthesizing this understanding with particular occupational and/or life interests in ‘integrated studies’ (IN). 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular practical ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: non-theological undergraduate degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 16 Length: 6 months F/T or P/T equivalent up to 2 years  500 level units from BB and/or OT and/or NT and/or TH and/or CH: 8 cps  TH and/or PE: 8 cps

Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies 133

Rules

1. Only specified pre-requisites apply to units in the Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies. The pre/co-requisites listed for Master of Divinity units do not apply to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies. 2. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 3. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date advanced knowledge and understanding of foundational level Christian Studies, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Examine the interaction between Christian Studies and at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesize advanced scholarship in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Synthesise Christian Studies with at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest 5. Construct evidence-based perspectives on advanced issues in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding by using recognised source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present advanced ideas, knowledge and principles in Christian Studies and other non- theological fields of knowledge and understanding to, and engage with, specialist and non- specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply advanced understanding of Christian Studies in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Skills in biblical exegesis, the practice of hermeneutics or interpretation, and theological reflection in such a way as to bring their theological insights to bear upon the world they face and on their roles and occupations in it, 2. Ability to integrate and synthesise insights gained from the student’s program of study with their vocational and/or life interests, 3. Ability to investigate by means of the project the particular interface of theological study and the world of work and/or life interest of the student;

134 Graduate Certificate of Christian Studies

4. Demonstrate knowledge and competence in their analysis of texts and ideas, undertake reading at greater depth and breadth than that expected of undergraduates, and show ability to read across viewpoints with understanding and to report these with empathy, 5. Display an ability to present well-structured and coherent arguments, 6. Demonstrate ability in all units undertaken to arrive at independent judgments and conclusions, and to engage in constructing their own theological world-view with attention to the deposit of faith and contemporary world-views, 7. Develop a critical appreciation of the historical context of Christian thought and practice and gain a critical appreciation of relevant cultural issues from a Christian perspective.

Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies 135

GRADUATE DIPLOMA OF CHRISTIAN STUDIES (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE DIPLOMA, COURSE CODE 173)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019. From 1/1/2020, there will be no further unit enrolments in this course. Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 will be automatically transferred into the Graduate Diploma of Divinity unless another individual arrangement is put in place for the student.

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasizes application of this story to life in the world, including professional and vocational life. It is intended to enable students to apply a Christian perspective and commitment to their life in the world, including their professional and vocational life. 2. A course in Christian Studies will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Bible & Languages (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also provide an approach to synthesizing this understanding with particular occupational and/or life interested in ‘integrated studies’ (IN). 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular practical ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: 3 year non-theological undergraduate degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking OR 10 years in country experience

Structure

Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years Foundational units  500 level units in BB and/or OT and/or NT: 8 cps  500 level units in CH/TH: 4 cps  500 level units in BB/OT/NT/TH/CH: 4 cps Additional units  TH and/or PE: 8 cps  600 level units: 4 cps

136 Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies

 project (IN650): 4 cps Guidelines for the Project (IN650) (a) Prerequisites: IN650 (4 cp) can only be attempted once 16 cps have been satisfactorily completed in the course. (b) Objectives: The Project allows the opportunity to undertake sustained, in-depth research in the area of the integration of their professional and life interests with particular aspects of the Christian tradition.

Students will pursue in depth a topic of personal and/or vocational interest not studied elsewhere in the degree; to enable students to develop research skills at an advanced level, particularly if articulation to a research degree is anticipated; to enhance the integration of the students’ professional and/or life interests with particular aspects of theological and biblical studies. (c) Method of Assessment: The 4 cp project (IN650) should be marked internally and moderated by the appropriate field moderator. (d) Guidelines and Process: For guidelines on the procedures and examination of projects, please see “Guidelines for Projects” in the ACT handbooks.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20 1. Students must not enrol in more than 20 cps in any one semester. Only specified pre- requisites apply to units in the Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies. The pre/co-requisites listed for 500-600 level units do not apply to students enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies. 2. A maximum of 12 cps may be taken in Type B elective units. 3. A maximum of 16 cps may be studied in DSC mode, including no more than 8 cps in any one field of study.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date advanced knowledge and understanding of foundational level Christian Studies, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Examine the interaction between Christian Studies and at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest 3. Discuss the essential research principles and methods used to investigate the relationship of Christian Studies with other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding or life interest Inquiry and Analysis 4. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise advanced scholarship in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 5. Synthesise Christian Studies with at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest

Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies 137

6. Construct evidence-based perspectives on advanced issues in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding by using recognised source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Research 7. Plan and execute a research project by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate research principles and methods for relating Christian Studies with another field of knowledge and understanding or life interest Communication 8. Present advanced ideas, knowledge and principles in Christian Studies and other non- theological fields of knowledge and understanding to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 9. As leader and in groups, apply advanced understanding of Christian Studies in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 10. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Practice 11. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Skills in biblical exegesis, the practice of hermeneutics or interpretation, and theological reflection in such a way as to bring their theological insights to bear upon the world they face and on their roles and occupations in it, 2. Ability to integrate and synthesize insights gained from the student’s program of study with their vocational and/or life interests, 3. Ability to investigate by means of the project the particular interface of theological study and the world of work and/or life interest of the student; 4. Demonstrate knowledge and competence in their analysis of texts and ideas, undertake reading at greater depth and breadth than that expected of undergraduates, and show ability to read across viewpoints with understanding and to report these with empathy, 5. Display an ability to present well-structured and coherent arguments, 6. Demonstrate ability in all units undertaken to arrive at independent judgments and conclusions, and to engage in constructing their own theological world-view with attention to the deposit of faith and contemporary world-views, 7. Develop a critical appreciation of the historical context of Christian thought and practice and gain a critical appreciation of relevant cultural issues from a Christian perspective.

138 Master of Arts (Christian Studies)

MASTER OF ARTS (CHRISTIAN STUDIES) (AQF LEVEL 9 MASTER DEGREE [COURSEWORK], COURSE CODE 174)

Rationale

1. Introduces graduate students to the sources and content of the Christian story and message, and provides training which emphasises application of this story to life in the world, including professional and vocational life. It is intended to enable students to apply a Christian perspective and commitment to their life in the world, including their professional and vocational life. The course will include an introduction to the research principles and methods applicable to the specialised study of Christian Studies. 2. The course will be based on the disciplines by which knowledge of God is developed and articulated in two main fields:  Languages and Bible (LA, OT, NT, BB)  Christian Thought & History (TH, CH, PE) 3. It will also provide an approach to synthesising this understanding with particular occupational and/or life interested in integrated studies. 4. Through elective units students can:  Develop understanding in the Bible and Christian Thought & History  Develop particular practical ministry skills in the three areas of the field of Ministry & Practice (EM, PC, DM)

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: 3 yr non-theological undergraduate degree or equivalent Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking

Structure

Unit Level: 500-700 Overall cps: 64 Length: 2 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 8 years

First phase: Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies Unit Level: 500-600 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T  8 cps from 500 level units in BB and/or OT and/or NT  4 cps from 500 level units in CH / TH  4 cps from 500 level units in BB / OT / NT / TH / CH  8 cps from TH and/or PE  4 cps 600 level units  4 cp project (IN650).

Master of Arts (Christian Studies) 139

This project may be deferred unit if the student wishes to take IN792 (12 credit point major project) at the end of the MA(ChrStuds) program, or replaced with another 600 level 4cp unit (but students then are not eligible to graduate with the Graduate Diploma of Christian Studies without IN650).

Second phase: Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T  6 cps in units chosen from the field of Integrative Studies (IN7**)  18 cps elective units from any unit field at 700 level  Project: IN791 8cps (Students who deferred IN650 in the first phase of the course may choose to take IN792 12cps project) relating to student’s non-theological studies

Guidelines for the Project (IN791/2): Prerequisites IN791 or IN792 can only be attempted once 48 cps have been satisfactorily completed. Objectives The Project allows the opportunity to undertake sustained, in-depth research in the area of the integration of their professional and life interests with particular aspects of the Christian tradition. Students will pursue in depth a topic of personal and/or vocational interest not studied elsewhere in the degree; to enable students to develop research skills at an advanced level, particularly if articulation to a research degree is anticipated; to enhance the integration of the students’ professional and/or life interests with particular aspects of theological and biblical studies. Method of Assessment The project IN791 or IN792 is marked by an external examiner. Guidelines and Process For guidelines on the procedures and examination of projects, please see “Guidelines for Projects” in the ACT handbooks.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20

600 level units with specific conditions may be taken when the pre-requisite or co-requisite or required units have been successfully completed and/or any co-requisite unit is taken concurrently.

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of ‘Christian Studies’, including the theological, spiritual and ethical implications 2. Explain the interaction between Christian Studies and at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest 3. Discuss the research principles and methods used to investigate the relationship of Christian Studies with other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding or life interest Inquiry and Analysis

140 Master of Arts (Christian Studies)

4. Utilise and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience in private and professional life, and use and reflect critically on specialised Christian Studies knowledge, ideas and practice Problem Solving and Integration 5. Synthesize Christian Studies with at least one other non-theological field of knowledge and understanding or life interest, using a wider range of sources and contexts 6. Construct evidence based perspectives on specialised issues in Christian Studies and other non-theological fields of knowledge and understanding from a wider range of sources and contexts Research 7. Plan and execute a research project by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate research principles and methods for relating Christian Studies with another field of knowledge and understanding or life interest Communication 8. Present specialised ideas, knowledge and principles in Christian Studies and other non- theological fields of knowledge and understanding to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 9. As leader and in groups, apply specialised knowledge and understanding of Christian Studies in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 10. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 11. Show readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Skills in biblical exegesis, the practice of hermeneutics or interpretation, and theological reflection in such a way as to bring their theological insights to bear upon the world they face and on their roles and occupations in it, 2. Ability to integrate and synthesise insights gained from the student’s program of study with their vocational and/or life interests, 3. Ability to investigate by means of the project the particular interface of theological study and the world of work and/or life interest of the student; 4. Demonstrate knowledge and competence in their analysis of texts and ideas, undertake reading at greater depth and breadth than that expected of undergraduates, and show ability to read across viewpoints with understanding and to report these with empathy, 5. Display an ability to present well-structured and coherent arguments, 6. Demonstrate ability in all units undertaken to arrive at independent judgments and conclusions, and to engage in constructing their own theological world-view with attention to the deposit of faith and contemporary world-views, 7. Develop a critical appreciation of the historical context of Christian thought and practice and gain a critical appreciation of relevant cultural issues from a Christian perspective.

Master of Missional Leadership 141

MASTER OF MISSIONAL LEADERSHIP AQF LEVEL 9 MASTERS DEGREE [COURSEWORK])

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 12cps (“36cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 9.  All projects and capstone units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 9.  All new and continuing students are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. All students who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 12cps (“36cps” in 2020 credit point structure) at Level 9 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 9, whichever is lower.

Rationale

1. Aimed at:  broadening and deepening Missional Leadership ministry concepts and practice; and/or  providing opportunities for continuing professional and vocational development in missional leadership after the completion of a first degree. 2. It is a course of study for ministry practitioners who already have some professional experience or for initial professional development. The course is an introduction to action learning principles applied in the context of the practitioner.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: Bachelor level degree + minimum 1 year FT equivalent higher education award in Theology or Ministry OR ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Structure

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 7 award in Ministry or Theology: Unit Level: 700 for 6cps Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years

Core: 24 cps

142 Master of Missional Leadership

 6cps Missional Spirituality (EM723-6)  6cps Missional Leadership (PC771-6)  6cps Missional Hermeneutics (EM721-6)  6cps Cultural Exegesis (EM722-6) And Options: 24 cps Either  12 credit points in RM and/or EM and/or PC and/or DM and/or PE elective units  12 credit point Ministry and Practice major project (16,000 words) (EM796/DM796/PC796) Or  18 credit points in RM and/or EM and/or PC and/or DM and/or PE elective units  6 credit point Ministry and Practice minor project (8,000 words) (EM783/DM783/PC783)

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 8 or 9 award including at least three years of full- time study (or the part-time equivalent) in Ministry or Theology: Unit Level: 700 for 4cps Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years

Core: 16 cps  4cps Missional Spirituality (EM723-4)  4cps Missional Leadership (PC771-4)  4cps Missional Hermeneutics (EM721-4)  4cps Cultural Exegesis (EM722-4) And Options: 16 cps Either  8 credit points in RM and/or EM and/or PC and/or DM and/or PE elective units  8 credit point Ministry and Practice major project (14,000 words) (EM795/DM795/PC795) Or  12 credit points in RM and/or EM and/or PC and/or DM and/or PE elective units  4 credit point Ministry and Practice minor project (7,000 words) (EM782/DM782/PC782)

Replacement of core units The Academic Board has approved (November 2017) that individual core units outlined in both pathways of this qualification may be replaced by units deemed equivalent by the Coursework Unit Review Panel to make an equivalent contribution to the course learning outcomes. Research It is a requirement of the AQF Level 9 Masters (coursework) that graduates complete a substantial research-based project, a Capstone Experience or a piece of scholarship.

Project

Master of Missional Leadership 143

The Project consists of the student identifying a problem in their organisation related to the missional paradigm. The student must use action research methodology to outline a solution, implement this and reflect on the implementation. The paper is to be 8000 words (6 cps) or 16,000 words (12 cps) and must include use of the literature and biblical theory taught in the core subjects.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20

Learning Outcomes

Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up to date specialized knowledge and understanding of Missional Leadership in the fields of “Ministry and Practice”, including spiritual, ministerial, and ethical implications. 2. Discuss the research principles and methods used in the fields of “Ministry and Practice” (especially as they relate to missional leadership and praxis) Inquiry and Analysis 3. Utilise and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on current specialised Ministerial and Missional knowledge, ideas, and practice. Problem Solving and Integration 4. Integrate and synthesize learning and knowledge from a wider range of sources and contexts in the investigation of specialized problems and issues in Ministerial and Missional scholarship and practice. Research 5. Plan and execute a research project by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate ministerial and missional research principles and methods. Communication 6. Present specialised Ministerial and Missional ideas, knowledge, and principles to engage with professional as well as nonprofessional audiences using a variety of formats. Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As a leader and in groups, apply specialised Ministerial and Missional understandings in formal ministry contexts and the wider community. Engagement with the World 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world. Continuing Learning and Development 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking.

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability to negotiate successfully the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context,

144 Master of Missional Leadership

2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, and issues in practical ministry, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

Master of Intercultural Studies 145

MASTER OF INTERCULTURAL STUDIES AQF LEVEL 9 MASTERS DEGREE [COURSEWORK])

Notice of changing course

This course is changing in 2020. From 1/1/2020, the course will require 12cps (“36cps” in new 2020 credit point structure) of units at Level 9.  All projects and capstone units completed prior to the end of 2019 at 600 level are deemed equivalent to Level 9.  All new and continuing students are hereby advised that the course structure is changing as outlined above. All students who continue into 2020 and beyond will need to complete 12cps (“36cps” in 2020 credit point structure) at Level 9 or the remainder of the credit points required for their course at level 9, whichever is lower.

Rationale

The course is designed to provide graduates in Theology and/or Ministry an opportunity to undertake specialized study at coursework Masters level in intercultural studies with a view to  broadening and deepening intercultural ministry concepts and practice;  enabling Christians who are currently engaged in some form of ministry across cultures to reflect on that ministry in the light of biblical and current missiological perspectives and issues;  The course will include an introduction to the research principles and methods applicable to the specialized study of missiology.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: Bachelor level degree + minimum 1 year FT equivalent higher education award in Theology or Ministry OR ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 overall with minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Structure

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 7 award in Ministry or Theology: Unit Level: 700 for 6cps Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 years F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years

Core: 24 cps

146 Master of Intercultural Studies

 EM705-6 The Gospel, Cultural Anthropology and ethnographic methods  EM708-6 Developing resilience and spiritual maturity in intercultural ministry  EM709-6 Making disciples across cultures  EM780-6 Contextualisation of theology and ministry practice And Primary Course Discipline (12-24 cps) At least one of:  EM703-6 Developing leaders across cultures  EM706-6 Effective Christian education across cultures  EM707-6 Christian ministry in Islamic contexts  EM711-6 Transformational development  EM712-6 Church planting across cultures  EM752-6 Ministry in culturally diverse teams AND a compulsory Project or Capstone Experience, which can be either:  A minor project in intercultural studies relating to the student’s current ministry (EM783-6); or  A specially designed integrative capstone experience focussed on intercultural studies (EM7xx-6); or  Research Methods (RM095-6) and a major project in intercultural studies (EM796 – for 12 cps) Electives (Depending on the choice of capstone/project, students will have between zero and 12 cps for elective units) Elective units (for 6 cps each) from any teaching field

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 8 or 9 award including at least three years of full- time study (or the part-time equivalent) in Ministry or Theology: Unit Level: 700 for 4cps Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years

Core: 16 cps  EM705-4 The Gospel, Cultural Anthropology and ethnographic methods  EM708-4 Developing resilience and spiritual maturity in intercultural ministry  EM709-4 Making disciples across cultures  EM780-4 Contextualisation of theology and ministry practice And Primary Course Discipline (8-16 cps) At least one of:  EM703-4 Developing leaders across cultures  EM706-4 Effective Christian education across cultures  EM707-4 Christian ministry in Islamic contexts  EM711-4 Transformational development  EM712-4 Church planting across cultures  EM752-4 Ministry in culturally diverse teams AND a compulsory Project or Capstone Experience, which can be either:  A minor project in intercultural studies relating to the student’s current ministry (EM783-4); or

Master of Intercultural Studies 147

 A specially designed integrative capstone experience focussed on intercultural studies (EM7xx-4); or  Research Methods (RM095-4) and a major project in intercultural studies (EM795 – for 8 cps) Electives (Depending on the choice of capstone/project, students will have between zero and 8 cps for elective units) Elective units (for 4 cps each) from any teaching field

Research It is a requirement of the AQF Level 9 Masters (coursework) that graduates complete a substantial research-based project, a Capstone Experience or a piece of scholarship.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 20

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of intercultural ministry concepts and practice Inquiry and Analysis 2. Utilise and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on current specialised missiological knowledge, ideas and practice Problem Solving and Integration 3. Integrate and synthesise learning and knowledge from a wide range of sources and contexts in the investigation of specialised problems and issues arising in intercultural ministry Research 4. Discuss the research principles and methods used in the discipline of Missiology 5. Plan and execute a research project or capstone experience by asking questions and identifying problems related to intercultural ministry and using appropriate Missiology research principles and methods Communication 6. Present specialised Missiology ideas, knowledge and principles in relation to intercultural ministry practice to, and engage with, professional as well as non-professional audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply specialised missiological understanding to intercultural ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement with the World 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary global Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Development 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

148 Graduate Certificate of Ministry

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE, COURSE CODE 197)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019.  There will be no new course enrolments after 31/12/2019.  Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 have the option to transfer immediately to the Graduate Certificate of Divinity. Transitioning students would be given extra concession regarding the course regulations at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of the total volume of learning required for the transitioned course.  Students are permitted to continue in this course until the end of 2020 if they maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester during 2019 and 2020. As a transitional arrangement for these students, they are required to achieve a total of at least 14cps (“42cps” in 2020 credit point structure) for the completion of the course.  No units can be undertaken in these course after 31/12/2020, and students still enrolled at that point in time are to transition into another course.

Rationale

The aim is to enable graduate students with a theological background to prepare themselves for postgraduate study as a means of developing further ministry and practice research skills and applying skills appropriate to professional activity in their discipline.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Provisional Admission: Provisional candidature granted to those holding ThL with a GPA of at least 2.0 as well as a university degree, conditional upon passing four 400 level units (16cps) with a 2.0 GPA. Provisional candidates will be required to pass their first two units for their candidature to be confirmed. No distinction is made between full and part-time students.

Structure

Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 18 Length: 6 months F/T or P/T equivalent up to 2 years

 12 cps at 700 level units in EM, PC and/or DM  6 cps at 700 level electives from any unit field

Learning Outcomes

Graduate Certificate of Ministry 149

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of ‘Ministry’ in at least one area of the field of Ministry and Practice 2. Examine the biblical and theological foundations of ‘Ministry’ Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise specialised Ministry scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on specialised Ministry issues by using recognized source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present specialised Ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply specialised understanding of Ministry in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability successfully to negotiate the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context, 2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, and issues in practical ministry, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

150 Graduate Diploma of Ministry

GRADUATE DIPLOMA OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE DIPLOMA, CORSE CODE 181)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019.  There will be no new course enrolments after 31/12/2019.  Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 have the option to transfer immediately to the Graduate Diploma of Divinity. Transitioning students would be given extra concession regarding the course regulations at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of the total volume of learning required for the transitioned course.  Students are permitted to continue in this course until the end of 2020 if they maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester during 2019 and 2020. As a transitional arrangement for these students, they are required to achieve a total of at least 30cps (“90cps” in 2020 credit point structure) for the completion of the course.  No units can be undertaken in these course after 31/12/2020, and students still enrolled at that point in time are to transition into another course.

Rationale

1. Aimed at:  broadening and deepening the Ministry concepts begun in the first degree in Ministry or Theology; or  providing opportunities for initial professional and vocational development after the completion of a first degree in Ministry or Theology. 2. It is intended for Ministry practitioners who already have some professional experience or for initial professional development.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Provisional Admission: Provisional candidature granted to those holding ThL with a GPA of at least 2.0 as well as a university degree, conditional upon passing four 400 level units (16cps) with a 2.0 GPA. Provisional candidates will be required to pass their first two units for their candidature to be confirmed. No distinction is made between full and part-time students.

Structure

Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 36 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years

 18 cps at 700 level units in EM, PC and/or DM  18 cps at 700 level electives from any unit field

Graduate Diploma of Ministry 151

Rules

Max cps per semester: 24

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of ‘Ministry’ in at least one area of the field of Ministry and Practice 2. Examine the biblical and theological foundations of ‘Ministry’ Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise specialised Ministry scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on specialised Ministry issues by using recognised source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present specialised Ministry ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply specialised understanding of Ministry in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Practice 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability successfully to negotiate the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context, 2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, and issues in practical ministry, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

152 Master of Arts (Ministry)

MASTER OF ARTS (MINISTRY) (AQF LEVEL 9 MASTER DEGREE [COURSEWORK], COURSE CODE 175)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019.  There will be no new course enrolments after 31/12/2019.  Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 have the option to transfer immediately to another coursework masters degree. Transitioning students would be given extra concession regarding the course regulations at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of the total volume of learning required for the transitioned course.  Students are permitted to continue in the course until the end of 2021 if they maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester in 2020-2021 until completion. Continuing students would need to take: o The remainder of their course would be completed at Level 8 and Level 9. o All students need to complete at least 4cps (“12cps” in 2020 credit point system) at Level 9 including either a project or a capstone experience. o As a transitional arrangement for these students, students enrolled in the “standard pathway” course are required to achieve a total of at least 46cps (“138cps” in 2020 credit point system) for the completion of the course. o As a transitional arrangement for these students, students enrolled in the “accelerated pathway” course are required to achieve a total of at least 30cps (“90cps” in 2020 credit point system) for the completion of the course.  No units can be undertaken in these course after 31/12/2020, and students still enrolled at that point in time are to transition into another course.

Rationale

1. Aimed at:  broadening and deepening the Ministry concepts begun in the first degree in Ministry or Theology; or  providing opportunities for initial professional and vocational development after the completion of a first degree in Ministry or Theology. 2. It is intended for practitioners who already have some professional experience or for initial professional development. The course will include an introduction to the research principles and methods applicable to the specialised study of Ministry.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Provisional Admission: Provisional candidature granted to those holding ThL with a GPA of at least 2.0 as well as a university degree, conditional upon passing four 400 level units (16cps) with a 2.0 GPA. Provisional

Master of Arts (Ministry) 153

candidates will be required to pass their first two units for their candidature to be confirmed. No distinction is made between full and part-time students.

Structure

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 7 award in Ministry or Theology: Unit Level: 700 for 6 cps Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years

 30 cps in EM, PC and/or DM, including either a 6 cps (8,000 word) minor project (**783), 12 cps (16,000 word) major project (**796) or capstone experience  18 cps electives from any unit field

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 8 or 9 award including at least three years of full- time study (or the part-time equivalent) in Ministry or Theology: Unit Level: 700 for 4cps Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years

 20 cps in EM, PC and/or DM, including a 4 cps (7,000 word) minor project (**782), an 8 cps (14,000 word) project (**795) or capstone experience  12 cps electives from any unit field

Pathways

Students contemplating progressing to an ACT research masters (MTh) or doctoral course should consult the admission requirements to the relevant course in the ACT HDR Handbook.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 24

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of ‘Ministry’ in the fields of ‘Ministry and Practice’, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Explain the research principles and methods used in the fields of ‘Ministry and Practice’ Inquiry and Analysis 3. Utilise and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on current specialised ‘Ministry’ knowledge, ideas and practice Problem Solving and Integration 4. Integrate and synthesise learning and knowledge from a wider range of sources and contexts in the investigation of specialised problems and issues in ‘Ministry’ scholarship and practice Research

154 Master of Arts (Ministry)

5. Plan and execute a research project or capstone experience by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate Ministry research principles and methods Communication 6. Present specialised ‘Ministry’ ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, professional as well as non-professional audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply specialised ‘Ministry’ understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability successfully to negotiate the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context, 2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, and issues in practical ministry, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

Graduate Certificate of Theology 155

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE, COURSE CODE 198)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019.  There will be no new course enrolments after 31/12/2019.  Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 have the option to transfer immediately to the Graduate Certificate of Divinity. Transitioning students would be given extra concession regarding the course regulations at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of the total volume of learning required for the transitioned course.  Students are permitted to continue in this course until the end of 2020 if they maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester during 2019 and 2020. As a transitional arrangement for these students, they are required to achieve a total of at least 14cps (“42cps” in 2020 credit point structure) for the completion of the course.  No units can be undertaken in these course after 31/12/2020, and students still enrolled at that point in time are to transition into another course.

Rationale

The aim is to enable graduate students with a theological background to prepare themselves for postgraduate study as a means of further developing theology and biblical studies research skills and applying skills appropriate to professional activity in their discipline.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Provisional Admission: Provisional candidature granted to those holding ThL with a GPA of at least 2.0 as well as a university degree, conditional upon passing four 400 level units (16cps) with a 2.0 GPA. Provisional candidates will be required to pass their first two units for their candidature to be confirmed. No distinction is made between full and part-time students.

Structure

Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 18 Length: 6 months F/T or P/T equivalent up to 2 years

 12 cps at 700 level units in LA, BB, OT, NT, TH, CH and/or PE  6 cps at 700 level electives from any unit field

Learning Outcomes

156 Graduate Certificate of Theology

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of ‘Theology’ in at least one area of the fields of ‘Bible and Languages’ 2. Examine the spiritual and ethical implications of biblical and theological knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise specialised Theology scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on specialised Theology issues by using recognized source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present specialised Theology ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply specialised understanding of Theology in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability successfully to negotiate the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context, 2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

Graduate Diploma of Theology 157

GRADUATE DIPLOMA OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 8 GRADUATE DIPLOMA, COURSE CODE 215)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019.  There will be no new course enrolments after 31/12/2019.  Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 have the option to transfer immediately to the Graduate Diploma of Divinity. Transitioning students would be given extra concession regarding the course regulations at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of the total volume of learning required for the transitioned course.  Students are permitted to continue in this course until the end of 2020 if they maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester during 2019 and 2020. As a transitional arrangement for these students, they are required to achieve a total of at least 30cps (“90cps” in 2020 credit point structure) for the completion of the course.  No units can be undertaken in these course after 31/12/2020, and students still enrolled at that point in time are to transition into another course.

Rationale

The Graduate Diploma of Theology is designed to enable graduates in Theology or Ministry, including those who are practitioners in ministry, to undertake study at coursework Masters level, thus consolidating and enhancing the areas of speciality, or proceeding to new areas of professional and vocational expertise, on the foundation of their first degree in Theology or Ministry.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Provisional Admission: Provisional candidature granted to those holding ThL with a GPA of at least 2.0 as well as a university degree, conditional upon passing four 400 level units (16cps) with a 2.0 GPA. Provisional candidates will be required to pass their first two units for their candidature to be confirmed. No distinction is made between full and part-time students.

Course Structure

Unit Level: 700 Overall cps: 36 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years

 18 cps at 700 level units in LA, BB, OT, NT, TH, CH and/or PE  18 cps at 700 level electives from any unit field

Rules

158 Graduate Diploma of Theology

Max cps per semester: 24

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of ‘Theology’ in at least one area of the fields of ‘Bible and Languages’ 2. Examine the spiritual and ethical implications of biblical and theological knowledge and understanding Inquiry and Analysis 3. Collect, analyse, evaluate and synthesise specialised Theology scholarship in inquiry-based learning Problem Solving and Integration 4. Construct evidence-based perspectives on specialised Theology issues by using recognized source materials and scholarly literature, evaluating alternative explanations and drawing reasoned conclusions Communication 5. Present specialised Theology ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist and non-specialist audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 6. As leader and in groups, apply specialised understanding of Theology in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 7. Bring developing professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Professional Development 8. Demonstrate a capacity for independent reflection and learning to sustain personal and professional development in Christian ministry

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability successfully to negotiate the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context, 2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

Master of Arts (Theology) 159

MASTER OF ARTS (THEOLOGY) (AQF LEVEL 9 MASTER DEGREE [COURSEWORK], COURSE CODE 176)

Notice of changing course

This course is being retired on 31/12/2019.  There will be no new course enrolments after 31/12/2019.  Students still enrolled in the course on 31/12/2019 have the option to transfer immediately to another coursework masters degree. Transitioning students would be given extra concession regarding the course regulations at the discretion of the ACT Registrar so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of the total volume of learning required for the transitioned course.  Students are permitted to continue in the course until the end of 2021 if they maintain continuous enrolment of at least one unit per semester in 2020-2021 until completion. Continuing students would need to take: o The remainder of their course would be completed at Level 8 and Level 9. o All students need to complete at least 4cps (“12cps” in 2020 credit point system) at Level 9 including either a project or a capstone experience. o As a transitional arrangement for these students, students enrolled in the “standard pathway” course are required to achieve a total of at least 46cps (“138cps” in 2020 credit point system) for the completion of the course. o As a transitional arrangement for these students, students enrolled in the “accelerated pathway” course are required to achieve a total of at least 30cps (“90cps” in 2020 credit point system) for the completion of the course.  No units can be undertaken in these course after 31/12/2020, and students still enrolled at that point in time are to transition into another course.

Rationale

Designed to provide graduates in Theology or Ministry, including those who are practitioners in ministry, the opportunity to undertake study at coursework Masters level, thus consolidating and enhancing the areas of speciality, or proceeding to new areas of professional and vocational expertise, on the foundation of their first degree in Theology or Ministry. The course will include an introduction to the research principles and methods applicable to the specialised study of Theology.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: ACT BMin or BTh or equivalent

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 7.0 in reading and writing, and 6.5 in listening and speaking.

Provisional Admission: Provisional candidature granted to those holding ThL with a GPA of at least 2.0 as well as a university degree, conditional upon passing four 400 level units (16cps) with a 2.0 GPA. Provisional candidates will be required to pass their first two units for their candidature to be confirmed. No distinction is made between full and part-time students.

160 Master of Arts (Theology)

Structure

Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 7 award in Theology or Ministry: Unit Level: 700 for 6 cps Overall cps: 48 Length: 1.5 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 6 years

 30cps in LA, BB, OT, NT, TH, CH and/or PE, including either a 6 cps (8,000 word) minor project (**783), a 12 cps (16,000 word) major project (**796) or capstone experience  18 cps electives from any unit field. Persons admitted on the basis of an AQF level 8 or 9 award including at least three years of full- time study in Theology or Ministry: Unit Level: 700 for 4 cps Overall cps: 32 Length: 1 year F/T or P/T equivalent up to 4 years

 20cps in LA, BB, OT, NT, TH, CH and/or PE, including a 4 cps (7,000 word) minor project (**782, an 8cp (14,000 word) major project (**795) or capstone experience  12cps electives from any unit field.

Master of Arts (Theology) 161

Pathways

Students contemplating progressing to an ACT research masters (MTh) or doctoral course should consult the admission requirements to the relevant course in the ACT HDR Handbook.

Rules

Max cps per semester: 24

Learning Outcomes

Discipline Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date specialised knowledge and understanding of Theology in the fields of ‘Bible and Languages’ and ‘Christian Thought’, including the spiritual and ethical implications 2. Discuss the research principles and methods used in the fields of ‘Bible and Languages’ and ‘Christian Thought’ Inquiry and Analysis 3. Utilise and reflect upon prior knowledge and experience, and use and reflect critically on current specialised Theology knowledge, ideas and practice Problem Solving and Integration 4. Integrate and synthesise learning and knowledge from a wider range of sources and contexts in the investigation of specialised problems and issues in Theology scholarship and practice Research 5. Plan and execute a research project or capstone experience by asking questions and identifying problems and using appropriate Theology research principles and methods Communication 6. Present specialised Theology ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, professional as well as non-professional audiences using a variety of formats Teamwork and Professional Practice 7. As leader and in groups, apply specialised Theology understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community Engagement With the World 8. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world Continuous Learning and Development 9. Demonstrate readiness for research at a higher level in capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking

Skills, Knowledge, and Attitudes Acquired by Graduates

1. Ability successfully to negotiate the content and demands of a number of units in a specialised field of study in which theological insights are brought to bear upon the graduates’ ministry context, 2. Demonstration of knowledge and competence of skills in the analysis of texts and ideas, 3. Demonstration of wide reading, intellectual independence, critical thinking and analytic rigour at early postgraduate level such that the potential for research at masters level is emerging.

Australian College of Theology

HIGHER DEGREES BY RESEARCH

Academic Integrity Policy for HDR Candidates 163

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY FOR HIGHER DEGREE RESEARCH CANDIDATES

1. Purpose To ensure ACT research culture is based on the principles espoused in the Australian Code for the Responsible Conduct of Research and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. 2. Definitions Academic integrity is academic and research honesty, including observance of ethical standards. Academic misconduct is engaging in practices including but not limited to cheating in tests, examinations, essays or other assessable work, plagiarism, unauthorised collusion, fraudulent or unethical research and scholarship practices. ACT is the Australian College of Theology Limited. Affiliated College is an institution approved to offer an accredited higher education award of the ACT. Candidate is a student enrolled for a course of study. Code for Research is the Australian Code for the Responsible Conduct of Research (2007). Director of Research is the officer of the ACT who oversees all research studies. This is currently the Associate Dean. Ethical standards are principles of right and wrong as they govern standards of academic endeavour. HDR stands for Higher Degree by Research. HDR candidate see Higher Degree Research candidate. HDREP see Higher Degree by Research Examination Panel Higher Degree by Research candidate is a candidate enrolled in the MTh, DMin, ThD and PhD degrees. Also known as an HDR candidate. Higher Degree by Research Examination Panel (HDREP) is the panel which oversees the assessment of HDR candidates. HREC is the Human Research Ethics Committee of the ACT – the statutory committee of the Dean with the responsibility for ethics review of research thesis and major project proposals. Plagiarism is to take and use another person’s ideas and to fail to give appropriate acknowledgement. This includes material from any source, including other staff or students, the Internet, published and un-published works. Postgraduate Co-ordinator is the academic staff member in a candidate’s supervising college who has responsibility for oversight of research candidate training in that college. R&RSC is the Research & Research Studies Committee of the ACT Academic Board. Research misconduct is an infraction which involves all of the following:  a breach of the Code for Research  intentionality, recklessness or gross and persistent negligence

164 Academic Integrity Policy for HDR Candidates

 serious consequences, such as false information on the public record, or adverse effects on research participants, animals or the environment. Repeated or continuing breaches may also constitute research misconduct where these have been the subject of previous counselling or specific direction. RIRP stands for Research Integrity Review Panel. Supervising College is the affiliated college at which a research candidate is enrolled which has responsibility for the supervision of the candidate. Statement on Ethical Research is the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Supervisor is a person who supervises a research candidate enrolled in a research course of the ACT. For the purposes of this policy: A Breach is a minor infraction of the Code for Research, and/or Statement on Ethical Research that does not fulfill the requirements to be considered research misconduct. Intentionality is understood as internal deliberate choice which can be reasonably inferred from observation of external behaviour. 3. Scope This policy applies to all ACT HDR candidates and all staff of the ACT and its affiliated colleges who deal with HDR candidates. 4. Policy Statement The Australian College of Theology is committed to the principle of academic integrity. This policy outlines how this principle applies to HDR candidates. HDR candidates are required to demonstrate academic and research integrity. They will do so by:  pursuing honesty and integrity  respect for human research participants  respect for the environment  good stewardship of resources  appropriate acknowledgement of all others involved in their research  responsible communication of research results. HDR candidates must familiarise themselves with the Australian Code for the Responsible Conduct of Research. They should especially note those sections that deal with:  the responsibilities of researchers  breaches of the Code and misconduct in research  the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. If an HDR candidate breaches either the Code for Research or Statement on Ethical Conduct, or is found to have committed misconduct prior to or during their research, the Australian College of Theology will apply the penalties as outlined in this policy. Academic misconduct arising during coursework associated with HDR candidature will be dealt with under the Academic Misconduct Policy.

Academic Integrity Policy for HDR Candidates 165

5. Principles

General Principles 5.1.1 HDR candidates are expected to display integrity and ethics in the conduct of their research, the development and production of their thesis, dissertation, or creative work, and in their behaviour with respect to others. 5.1.2 HDR candidates are expected to take responsibility for their actions and omissions in their engagement with research, and to accept the consequences of these should they be in breach of legislative, regulatory or ACT requirements. 5.1.3 Allegations of academic or research misconduct against an HDR candidate or ACT graduate will be treated seriously. 5.1.4 All persons subject to allegations will be treated consistent with procedural fairness. 5.1.4 Each case will be treated on its merits with consideration given to the degree of intent, deliberation, recklessness or negligence, and whether there have been previous allegations made against the person concerned. 5.1.5 This policy distinguishes between a simple breach of the Code for Research or Statement on Ethical Conduct, and the more serious allegation of serious research misconduct. ACT responsibility 5.2 It is the responsibility of the ACT to: 5.2.1 Establish and ensure the consistent and fair implementation of rules, policies and procedures relating to responsible academic and research conduct, as well as those relating to plagiarism, academic and research misconduct; 5.2.1 Provide access, to all supervisors and HDR candidates, to the national guidelines and ACT policies relating to responsible and ethical conduct of research, and those policies relating to plagiarism, academic and research misconduct; 5.2.2 Ensure that all HDR candidates and staff of the ACT and affiliated colleges, understand their rights and responsibilities with respect to this policy, and any others relating to plagiarism, academic and research misconduct; 5.2.3 Ensure that procedural fairness and proper administrative processes, consistent with legislative requirements, are maintained throughout the investigation of any allegation of misconduct and also any resulting appeal; 5.2.4 Maintain appropriate central records management of allegations of misconduct, their investigation and outcomes, consistent with legislative and ACT requirements; 5.2.5 Ensure that ACT staff comply with legislative and ACT requirements for the management of misconduct records, particularly in relation to privacy and confidentiality. Supervisor responsibility 5.3 It is the responsibility of HDR supervisors to:

166 Academic Integrity Policy for HDR Candidates

5.3.1 Provide leadership by example, by complying with the relevant national guidelines and ACT policies relating to the responsible and ethical conduct of research; 5.3.2 Understand and comply with legislative and ACT requirements for procedural fairness and proper administrative process, particularly in relation to privacy and confidentiality; 5.3.3 Understand and comply with all ACT requirements with respect to dealing with allegations of breaches of ACT rules and policies; 5.3.4 Understand fully ACT requirements in avoiding plagiarism and other academic and research misconduct and the consequences of not doing so; 5.3.5 Assist the HDR candidates they supervise to meet the requirements of responsible and ethical academic and research conduct by giving clear feedback about their work and conduct; 5.3.6 Provide the HDR candidates they supervise with fair warning if the supervisor believes a candidate may be at risk of breaching ACT policies relating to responsible and ethical academic and research conduct; 5.3.7 Discuss with the Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college any concerns the supervisor has regarding potential breaches relating to responsible and ethical academic and research conduct; 5.3.8 Ensure that there is no possibility that a perceived conflict of interest will arise, should an allegation of plagiarism, academic or research misconduct be brought against an HDR candidate under their supervision; and 5.3.9 Co-operate with the investigation of any allegations of misconduct brought against an HDR candidate under their supervision. Candidate responsibility 5.4 It is the responsibility of HDR candidates to: 5.4.1 Engage in all aspects of their HDR research program with honesty, integrity and commitment to the responsible and ethical conduct of research; 5.4.2 Read and understand the relevant national guidelines and ACT policies relating to responsible and ethical conduct of research, and those policies relating to plagiarism, academic and research misconduct; 5.4.3 Seek and take advice and assistance from their supervisor, as necessary, to ensure that they meet the requirements of relevant national guidelines and ACT policies relating to responsible and ethical conduct of research, and those policies relating to plagiarism, academic and research misconduct; and 5.4.4 Co-operate in the investigation of any allegations of misconduct brought against them, arising from misrepresentation as part of their application for candidature or from their action or omission during their enrolment in an ACT research course. Research Misconduct 5.5.1 Allegations of research misconduct may have their origins in admissions, the preparatory or research or examination phases of candidature. 5.5.2 All allegations of research misconduct should be forwarded to the Director of

Academic Integrity Policy for HDR Candidates 167

Research. 5.5.3 All allegations will then be dealt with according to the Research Misconduct Procedure, being referred to the RIRP where necessary. 5.5.4 Outcomes for upheld allegations may include failure of the thesis or exclusion from the course for a period not exceeding two years or exclusion from enrolment in any ACT award, or another less serious academic penalty deemed appropriate by the RIRP. 5.5.5 The candidate has the right of appeal against the decision of the RIRP and any appeal must comply with the Research Misconduct Procedure.

***********************

168 HDR Candidate Appeals Procedure

HDR CANDIDATE APPEALS PROCEDURE

1. PURPOSE

To set out the procedure for HDR candidate appeals. 2. DEFINITIONS

Academic Appeals Committee is the appeals committee of the ACT Academic Board, sometimes referred to simply as the Appeals Committee. Academic Board is the Academic Board of the ACT. ACT is the Australian College of Theology Limited. Affiliated College is an institution approved to offer an accredited higher education award of the ACT. Appeals Committee see Academic Appeals Committee Appeal Review Panel is a panel constituted by the Academic Board to review appeals against the decisions of the R&RSC. Appeals Advisory Panel is a panel constituted by the Dean to review appeals against the decisions of the HREC. Associate Dean is the Associate Dean of the ACT who has oversight of learning, teaching and research within the ACT. The Dean see Dean of the ACT Dean of the ACT means the Dean and Chief Executive Officer of the ACT. HREC is the Human Research Ethics Committee of the ACT – the statutory committee of the Dean with the responsibility for ethics review of research thesis and major project proposals. R&RSC is the Research & Research Studies Committee of the ACT Academic Board. Research & Research Studies Committee (R&RSC) is the committee with oversight of research studies within the ACT. Research Coordinator is the academic staff member in an affiliated college who has responsibility for oversight of research student training in that college. SCD is the Sydney College of Divinity. Working days are the normal business days of the ACT, comprising Monday to Friday and excluding weekends, public holidays and the office shutdown period over the Christmas/New year period, which shutdown period is determined annually. For the purposes of this procedure: Appellant is the candidate appealing against a decision by the R&RSC or the HREC. Complainant is the candidate complaining about the conduct of the HREC. 3. PROCEDURES 3.1 Appeal against a decision of the R&RSC 1. The student must make the appeal in writing to the Chair of Academic Board through the Associate Dean within twenty (20) working days of the date on the written document from the ACT advising the decision that is the subject of the appeal. The student must set out fully the grounds for appeal and provide documentary evidence

HDR Candidate Appeals Procedure 169

in support of the appeal. Within five (5) working days, the Associate Dean shall acknowledge receipt of the appeal. 2. Within ten (10) working days, the Chair of the Academic Board shall appoint an independent nominee and a Research Coordinator from an affiliated college other than the appellant’s to constitute an Appeal Review Panel to determine whether the appeal is against a decision covered by this policy and does accord with the grounds for appeal above, in which case the appeal will be heard. 3. Should the Panel determine the appeal should not be heard, the Panel shall so advise the Chair of Academic Board, including a full explanation for their determination, and the Associate Dean will advise the appellant within five (5) working days of the determination with a full explanation of the determination. 4. If the Appeal Review Panel determines the appeal should be heard, the appeal will be referred to the Academic Appeals Committee within ten (10) working days of the determination. The committee shall be composed by the Chair of the Academic Board in accord with the Committees of the Academic Board Policy and may include two (2) Research Coordinators from affiliated colleges other than the one from which the appeal originated and different to the Research Coordinator in step 2. 5. The Academic Appeals Committee will consider documents relevant to the appeal including all material submitted by the appellant, and call before it any person deemed relevant. The Committee may consult the Chair of the R&RSC. The committee will not consider academic judgements made as part of any examination process. The appellant will be invited to present a case. The person assisting the student may provide the appellant with advice, but may not act as an advocate nor make direct comment to the meeting without permission of the Chair. 6. At the completion of the hearing everyone present, with the exception of the members of the Committee, will be excused from the hearing to allow the Appeals Committee to reach a decision on the appeal. 7. Within five (5) working days of the meeting of the Appeals Committee, the Chair will communicate in writing the decision, with reasons, through the Associate Dean to the Chair of the Academic Board and the Chair of the R&RSC. 8. Within five (5) working days of receiving the Committee's decision, the Chair of the Academic Board will notify the appellant, through the Associate Dean, of the outcome of the appeal and provide the reasons for the decision. 9. The decision of the Appeals Committee is final and a confidential report will be provided to the next meeting of the Academic Board. 3.2 Appeal against a decision of the HREC 1. The student must make the appeal in writing to the Dean through the Associate Dean within twenty (20) working days of the date on the written document from the ACT advising the decision that is the subject of the appeal. The student must set out fully the grounds for appeal and provide documentary evidence in support of the appeal. Within five (5) working days, the Associate Dean shall acknowledge receipt of the appeal. 2. Within ten (10) working days, the Dean shall invite the Deputy Chair of the R&RSC to advise whether:

170 HDR Candidate Appeals Procedure

(a) the appeal is against a decision covered by the Student Appeals under Higher Degree Rules, and (b) the appeal accords with the grounds above, in which case the appeal will be heard. 3. Should the Deputy Chair of the R&RSC determine the appeal should not be heard, the Deputy Chair of the R&RSC shall so advise the Dean, including a full explanation for the determination, and the Associate Dean will advise the appellant within five (5) working days of the determination with a full explanation of the determination. 4. If the Deputy Chair of the R&RSC determines the appeal should be heard, the Dean shall appoint an independent expert on ethics in human research and invite the Chair of the R&RSC to constitute an Appeals Advisory Panel within ten (10) working days of the determination – the Chair of the R&RSC shall Chair the Panel. 5. The Appeals Advisory Panel will consider documents relevant to the appeal including all material submitted by the appellant, and call before it any person deemed relevant. The Panel will consult the Chair of the HREC. The appellant will be invited to present a case. The person assisting the student may provide the appellant with advice, but may not act as an advocate nor make direct comment to the meeting without permission of the Chair. 6. At the completion of the hearing everyone present, with the exception of the members of the Panel, will be excused from the hearing to allow the Appeals Advisory Panel to reach a recommendation on the appeal. 7. Within five (5) working days of the meeting of the Appeals Advisory Panel, the Chair will communicate in writing their recommendation, with reasons, through the Associate Dean to the Dean. 8. Within five (5) working days of receiving the Committee's decision, the Dean will notify the appellant of the outcome of the appeal and provide the reasons for the decision. 9. The Dean shall provide a confidential report of the decision to the next meetings of the HREC and the R&RSC. 10. Should the appellant not be satisfied with the decision of the Dean, the appellant may request in writing to the Dean a review of the Dean’s decision by the Chair of the Sydney College of Divinity HREC, whose decision will be final. 3.3 Complaints against the conduct of the HREC 1. Students may lodge a complaint about the conduct of the HREC with the Dean through the Associate Dean. The student must set out fully the grounds for the complaint and provide any documentary evidence supporting the complaint. Within five (5) working days, the Associate Dean shall acknowledge receipt of the complaint. 2. Within five (5) working days of receipt of the complaint, the Associate Dean shall invite the Chair of the HREC to respond to the complaint in writing. The Chair of the HREC shall respond within ten (10) working days. 3. The Associate Dean shall review the complaint and the response of the Chair of the HREC and consult the complainant with a view to resolving the matter informally. 4. Should the consultation of the Associate Dean with the complainant resolve the matter, the Associate Dean shall write to the complainant outlining the accepted resolution and closing the matter.

HDR Candidate Appeals Procedure 171

5. If the matter is not closed informally the Associate Dean shall so advise the Dean and recommend to the Dean the appointment of an external expert on ethics in human research or other relevant expert to advise on possible ways to resolve the complaint. 6. When the Dean appoints an external expert, the expert shall consider the material, consult such persons as considered appropriate, including the complainant, and prepare advice to the Dean within ten (10) working days of appointment. 7. Within five (5) working days of receipt of the advice from the external expert the Dean shall consult the complainant and advise on the resolution of the complaint. 8. The Associate Dean shall report to the HREC on the resolution of the complaint. 9. Should the complainant not be satisfied with the resolution of the complaint by the Dean, the complainant may request in writing to the Dean a review of the Dean’s resolution by the Chair of the SCD HREC, whose decision will be final.

172 Research Misconduct Procedure

RESEARCH MISCONDUCT PROCEDURE 1. PURPOSE

To set out the procedure to be followed for dealing with allegations of research misconduct. 2. DEFINITION Academic Appeals Committee is the appeals committee of the ACT Academic Board, sometimes referred to simply as the Appeals Committee. Academic transcript is the official record of a student’s results. ACT is the Australian College of Theology Limited. ACT Office is the office of the Australian College of Theology Limited. Affiliated College is an institution approved to offer an accredited higher education award of the ACT. Appeals Committee see Academic Appeals Committee Code for Research is the Australian Code for the Responsible Conduct of Research (2007). The Dean means the Dean and Chief Executive Officer of the ACT. Director of Research is the officer of the ACT who oversees all research studies. This is currently the Associate Dean. EO see Executive Officer Ethics Protocol is the application for ethics approval required for research projects involving human subjects. Executive Officer (EO) is the officer of the ACT with responsibility for a board or committee of the ACT. HDREP see Higher Degree by Research Examination Panel. HDR candidate see Higher Degree by Research candidate. HDR misconduct registry is the central database which records the details of inquiries into HDR candidate misconduct. Higher Degree by Research candidate is a candidate enrolled in the MTh, DMin, ThD and PhD degrees. Also known as an HDR candidate. Higher Degree by Research Examination Panel (HDREP) is the panel which oversees the assessment of HDR candidates. HREC is the Human Research Ethics Committee of the ACT – the statutory committee of the Dean with the responsibility for ethics review of research thesis and major project proposals. R&RSC is the Research & Research Studies Committee of the ACT Academic Board. Research Co-ordinator is the academic staff member in an affiliated college who has responsibility for oversight of research student training in that college. Research misconduct is an infraction which involves all of the following: • a breach of the Code for Research • intentionality, recklessness or gross and persistent negligence

Research Misconduct Procedure 173

• serious consequences, such as false information on the public record, or adverse effects on research participants, animals or the environment. Repeated or continuing breaches may also constitute research misconduct where these have been the subject of previous counselling or specific direction. RIRP stands for Research Integrity Review Panel. Statement on Ethical Conduct is the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research (2007). Supervising College is the affiliated college at which a research candidate is enrolled which has responsibility for the supervision of the candidate. For the purposes of this procedure: Complainant means the person who has made the allegation. 3. STEPS Step 1 – Initial inquiry into the alleged misconduct Notification of the allegation 1. When an allegation of research misconduct arises, it should be made known to the relevant contact person (Research Coordinator or EO of the relevant body) within ten (10) working days. If it arises:  during the supervision phase: the principal supervisor should inform the supervising college’s Research Coordinator of the alleged research misconduct, and forward the details of the alleged research misconduct to the Director of Research.  during or subsequent to the examination of material submitted as part or all of the research output of the HDR candidate: the allegation should be made known to the EO of the HDREP, and the EO will forward the details of the alleged research misconduct to the Chair of the HDREP. 2. If the allegation concerns:  the ethical behaviour of the HDR candidate, the allegation should be made known to the EO of the R&RSC who will forward the details of the allegation to the Chair of the R&RSC.  the implementation of an Ethics Protocol, the allegation should be made known to the EO of the HREC who will forward the details of the allegation to the Chair of the HREC. Deciding whether to proceed to an inquiry 3. If the respective Chair believes:  the allegation warrants further investigation, the Chair shall ask the complainant to provide documentation supporting the allegation.  the allegation does not warrant investigation, the Chair will inform the complainant within five (5) working days of being informed of the allegation that the inquiry will not proceed, giving reasons. 4. On receipt of the documentation, the Chair and one other member of the relevant committee shall review the material with a view to determining if it will proceed to a formal enquiry. If they determine:

174 Research Misconduct Procedure

 there are insufficient grounds to proceed to a formal enquiry, the complainant will be informed of the outcome and the basis for the decision within five (5) working days.  there are sufficient grounds, they will forward all material to the RIRP which shall undertake the formal enquiry. The Chair of the initial inquiry group shall report the matter confidentially to the R&RSC. Forming the RIRP 5. The Chair of the initial inquiry committee shall form the RIRP within five (5) working days of the decision to move ahead with a formal inquiry. The RIRP shall be comprised of:  an external member of the R&RSC who will act as Chair of the RIRP  the Chair of the initial inquiry committee  the Research Coordinator of an affiliated college other than the supervising college of the HDR candidate under investigation  an expert in the field of study of the HDR candidate not from the supervising college  the Executive Officer of the R&RSC.

Step 2 – Formal inquiry into the alleged misconduct

Setting up the inquiry 1. The Chair of the RIRP shall write to the candidate, the principal supervisor and the supervising college’s Research Coordinator, informing them of the inquiry within ten (10) working days of the determination to proceed to a formal inquiry. This communication will include:  notification of suspension of candidature for the duration of the inquiry  details of the allegation being investigated  relevant documentation pertinent to the decision to proceed to a formal inquiry  an invitation for the candidate to provide a response in writing within twenty (20) days of the date on the communication  an invitation for the candidate to address the RIRP either in person or via a remote means such as Skype or Zoom, with the date for addressing the RIRP given. The candidate should also be informed they may be assisted or represented by any staff member or student nominee from their supervising college  a copy of both the Research Misconduct Procedure and the HDR Candidate Academic Integrity Policy. 2. The formal inquiry will proceed whether or not the candidate chooses to respond or attend. Outcome of the inquiry 3. The conclusions of the RIRP will be communicated to both the complainant and the

Research Misconduct Procedure 175

candidate in writing by the Chair of the RIRP within ten (10) working days of the formal decision. Where the RIRP concludes that the actions of the candidate:  did not constitute a breach of the Code for Research, the Statement of Ethical Conduct, or research misconduct as defined above, no further action will be taken.  lacked intent, but constituted a breach of the Code for Research or Statement of Ethical Conduct, if the allegation arose: o during the research phase of candidature, then the candidate and principal supervisor will be required to attend an interview with the Chair of the R&RSC who will detail the specific issues that need to be addressed by the candidate to ensure that in future they comply with the HDR Candidate Academic Integrity Policy. This interview must occur before the suspension of candidature is lifted. o during the examination process, then the examination process will be terminated and the candidate will be permitted to re-write the work to correct the breach issues identified, and submit the rewritten work for a new examination  evidenced research misconduct, the RIRP will determine an appropriate disciplinary action. The candidate must be informed of their right to appeal, and copies of the Research Misconduct Procedure, the HDR Candidate Academic Integrity Policy, and the Policy on Student Appeals under Higher Degree Rules must be included. 4. If the RIRP concludes research misconduct has occurred, disciplinary actions may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following:  failure of the thesis; or  exclusion from the course for a period not exceeding two (2) years; or  exclusion from enrolment in any ACT award; or  another outcome appropriate to the case but with an impact less serious than exclusion from enrolment in any ACT award. Step 3 – Appeals against outcome of the formal inquiry Making an appeal 1. The candidate has the right of appeal against the decision of the RIRP. The candidate must make the appeal in writing to the Dean within twenty (20) working days of the date on the communication from the ACT advising the decision of the RIRP. The candidate must set out fully the grounds for appeal and provide documentary evidence in support of the appeal. 2. Within five (5) working days of the receipt of the appeal, the Dean shall acknowledge receipt of the appeal. The appeal process 3. The candidate may continue in the course pending the outcome of an appeal, or be granted suspension from the course. Should their appeal be denied, their enrolment may be amended or terminated, depending on the outcome determined.

176 Research Misconduct Procedure

4. The hearing and the outcome of the appeal shall occur according to procedures set down in the Student Appeals under Higher Degree Rules with the amendment that the candidate can request an additional member of the Appeals Committee. This additional member would act as an observer and would need to be agreed to by both the complainant and candidate, drawn from a list of senior academics provided by the Primate or the Primate’s representative. Step 4 – Recordkeeping

Records storage 1. The ACT office is required to store data about academic misconduct, research misconduct and breaches of the Code for Research or National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research in the HDR misconduct registry of such misconduct for a minimum period of seven (7) years from the date of the last incident recorded. 2. Allegations should not be recorded in the HDR Misconduct Registry when such allegations do not proceed to a formal inquiry. 3. Where an initial inquiry concludes that further investigation is warranted and the matter is referred to the RIRP, the Chair of the initial inquiry will add a record to the HDR Misconduct Registry to indicate the case was referred to the RIRP and the factors taken into consideration in making that decision. 4. The outcome of the RIRP will be recorded by the Chair of RIRP in the HDR Misconduct Registry, detailing:  the candidate’s name and student number, and the enrolled award  the allegation which was made, and by whom, with relevant dates  the factors taken into consideration  the evidence or other material on which the findings were based  the outcome and the reasons for its determination  any disciplinary action undertaken  the candidate’s agreement to the specified outcome. 5. Where a candidate’s appeal is denied the candidate’s academic transcript will record exclusion or expulsion from the course of study as necessary to reflect the decision of the Appeals Committee. The appeals decision will also be recorded in the HDR Misconduct Registry. Access to the records 6. The RIRP, through the Chair, will have access to the record regarding the initial inquiry relating to the case they are considering, and to any other cases recorded against that candidate, in order to assist in their determination.  Where a candidate appeals the outcome of a formal inquiry, the Appeals Committee, through the Chair, will have access to the records regarding the initial inquiry and formal inquiry relating to that case, and to any other cases recorded against that candidate, in order to assist in their determination.

Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates 177

Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates

Supervisors The Australian College of Theology recognises three categories of supervisor: Principal, co- supervisor, and adjunct supervisors. Full details can be found in the Supervisor and Supervision Policy.

The following table indicates responsibilities by supervisor category.

Responsible for Supervisor Responsible for research When acting as academic Type content administration Principal Principal Yes Yes As negotiated between Principal Co- Co-supervisor No supervisor and candidate Co- Principal Yes Yes Complementary Adjunct In area of expertise No expert Adjunct Co-supervisor Yes No

Duties of Principal Supervisors The principal supervisor will be responsible for ensuring that the candidate is aware of the ACT’s expectations of academic competencies required to be demonstrated in the thesis as well as the regulations concerning the time of candidature and the word length of the thesis. The principal supervisor is responsible for monitoring compliance with the candidate’s signed intention to abide by the stipulations outlined in the Academic Integrity Policy for Higher Degree by Research candidates. Clear delineation of roles and responsibilities should be established in consultation with the candidate between principal supervisor and co-supervisor. Principal supervisors have an obligation to inform the candidate of the details of his/her own research and professional leave, and any retirement plans relevant for the period of candidature. Principal supervisors should be sufficiently aware of any special needs of the candidate so as to be able to report in an informed manner the progress being made. Lack of progress may lead to cancellation of candidature. Frequency of meetings should be negotiated in accordance with the nature of candidate’s research program. For part-time candidates at least three annual face-to-face meetings are recommended. Frequency of contact is particularly critical in the early stages of candidature but should be maintained throughout. Throughout the period of supervision, Principal supervisors should provide constructive, critical, and (where requested) written assessments of the candidate’s work to the candidate within one month of the submission of the work. In particular serious attention should be paid to academic method and content. Matters relating to English usage, presentation, and argumentation should also be addressed at all stages of the research. A principal supervisor may recommend that the candidate take a unit in a field of knowledge, in the discipline of research methodology, or the technique of writing a thesis if the candidate evidences serious deficiencies in any of these areas.

Duties of Co-supervisors The co-supervisor complements the role of the principal supervisor, and may provide expertise in a particular area in which the principal supervisor does not consider themselves adequately

178 Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates competent. Such expertise may be outside the candidate’s supervising college. The co-supervisor may also act as principal supervisor when the principal supervisor is unable to perform their function. In such a case, however, if the co-supervisor is not situated within an ACT HDR approved college, the R&RSC, in consultation with the candidate’s supervising college, will ensure that the responsibilities of supervision are maintained by appointing an appropriately qualified, albeit temporary, replacement of the principal supervisor. Unless prevented by the demands of approved study leave or unforeseen circumstances the principal supervisor remains responsible for directing the research of the candidate and for ensuring that the candidate meets all ACT administrative and academic requirements.

Changing supervisors When a supervisor becomes unavailable, e.g., because of approved leave of absence or sabbatical, or a candidate changes location or supervising college, it is the responsibility of the supervising college to locate a suitable replacement, the new arrangement to be approved by the EO of R&RSC.

If a supervising college can no longer provide supervision for a candidate the college should facilitate the candidate’s transfer to another affiliated college.

Duties of Candidates The candidate has the responsibility to be well-informed about and to conform to the regulations governing the course and its academic standards.

The candidate must be aware of the prescribed word limit for theses. The word count includes footnotes, and excursuses, but excludes the bibliography and any appendices. An excursus contributes to and supports the argument. An appendix contains information which verifies the argument of the thesis, such as a translation of a key text, extensive tables, or a questionnaire.

The candidate should expect to submit to their supervisor coherent accounts of the research to date.

The candidate should communicate with and submit material to their supervisor in accord with a mutually agreed schedule. Personal contact is preferable to merely submitting work by mail, especially if candidate and supervisor are situated in the same state of Australia. At least three annual face-to-face meetings are recommended. If a supervisor considers a candidate’s progress to be unsatisfactory, he/she shall communicate this opinion to the supervising college Postgraduate Coordinator, who has a responsibility to alert the Research and Research Studies Committee. On recommendation from the supervising college the Committee may decide to terminate candidature or may warn the candidate that his/her status is under review. The candidate shall be invited to comment on the recommendation before it is implemented.

The candidate is well-advised to keep a diary of meetings with their supervisor.

The candidate should not hesitate to seek clarification if unsure about the expectations of their supervisor.

The candidate should accept responsibility for maintaining negotiated regular communication with his/her supervisor and the progress of research agreed upon. If impediments arise, these should be immediately discussed with his/her supervisor.

When submitting the thesis for examination, the candidate must lodge with the supervisor a copy of the thesis in the form in which it has been submitted.

Admission to ACT Higher Degree by Research candidature does not guarantee eventual graduation.

Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates 179

Duties of the ACT (and Affiliated Colleges) Candidates have the right to be well-informed about the ACT’s examination procedures, tuition fees, academic expectations, the research profile of the supervisor, thesis presentation requirements of the ACT, and any facilities and services to which they are entitled.

Problems arising from supervision and disputes which cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the supervising college should be referred to the Director of Research and the Research and Research Studies Committee for initial mediation. If no satisfactory outcome is achieved, candidates have recourse to the relevant Grievance Resolution Policy for either Domestic or Overseas students.

INDUCTION OF HDR CANDIDATES AND HDR SUPERVISORS POLICY

The full texts of the Induction of HDR Candidates and HDR Supervisors Checklist, Induction of HDR Candidates and HDR Supervisors Policy and HDR Supervisors Policy are located on the ACT website.

Every candidate for an ACT research degree (MTh, DMin, PhD, or ThD) is admitted as a provisional candidate by the Research & Research Studies Committee (R&RSC). At the time of admission to a course of study the R&RSC will also formally appoint a principal supervisor and a co-supervisor.

1. HDR candidates On accepting the ACT offer of a place in an HDR course of study a candidate will be notified of an HDR candidate’s orientation meeting at the supervising college. This may be as an individual or part of a cohort of candidates. Candidates can expect the following matters to be addressed in this orientation meeting:  information concerning people and processes they need to be aware of at the supervising college;  a library orientation including online resources and accessing interlibrary loans and online articles;  notification of resources available to them on the campus and through the ACT Office (e.g. work space, internet access, student support, Endnote);  notification of scheduled meetings of any relevant committees of the supervising college, (e.g. Advisory Panel and Research Committee);  a schedule of colloquia;  a copy of the Annual Progress Report form;  a copy of instructions sent to the examiner, including the criteria by which the various awards are being examined;  ACT grants and processes for HDR students;  A brief section on managing candidature – especially matters related to suspensions and extensions of candidature.

Candidates should also expect to meet with their principal supervisor and co-supervisor (if appointed) within one week of returning their acceptance of offer form. At this first formal meeting candidates can expect the following topics to be addressed:  Confirmation of candidature policy: requirements & time frames;  Supervisor and candidate expectations, including distinguishing between the roles and expectations of principal supervisor and co-supervisor;  Research Plan;  Research Methods;  Research Proposal;  Dissemination of research outcomes;  Schedule of supervision meetings;

180 Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates

2. HDR supervisors All supervisors are required to be research active (see the Research Active Policy supervisors policy) and must complete the ACT Induction of Supervisors seminar. The principal supervisor takes the lead as the candidate’s guide and mentor. They are “responsible for guiding the direction and standard” of the candidate’s work (Doctorates Downunder, p. 24). It is only right, therefore, that supervisors are thoroughly familiar with ACT requirements.

On application to become a registered ACT supervisor, applicants will be emailed a copy of the current ACT Supervisors’ Handbook, and directed to the ACT website where the most up to date version of the ACT Supervisors’ Handbook is to be located. Supervisors are also to be familiar with the ACT Postgraduate Handbook, the most up to date version also being located on the ACT website.

When commencing supervision of a candidate, the principal supervisor and co-supervisor should meet the candidate no later than one (1) week after receiving notification of their appointment as supervisors. In the first formal supervision meeting, both principal supervisor and co-supervisor should be present. The following topics should be addressed in that meeting:  Confirmation of candidature policy: requirements & time frames;  Supervisor and candidate expectations, including distinguishing between the roles and expectations of principal supervisor and co-supervisor;  Research Plan;  Research Methods;  Research Proposal;  Dissemination of research outcomes;  Schedule of supervision meetings.

Supervisors are encouraged to utilise the various forms on the ACT website to assist supervisors develop a productive and efficient supervision environment. In particular supervisors should utilise the Supervisors and HDR Candidate’s Expectation Rating Scale during the first formal supervision meeting, or something similar.

3. Postgraduate Coordinators The postgraduate coordinator of a candidate’s supervising college must be persuaded that both the supervisor and candidate are familiar with the ACT’s roles and responsibilities for supervisors and candidates before submitting a candidate’s application for admission to an HDR course of study. Unless there is an explicit acknowledgement that both supervisor and candidate are familiar with ACT requirements and their respective expectations, and are happy to work together, the candidate’s application should not be forwarded to the ACT office.

On receipt of notification of a candidate’s admission to an HDR program and the approval of principal supervisor and co-supervisor, it is the responsibility of the Postgraduate Coordinator to ensure HDR candidates receive a letter of engagement to the supervising college, and an invitation to an induction to their program of study and ethos of their supervising college, addressing the items in Section 1 above.

It is the responsibility of the Postgraduate Coordinator to ensure all HDR supervisors affiliated with their college, including Honorary Supervisors and Adjunct supervisors, receive adequate induction to the supervising college. This would include, but is not limited to, the following:  information concerning people, policies, and processes they need to be aware of at the supervising college;

Duties of Supervisors, Candidates, ACT and Affiliated Colleges for HDR Candidates 181

 information about resources available to them to support their supervision (e.g. work space, internet access, library resources, student support);  notification of scheduled meetings of any relevant committees of the supervising college, (e.g. Advisory Panel and Research Committee);  a schedule of colloquia;  Where applicable, a contract with the supervising college.

4. ACT Office The ACT Office will send a letter of offer to candidates once admission to an HDR course has been approved by the R&RSC. In that letter a candidate will be advised of their commencement date and maximum completing date, their principal supervisor and co-supervisor, confirmation of candidature conditions, colloquia, and Annual Progress Report responsibilities. They will also be sent as an email attachment the most recent version of the ACT HDR Candidates’ Handbook and advised of the ACT website where they can access revisions of the HDR Candidates’ Handbook. Receipt of their acceptance of the offer will indicate the candidate is familiar with the ACT requirements of HDR candidates.

The ACT Office will also send an email to the principal supervisor and the co-supervisors advising them of their appointment in those roles.

The ACT Office will also send an email to the candidate’s supervising college Postgraduate Coordinator advising of the admission of the candidate to an HDR course of study indicating commencement and maximum completion date. The name and contact details of the principal supervisor and co-supervisor will also be advised.

182 Regulations for HDR courses

REGULATIONS FOR HDR COURSES

1 ENROLMENT APPLICATIONS

1.1 Application Form Candidates should apply for entry on the prescribed ACT application form which is available on the ACT website, and must be signed by an authorised representative of an HDR approved affiliated college as listed in this Handbook.

2 APPEALS

If a candidate is not awarded the degree of MTh, DMin, PhD or ThD they may wish to appeal. An appeal must be submitted to the Dean as Chair of an Appeals Panel (independent of the Research and Research Studies Committee) within one month of the letter notifying the candidate of the Board’s original decision. The Panel’s decision is final.

A candidate should also refer to the HDR Candidate Academic Integrity Policy and HDR Candidates Appeals Procedure for further information specific to their course.

3 COURSE WITHDRAWAL, RE-ENTRY AND COMPLETION OF AWARDS

3.1 Withdrawal from Enrolment

3.1.1 Before the Census Date for the unit: (a) On receipt of a relevantly completed Application for Suspension, Extended Leave of Absence, Extension, Discontinuation of Candidature form a candidate’s enrolment record will be amended by deleting the enrolment record from which the candidate has gained suspension. (b) Any up-front payment made by the candidate for the unit shall be refunded in full. (c) All unit material already distributed shall be dealt with according to the college policy.

3.1.2 After the Census Date and before the Withdrawal Date for the unit: (a) Candidates shall receive a grade W (Withdrawn). (b) The Postgraduate Coordinator shall determine if there are any special circumstances sufficient to justify the refund of any up-front payments by the candidate for the withdrawn unit and make any consequent refund. (c) Any FEE-HELP debt incurred for the unit remains unless the candidate applies to the ACT for re-crediting. Candidates should read the FEE-HELP re-crediting policy for further details.

3.1.3 After the Withdrawal Date for the unit: (a) Candidates who fail to notify their college via the Application for Suspension, Extended Leave of Absence, Extension, Discontinuation of Candidature form of their desire to withdraw from a unit or suspend candidature by the withdrawal date will have a ‘fail’ permanently noted on their record. (b) If the Postgraduate Coordinator deems the circumstances under which the candidate withdrew from the unit worth consideration for compassionate withdrawal the Postgraduate Coordinator shall forward the application to the Director of Research for a decision.

3.2 HDR Extended Leave of Absence Where a candidate is unable to continue with their research for an indeterminate period of time due to exceptional and unavoidable circumstances supported by documentary proof, the candidate may be granted an extended leave of absence for up to two (2) years. The principal supervisor will undertake a supportive role, communicating with the candidate at least bi-

Regulations for HDR courses 183

monthly, reporting to the candidate’s supervising college postgraduate coordinator on a monthly basis, and to the Research and Research Studies Committee on a six monthly basis. Whenever the candidate is deemed fit to resume their studies, their candidature will be reinstated as at the time of the beginning of the extended leave of absence. A reinstated candidate will resume under the regulations current at the time of commencement of extended leave of absence.

3.3 HDR Candidate Special Leave of Absence Domestic HDR candidates may apply for a Special Leave of Absence in the circumstances detailed below and this will be given in addition to any other Leave of Absence entitlements. Overseas HDR Candidates on student visas studying in Australia are not eligible for a Special Leave of Absence due to visa arrangements. Each Special Leave of Absence will cause an extension to the due date for completion of the course of study equal to the length of time granted. The approved time period/s are not affected by part or full time status. In every instance evidence must be provided prior to or within six (6) weeks of the commencement of leave.

1. Parental Leave: HDR candidates are entitled to a maximum of two (2) semesters of parental leave for each pregnancy of themselves or their partner in the course of their candidacy. Parental leave may also be approved if a candidate has adopted or been granted permanent fosterage of a child or children. Candidates may choose which two (2) semesters they take as leave, provided such leave is taken within three (3) years of the birth or date of adoption/fosterage. 2. Jury leave: HDR candidates are entitled to jury leave, where the candidate is empanelled for jury service for a period greater than four (4) weeks. The leave will be given for the semester in which the candidate is empanelled. Candidates are able to request withdrawal and a refund of the fees if they have already enrolled for that semester

3.4 Suspension of Candidature When a time limit applies for completion of an award, candidates should notify the ACT of their withdrawal from a course and should seek permission for the time limitation to be suspended. The ACT will receive sympathetically requests from candidates seeking suspension of candidature for legitimate reasons if requested before taking a period of leave, including reasons such as moving overseas on missionary service, settling into a new parish ministry, medical or other personal reasons.

HDR candidates may not be granted more than two (2) semesters of suspension of candidature during the term of their candidature, and may be granted no more than two (2) semesters of extension of candidature prior to the examination phase of their candidature. Applications for suspensions of candidature and/or extensions of candidature beyond the two semester limit will be considered on a case by case basis for extraordinary circumstances supported with written evidence.

The Application form for Leave or Suspension can be downloaded from the ACT website.

3.5 HDR Candidate Progression Rule after Suspension

1. Where an HDR candidate is identified as having been granted two (2) successive semesters on suspension, the ACT Research Student Administrator will, two (2) months before the end of the second semester, email the principal supervisor requesting from the principal supervisor and candidate a revised research plan. The research plan should identify the

184 Regulations for HDR courses

various items yet required to be completed so that the thesis can be submitted on time, each item to have a proposed time for its completion. 2. The principal supervisor is to provide the ACT Research Student Administrator with a progress report by the first week of March or August, whichever is sooner. 3. If at the end of the first semester of the agreed research plan, in the opinion of the principal supervisor, the candidate has not made satisfactory progress and not meet the agreed timeline, then the candidate will be required to provide a detailed research plan for the next semester, the research plan to be agreed to by the principal supervisor. 4. If satisfactory progress is not being made in the revised research plan, a Progression Panel of the Research and Research Studies Committee will undertake a review of the candidate’s progress, seeking submissions from the candidate, and the principal supervisor to ‘show cause’ why candidature should not be terminated. The Progression Panel will make a recommendation on continuation of candidature to the next R&RSC meeting. 5. Should the Research and Research Studies Committee not be convinced the candidate will be able to make satisfactory progress in the next semester of study, candidature will be terminated. 3.6 Extension of Candidature (i) A candidate whose candidature is about to lapse will not lose credit for units completed so long as their supervising college is prepared to support and argue a case for extension of candidature in the award. (ii) It is the responsibility of the candidate to begin making overtures in their last year of candidature to the supervising college to support an application to the Director of Research for an extension of candidature. (iii) The time limit of extended candidature should be negotiated with the candidate’s supervisor and supervising college and stated in the Application for Suspension, Extended Leave of Absence, Extension, Discontinuation of Candidature form submitted to the Director of Research for approval. (iv) Normally during a second period of candidature applications for a third period will not be considered. (v) Candidature will be considered to have lapsed if a formal application for extension of candidature has not been received by the date for maximum length of candidature provided in the letter of offer and acceptance.

3.7 Lapse of Candidature Upon completion of the time specification, candidature shall be deemed to have lapsed and all credit will be nullified, unless permission from the ACT has been obtained.

3.8 Changes in Regulations (i) Where there is any break of 12 months or more in a candidate’s studies, except for those under suspension, any changes to the curriculum or regulations for a degree shall apply to the candidate. (ii) Subject to (iv) below, candidates who are continuing or are under suspension of candidature will not be subject to the new regulations except in the case of fee changes. (iii) Candidates who have failed to complete the award in the maximum time allowed but who are granted an extension of candidature will be subject to the new regulations governing the award in which they are enrolled. (iv) Where major changes to an award occurs, the Academic Board may impose a time limit on the previous version of that award, after which candidates still completing that award will be subject to the new regulations, even if there has been no break during the course of their study.

Regulations for HDR courses 185

4 MISCELLANEOUS REGULATIONS

4.1 Conferral of Awards (i) The Academic Board shall issue (confer) the awards of the Australian College of Theology. (ii) The testamur of Doctor of Ministry, Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Theology shall normally be presented by a representative of the Australian College of Theology on an occasion to be determined. The candidate shall be presented by the Dean or their representative. (iii) For more information on conferral, see the Conferral Policy, available on the ACT website.

4.2 Application of all Regulations The Academic Board has discretionary power to waive the application of a particular policy or regulation, except for those which are fundamental to the integrity of an award and are subject to government requirements.

4.3 English Language Proficiency: Except in the case of those who have a tertiary qualification studied in English medium from a country on the current (at time of candidate’s enrolment) UAC English Language Proficiency policy country list, candidates whose mother tongue is not English will be required to sit an IELTS test. This rule may also apply to Australian residents, at the discretion of the Academic Board.

Those seeking entry to the MTh, DMin, PhD and ThD degrees must obtain an overall average of 7.5, with at least 7.5 in reading and writing, and 7.0 in listening and 6.5 in speaking.

No test result that is more than three (3) years old will be accepted as evidence of meeting the language proficiency entrance requirement. In such cases candidates will be required to re-sit the test.

For more information and a list of IELTS equivalence tests, see the English Language Proficiency Policy, available on the ACT website.

4.4 Assessment of Previous Awards: When submitting to an HDR approved college their application for candidature in an HDR award, candidates should include a certified copy of the transcript of all degrees and diplomas. As well, a certified statement of the accreditation status of the candidate’s previous seminary should accompany the application. The HDR approved college will submit all documentation to the Research and Research Studies Committee which will then assess the candidate’s qualifications and make a determination on admission to the HDR program.

4.5 Graduation: Admission to a course of study does not guarantee eventual graduation. It is not unusual in Australian tertiary institutions for up to 10% or more of candidates to fail in a unit or fail to proceed to the next year of study.

4.6 Expectations: Graduate level courses require candidates to develop and use skills of analysis and criticism and independent judgement. At doctoral level candidates are required to make a new contribution to their field of research.

5 ETHICS CLEARANCE

186 Regulations for HDR courses

Any candidate wishing to undertake any kind of human participant research as part of their thesis must first obtain approval from either their college’s ethics committee for those proposals deemed in negligible or low risk categories, or the Human Research Ethics Committee of the ACT (HREC) – for all other risk categories. The ACT recognises the need for research involving human participants and organisations. This research can be understood to include the investigation of any aspect, or aspects of human life in general, that involves direct contact with individual persons or persons in social and organisational groups, or involves making use of confidential information concerning human participants, social groups, or organisations. The ACT is also aware of its responsibility for ensuring that the privacy, safety, health, social sensitivities and welfare of such participants, social groups, or organisations are adequately protected. It is the policy of the ACT that participating colleges, supervisors and candidates follow the Ethics Protocol (application for ethics approval) when applying for ethics clearance for a research proposal that includes human participation research.

What is ‘human participant research’? Within the sphere of the ACT it is research that involves humans through:  Surveys, interviews, etc  Use of personal documents  Access to their information  Being observed  Psychological testing

Where activity involves human participation or definable human involvement and has a purpose of establishing facts, principles or knowledge or of obtaining or confirming knowledge, the features of human involvement will be the focus of deciding whether it is research and so subject to review by the HREC.

 Where that involvement has a potential for infringing basic ethical principles, at least respect for humans, beneficence and justice, review by the HREC is warranted. Such a potential arises: where that involvement could cause harm to the well-being of participants, whether physically, psychologically, spiritually or emotionally; or in the exploitation of cultural knowledge and/or property, where their involvement, or the use of their personal or community-based information, has a potential for infringement of their privacy or of the confidentiality or ownership that attaches to that information; or where their involvement imposes burdens with little benefit.  All HDR projects and theses that include human participant research are required to be assessed by either an affiliated college’s ethics committee if negligible or low risk, or by the HREC for all other risk categories.

The Ethics Protocol Guidelines and Ethics Protocol Application can be accessed via the ACT website.

6 OFF-SHORE CANDIDATES

HDR applicants who meet the normal ACT admission criteria for the particular award and who in addition to these criteria display a strong chance of completion as indicated by either:  Personal knowledge of them by supervisors within the supervising institution, or  A record of publication in refereed publications, or previous academic research theses, or  Sponsorship by a reputable denomination or mission sending agency known to the supervising institution, or a  Sponsorship by a theological training trust fund (e.g. Langham Partnership, International Teams etc.)

Regulations for HDR courses 187

Upon the supply of:  Commendation from two reputable Academic Referees  And written declaration from their denominational, or mission directors or other current employer, that such bodies understand the time commitment involved and approve of the candidate’s application, And who possess the following access to resources or facilities such as:  Electronic journals, ‘Skype’ or other, internet links with supervisor and the supervising college library. And preferably an  Accredited theological institution (accredited by ATEA or ATESEA), or  Adjunct supervision in their country of origin

Will be admitted as postgraduate candidates in the doctoral awards in either part or full time status on the understanding that

 They engage in a minimum of an initial four (4) week induction period involving the particular college’s normal formal induction process and any special induction deemed necessary for the particular candidate. The maximum period of course would be determined by their visa limits.  They are resident at the supervising college for a minimum of two (2) weeks each year (10 working days) from then on in any combination of numbers of days, as negotiated on academic grounds with their supervising college’s research director.  [Allowance will be given that in their final year a candidate may apply to forgo their residential opportunity if in the opinion of their supervisor and their college’s postgraduate coordinator, significant progress in research is being made without the need for further face-to-face contact.]  During such residency periods they must engage in the academic life of their supervising institution through such means as presentation of postgraduate seminar papers, attendance at available conferences, audit courses and confer with their supervisor.  Their primary supervisor to be supplied from the full time faculty of the supervising college for the sake of ensuring continuity.  The candidate would supply evidence of progress according to normal ACT annual review processes and standards along with a statement by their supervising college’s postgraduate coordinator that they are meeting the residential minimums.  These residential minimums have been chosen as they would be simple to both record and administrate and would match the typical annual leave patterns of persons in their local context.  The supervising institution would supply the ACT with evidence of their arrival and departure dates along with their Annual Review of Progress forms.

7 OVERSEAS STUDENTS

 The information provided by overseas candidates to the provider (the Australian College of Theology) may be made available to Commonwealth and State agencies and the Fund Manager of the Educational Services for Overseas Candidates (ESOS) Assurance Fund, pursuant to obligations under the ESOS Act 2000 and the National Code; and the provider is required, under section 19 of the ESOS Act 2000, to tell the Department about: (i) certain changes to the candidate’s enrolment; and (ii) any breach by the candidate of a candidate visa condition relating to attendance or satisfactory academic performance.

 The ACT’s CRICOS provider code is 02650E.

188 Regulations for HDR courses

 Information for current or potential overseas students is available on the ACT website: actheology.edu.au/overseas-students.

 The ACT is not responsible for any matters relating to student visas and other government regulations. These will be the responsibility of the candidate and enquiries should be directed only to an approved college.

 Time of candidature for overseas students will be subject to government imposed restrictions and the terms of their visas. An overseas candidate will normally be enrolled only in full-time mode. Candidates are required to complete the enrolled course within the time frame as stated on the candidate’s Confirmation of Enrolment (CoE) document. Full-time mode is defined as 16 cps per semester, or 32 cps per year.



Confirmation of Candidature Policy 189

CONFIRMATION OF CANDIDATURE POLICY

Part A: Policy

1. Purpose and Scope This policy applies to commencing provisional candidates in the ACT Higher Degree by Research courses: Master of Theology, Doctor of Ministry, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Theology. The policy is designed to establish and describe the formal process by which candidature in the above courses will be confirmed. Confirmation of Candidature must be successfully achieved by candidates to progress from provisional to full candidature status. Only candidates with full candidature status may enrol in semesters beyond the maximum period of provisional candidature. The maximum period of provisional candidature for Master of Theology candidates is one (1) semester full time or two (2) semesters part time. The maximum period of provisional candidature for Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Theology, and Doctor of Ministry candidates is two (2) semesters for full time candidates or four (4) semesters for part time candidates.

2. Background The process established by this policy was required by the NSW Assessment Panel that met in August 2006. The purpose of the process is to encourage candidates in these programs to begin their research early in their candidature so as to minimise the cost of candidature by completing the degree in minimum time. This exercise will be of benefit to good candidature management. The process will outline the plan of the candidature from commencement to completion and provide the basis for self-review of progress. In addition, beginning researchers will benefit from guidance concerning dissemination of their work. To orient their thinking in the direction of dissemination they will prepare, in a preliminary fashion, a plan for dissemination of the outcomes of their research. This may include identifying relevant conferences and topics of papers to present at those conferences, articles to be submitted to relevant journals, publishers and series in which their thesis might be published. There are three (3) components contributing to Confirmation of Candidature. All components are to be submitted as part of a candidate’s Confirmation of Candidature application. For MTh candidates all three sections of the Confirmation of Candidature application should be submitted no later than the end of their first semester (or part time equivalent). 1) Research Plan: a) for MTh candidates to cover the full duration of their candidature; b) for doctoral candidates to be submitted within the first semester (or part-time equivalent) of candidature, setting down goals for achievement during the first two (2) semesters of candidature (full-time or part-time) and projecting a proposed timeline to completion. The initial goals will be unique to each candidate and should be attainable in the nominated time frame. 2) Dissemination of Outcomes Plan a) for MTh candidates a list of conferences and journals in which a paper based on the research the candidate is undertaking may be presented, and identification of possible academic monograph publishers. b) for doctoral candidates to be completed in two (2) semesters (or part time equivalent) of candidature, a list of conferences and journals in which a paper based on the research the candidate is undertaking may be presented, and identification of possible academic monograph publishers. 3) Research Proposal

190 Confirmation of Candidature Policy

a) for MTh candidates the research proposal is to be approved by the Research and Research Studies Committee no later than the end of their first semester (or part time equivalent). b) For doctoral candidates the research proposal is to be approved by the Research and Research Studies Committee no later than the end of their second full time semester (or part time equivalent).

In addition, candidates are expected to achieve a satisfactory level of attendance at research colloquia convened or authorised by their college. These meetings of academic staff and research candidates, and other academic scholars, must occur regularly, but are expected to occur no less than four (4) times a year. Full time candidates are expected to attend a minimum of four (4) colloquia per year, part time candidates a minimum of two (2) colloquia per year throughout the whole of their candidature. Attendance at colloquia is reported on a candidate’s Annual Progress Report. It is in this context that research candidates will present their Research Proposal for feedback and suggestions for improvement. Normally, the Advisory Panel will be part of the colloquia where the candidate presents their Research Proposal. Colloquia may take the following forms: 1) A meeting of higher degree by research candidates enrolled with an affiliated college and the postgraduate convenor to read and comment on papers read by candidates, staff or a visiting lecturer. 2) A meeting of the academic staff to which candidates and staff are invited to read papers. 3) A meeting of the academic staff of a number of colleges to which candidates are invited to read papers. 4) A conference or seminar organised by the ACT or another provider to which ACT candidates are invited to read papers. 5) A higher degree by research seminar at an institution not associated with the ACT that has been approved by the candidate’s home college, where a candidate may attend to hear or present a paper. The candidate must submit to their supervisor and home college a report of their participation in the seminar that is duly attested to by the seminar convenor. No more than three (3) seminars per year may come from this category.

3. Definitions Research Candidates are candidates enrolled in in the degrees of MTh, DMin, PhD, and ThD Postgraduate Co-ordinator is the academic staff member in a candidate’s supervising college who has responsibility for oversight of research candidate training in that college. Satisfactory Level of Attendance at research colloquia means to attain a satisfactory level of attendance at research colloquia during provisional candidature an MTh, DMin, PhD, or ThD full time candidate, during the first year of their candidature, and part time candidates during the first two years of their candidature, must attend at least four (4) meetings.

4. Policy Content

(A) Confirmation of Candidature A1. Confirmation of Candidature is a formal and comprehensive process designed to encourage diligence early in the candidature, to review the progress and to plan the progress of the candidature from commencement to completion. The process aims to endorse work already accomplished and to provide support for the development of the candidate’s plan for successful completion of the degree. The process provides the opportunity for positive feedback to be given on progress and emphasises formative evaluation by way of identification of improvements that might be made. Successful completion of the confirmation of candidature process will move a candidate from ‘provisional candidature’ to ‘full candidature’ status.

Confirmation of Candidature Policy 191

A2. In order to confirm their candidature, commencing candidates in the MTh, DMin, PhD or ThD are required to satisfactorily complete the following tasks within the timeframes specified: 1) Research Plan a) for MTh candidates to be submitted with their Confirmation of Candidature application; to cover the duration of their candidature; b) for doctoral candidates to be submitted within the first full time semester (or part-time equivalent) of candidature, setting down goals for achievement during the first two (2) semesters of candidature (full-time or part-time) and projecting a proposed timeline to completion. The initial goals will be unique to each candidate and should be attainable in the nominated time frame.

2) Dissemination of Outcomes Plan a) for MTh candidates to be submitted with their Confirmation of Candidature application, a list of conferences and journals in which a paper based on the research the candidate is undertaking may be presented, and identification of possible academic monograph publishers. b) for doctoral candidates to be completed in the two (2) semesters (or part time equivalent) of candidature, a list of conferences and journals in which a paper based on the research the candidate is undertaking may be presented, and identification of possible academic monograph publishers.

3) Research Proposal a) for MTh candidates the research proposal is to be submitted with their Confirmation of Candidature application for approval by the Research and Research Studies Committee no later than the end of their first semester (or part time equivalent). b) For doctoral candidates the research proposal is to be approved by the Research and Research Studies Committee no later than the end of their second full time semester (or part time equivalent). A3. Completion of Confirmation of candidature is required for all candidates to progress their candidature. A4. Failure to successfully confirm candidature may result in termination of candidature. The Research and Research Studies Committee will determine confirmation and continuation or termination of candidature. A5. Candidates whose candidature has been terminated may appeal under the Student Appeals under Higher Degree Rules.

(B) Research Plan B1. In accordance with A2.1(a) or (b), candidates will complete a Research Plan and with their supervisors’ consent and submit the Research Plan to the Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college as part of their Confirmation of Candidature portfolio. B2. The goals for achievement during the first twelve (12) months of candidature may include such items as: (a) attending relevant coursework units supportive of the proposed research (b) producing written reports—e.g. an annotated bibliography, a “map” of the thesis context (c) preparing a literature survey with discussion (d) drafting portions of the Research Proposal B3. The timeline to completion at this stage is a proposal subject to adjustment as the research progresses. Nevertheless, this timeline should identify major and perhaps minor tasks and indicate expected points on the timeline for their completion. This timeline provides the basis

192 Confirmation of Candidature Policy

for review of progress by candidate and principal supervisor to be reported on in the candidate’s Annual Progress Report.

(C) Dissemination of Outcomes Plan C1. In accordance with A2.2(a) or (b), the candidate and supervisors shall complete the Dissemination of Outcomes Plan and submit the Dissemination of Outcomes Plan to the Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college as part of their Confirmation of Candidature portfolio.

(D) Research Proposal D1. In accordance with A2.3 (a) or (b) candidates must produce a draft Research Proposal which addresses the criteria listed in the Guidelines for submission of Research Proposal for Confirmation of Candidature. D2. DMin full time candidates must also produce a draft Ethics Protocol in time to allow them to complete their confirmation of candidature requirements as per A2.3 (b). D3. The Research Proposal shall be presented at a research colloquium in the candidate’s supervising college. The presentation shall be a formative evaluation of the Research Proposal, attracting diagnostic feedback to improve the content of the various sections of the proposal. The presentation provides the candidate an opportunity to crystallise his/her ideas and to receive feedback from peers and experienced researchers at an early stage of the work. D4. Normally, the Advisory Panel (comprising the supervising college postgraduate coordinator, the candidate’s principal supervisor, and two experts in the research field, at least one of whom is external to the supervising college) attend the presentation of the Research Proposal at the colloquium. The candidate via the Postgraduate Coordinator will provide the Advisory Panel with the text of the Research Proposal five working days prior to the presentation. Within five working days of hearing the presentation the Advisory Panel should provide a written report to the candidate and supervisor for their consideration. D5. Following the presentation(s) the candidate, in collaboration with the supervisors, shall update the Research Proposal based on advice provided at the research colloquium, and by the Advisory Panel through its report. D6. Within one month of receiving the report of the Advisory Panel the candidate via the principal supervisor shall provide the Postgraduate Coordinator of the supervising college with a revised version of the Research Proposal and a statement indicating the responses made to the advice of the Advisory Panel and colloquium participants. D7. Within five working days of receipt of the Revised Research Proposal the Postgraduate Coordinator will forward the Revised Research Proposal and statement to the Advisory Panel, which will write a report responding to the Revised Research Proposal, and make a recommendation to the Research and Research Studies Committee. The recommendation may be either ‘the research proposal is acceptable’ or ‘the research proposal requires additional revision’. D8. This Revised Research Proposal, along with the Advisory Panel initial report, the candidate’s statement of response, and the Advisory Panel’s recommendation, along with the Research Plan and Dissemination of Outcomes Plan, these items constitute the Confirmation of Candidature portfolio, are to be submitted by the Postgraduate Coordinator to the next meeting of the Research and Research Studies Committee.

Confirmation of Candidature Policy 193

(E) Confirmation of Candidature Approval Process

E1. The Research and Research Studies Committee will assess the Confirmation of Candidature Portfolio and either approve or not approve confirmation of candidature.

E2. If the Research and Research Studies Committee does not approve confirmation of candidature, it shall send a report of the required actions to the candidate and principal supervisor, with a copy sent to the Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college.

E3. If the Revised Research Proposal requires further modification, the Research and Research Studies Committee will provide a detailed report of the required changes. The candidate will have twenty eight (28) days in which to make the changes and submit the second revision to the Research and Research Studies Committee via the Postgraduate Coordinator of his/her supervising college.

E4. The Research and Research Studies Committee will by email assess the re-submission of the Confirmation of Candidature Portfolio, including any second revision of the Research Proposal, make a decision to either confirm candidature or to terminate candidature, and inform the candidate, principal supervisor, and Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college of the outcome within five working days of receipt of the Portfolio.

E5. If candidature is terminated, the candidate will be advised of their right to appeal under the Student Appeals under Higher Degree Rules.

Part B: Procedures

1. Procedures

(A) Research Plan & Dissemination of Outcomes Plan A1. The ACT Research Administrator shall ensure commencing candidates and their supervisors are aware of how to access the relevant forms for the Research Plan, and Dissemination of Outcomes Plan: (a) for candidates who commenced in Semester 1: in early February (b) for candidates who commenced in Semester 2: in early September These documents shall also be available for downloading from the ACT Website. A2. Candidates shall arrange a meeting with their supervisors to complete the Research Plan form, and Dissemination of Outcomes form during the first semester of their candidature; A3. The candidate shall forward a copy of the completed Research Plan form and Dissemination of Outcomes Plan form to the Postgraduate Coordinator of their supervising college.

(B) Research Proposal B1. Candidates should consult the Guidelines for Submission of Research Proposals before finalising their draft Research Proposal. The Guidelines are available to download from the ACT website. B2. The full text of the draft Research Proposal should be submitted to the Advisory Panel no less than five working days before the candidate is scheduled to present their draft Research Proposal to the Advisory Panel. (C) Confirmation of Candidature Portfolio C1. Candidates with their principal supervisor are responsible to submit to the Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college the Confirmation of Candidature

194 Confirmation of Candidature Policy

Submission Portfolio comprising the completed Research Plan, the completed Dissemination of Outcomes Plan, the Revised Research Proposal and statement responding to the Advisory Panel, the Advisory Panel Report and the completed and signed Confirmation of Candidature Submission Portfolio form. The Portfolio is to be submitted no later than fifteen (15) working days prior to the Research and Research Studies Committee meeting at which the candidate wants their Confirmation of Candidature assessed. C2. The Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college will submit the Confirmation of Candidature Submission Portfolio along with the Advisory Panel recommendation to the ACT Research Administrator no later than ten (10) working days prior to the Research and Research Studies Committee meeting at which the candidate’s Confirmation of Candidature is to be assessed. C3. Within five (5) working days of the Research and Research Studies Committee assessing the Confirmation of Candidature Portfolio, the candidate, principal supervisor and Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college will be informed of the outcome. C4. Where candidature is not confirmed, the Research and Research Studies Committee will provide a detailed report of issues requiring the candidate’s attention. The candidate will have 28 days in which to address the issues and re-submit the Confirmation of Candidature Portfolio to the Research and Research Studies Committee for assessment. C5. Should the Research and Research Studies Committee again not confirm candidature, candidature will be terminated. The candidate, principal supervisor and Postgraduate Coordinator of the candidate’s supervising college will be informed of the decision, and of the appeals mechanism available to the candidate.

Annual Progress Report Procedure 195

ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORTS PROCEDURE

Annual Progress Reports (APRs) are mandatory for all candidates undertaking HDR degrees (MTh, DMin, PhD and ThD). Only candidates on suspension of candidature for twelve (12) months, candidates on extended leave of absence, or those candidates who submit for examination before 11 November are exempt from completing an APR.

The APR gives an opportunity for the candidate and supervisors not only to review candidate’s progress over the year and resolve any concerns, but also to establish a well-planned and manageable approach to the next phase of the candidate’s research. Candidates should take advantage when completing their APR to reflect on their progress and to give feedback to supervisors and the ACT. Supervisors should take advantage of the opportunity to discuss the progress made to date and any issues that have been identified, as well as negotiate future milestones and responsibilities and accountabilities of the candidate and supervisors.

Completing a candidate’s first APR assists supervisors to track compliance with confirmation of candidature requirements. If there are issues raised in APR’s that require attention before candidature is confirmed, this will be communicated to the student, supervisor and supervising college.

More generally, completing an APR provides opportunity for the candidate and supervisors to intentionally undertake a review of the candidate’s progress and address any issues that may not have already been addressed. Where unsatisfactory progress is reported, the supervising college in consultation with the supervisors is to put in place a plan to remediate the situation. The supervising college should monitor progress of the remedial plan and report the outcomes to the ACT Research Student Administrator by the end of June. Continued unsatisfactory progress may lead to withdrawal of candidature.

The APR will be sent electronically to the candidate’s Principal Supervisor in early September. The APR should be completed by the Principal Supervisor and candidate and submitted to the candidate’s supervising college no later than 11 November. Pdfs of completed APRs signed off by the Principal Supervisor, candidate and representative of the supervising college are to be submitted to the Research Student Administrator of the ACT no later than 11 December.

Where the APR has not been received by the ACT office by 11 December, the Principal Supervisor will be sent a reminder notice. Failure to submit an APR to arrive at the ACT office by 11 February may lead to possible withdrawal of candidature

The APR application form can be found on the ACT website.

196 Style Guidelines for DMin Units and Theses

STYLE GUIDELINES FOR THESES

Abstracts for research theses should be no more than 300 words in length.

Theses should be word-processed (double-spaced), double-sided, A4 format and in 12 pt Times New Roman font or equivalent. The left hand margin should be at least three centimetres wide. All pages should be numbered consecutively. Candidates should keep a copy of the thesis.

Theses should keep to the set word limit within 10% variation, with the exception of Doctor of Theology and Doctor of Philosophy which may not exceed the 100,000 word limit. The word limit excludes bibliography. Bibliographic referencing must not exceed 25% of the maximum word count.

Table 1. Word limits for theses

Award Word Limit Footnotes Bibliography

MTh 30,000 (+/- 10%) Included Excluded (32cp) MTh 40-50,000 (+/- 10%) Included Excluded (64cp) PhD 80-100,000 Included Excluded ThD 80-100,000 Included Excluded

The ACT recommends either the use of the author-date or note systems, and expects candidates to be consistent in their referencing. As affiliated colleges have the right to set a particular style, candidates should check with their supervising college as to whether a single style has been set as compulsory.

Candidates should consult the Style Manual for Authors, Editors and Printers published by the Department of Finance and Administration, Canberra, 6th edition (2002) for all matters relating to referencing and bibliographic citation. In particular, chapter 9 should be consulted. Both the author- date and note-bibliography system of referencing as outlined in the above document are acceptable. For details on the author-date system see 9.22–132, and the less extensive guidelines for the note system at 9.133–42.

In addition, in the interests of economy of space, punctuation can be minimised. Use italics instead of using underlining or boldface type. If the author-note system is used, the references can be given in a smaller font size than the main text.

For more information on the note system, candidates may also wish to consult the following general reference works—  Turabian, K. L. 2007 A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and Dissertations, 7th edition University of Chicago Press, Chicago, and  The Chicago Manual of Style, 2017, 17th edition, University of Chicago Press, Chicago

Candidates may also wish to consult the following more specialised guide —  The SBL Handbook of Style, for Ancient Near Eastern, Biblical, and Early Christian Studies, 2014, 2nd edition, SBL Press, Atlanta, Georgia.

Doctoral candidates are strongly advised to read Phillips, E. M. & Pugh, D. S. 2015, How to get a PhD, 6th edition, Open University Press, Buckingham.

Style Guidelines for DMin Units and Theses 197

Other useful references include: Booth, W. C. Colomb, G. G. & Williams, J. M. 2008 The Craft of Research, 3rd edition, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Bouma, G. D. 2004 The Research Process, 5th edition Oxford University Press, Oxford. Denholm, C. and Evans, T. (eds) 2006 Doctorates Downunder: Keys to Successful Doctoral Study in Australia and New Zealand ACER Press, Camberwell. Denholm, C. and Evans, T. (eds) 2007 Supervising Doctorates Downunder: Keys to Effective Supervision ACER Press, Camberwell. Denholm, C. and Evans, T. (eds) 2009 Beyond Doctorates Downunder: Maximising the Impact of Your Doctorate from Australia and New Zealand ACER Press, Camberwell.

198 Style Guidelines for DMin Units and Theses

NON-DISCRIMINATORY LANGUAGE POLICY

This policy has been designed by the Boards of the ACT in order that candidates at all levels, as well as teachers, examiners and supervisors, will avoid discriminating language. By discriminating language we mean speaking or writing in a way that discriminates against, vilifies or denigrates individuals on the basis of their gender, colour, ethnicity, age, disability, race, or religion.

The recommendations below concerning avoidance of male-oriented language in generic contexts (see section 5) are intended for use in language about people only.

Departures from the policy need to be justified by the candidate, especially if they are writing a thesis or a major project.

1. All people are created in the image of God and all are equally found wanting before the justice of God. This revealed truth should motivate us to respect all people since Christ identified with and died for all. Inspired by the gospel of Jesus Christ, St Paul sought to establish in the church a new vision of humankind in which the conventional social divisions between male and female, slave and free, and Jew and Greek were broken down and overcome (Gal 3:28). Linguistic discrimination, and its more acute forms of vilification and denigration, culpably undermine and compromise the apostolic vision and should therefore be avoided by those who are committed to caring for all people, including Christians who are committed to showing unconditional love.

2. To use language to discriminate in our society is a serious one, which we do well to address, and to do all in our power to avoid and eradicate. Australia’s commitment to eliminating discrimination can be measured, for example, by the number of federal acts that have been enacted — including the Racial Discrimination Act 1975, the Sex Discrimination Act 1984 and the Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Act 1986 — to make it unlawful to discriminate against others on the basis of race, colour, national or ethnic origin, and gender.

3. To use language to discriminate, vilify and denigrate, may occur by means of the words used to refer to or address others, and may take verbal or written form. Linguistic discrimination against people may occur in various ways, whether by ignoring their presence, excluding them, portraying them in the light of irrelevant characteristics or in an unbalanced way, or using language that is insulting, harassing, or based on a stereotype.

4. The means by which and the contexts in which this avoidance of linguistic discrimination should be achieved will vary according to the context of language and culture in which speaking and writing takes place. In working with already published works, such as the Bible, the issue of being faithful to the original intended meaning of a text will need to be addressed in the context of the need to avoid linguistic discrimination. The balance and tension between these two valid concerns (i.e. faithfulness to original meaning and avoiding linguistic discrimination) will vary between published works.

5. In relation to avoiding gender linguistic discrimination, it is recommended that women be made more visible in language by avoiding an older linguistic usage in which “male- specific” and “male-identified” terms were used in a generic sense. The use of the word “man” should also be avoided in idioms and phrases when the speaker or author clearly intends to refer to both men and women. The same applies to pronouns such as “he” and “she”, occupational nouns and job titles, and other titles and naming practices. Stereotyped images of women or men should also be avoided. It is recommended that a number of alternatives proposed in the Australian Government Style Manual for Authors,

Style Guidelines for DMin Units and Theses 199

Editors and Printers (6th edition, 2002) (see pp. 58-62) ought to be adopted as far as possible.

6. Language which is racist should be avoided, and especially with respect to people who are especially vulnerable in the Australian context, such as indigenous peoples.

7. Further, language which vilifies or denigrates certain ethnolinguistic groups on the basis of their language or ethnic background should be avoided as forms of such linguistic discrimination.

8. Linguistic discrimination and denigration should be avoided also in the case of people with disabilities or for people of certain ages.

Font transliteration rule Students are responsible to ensure when submitting a thesis/project for examination in digital form that any foreign language font used in their essay/project is capable of being opened by the examiner without confusion or transliteration of the foreign language font. This can be achieved by embedding the fonts in the saved PDF version of the file.

EndNote available for students and staff The EndNote® software enables you to automatically format citations, footnotes and bibliographies to a chosen standard. It is one of the industry standard software tools for publishing and managing bibliographies on both Windows and Macintosh® computers.

The Australian College of Theology recommends the use of either the author-date (aka the Harvard system) or the note system.

Using EndNote, ACT students and academic staff can save many hours of typing and interpreting style requirements of scholarly publications by simply selecting the publication by name and generating a perfectly formatted document.

The ACT has purchased a licence for all ACT students currently enrolled in a higher education award, members of the Board of Directors, the three ACT Departmental Heads, as well as academic staff members and librarians at affiliated colleges, making it possible to use EndNote software. For more information, or to download the EndNote software, please visit: actheology.edu.au/student-resources

200 Thesis Submission and Examination

THESIS SUBMISSION AND EXAMINATION

A completed Notice of Intention to Submit Thesis form should be submitted by the principal supervisor to the Postgraduate Co-ordinator or Registrar of the candidate’s supervising college only after viewing a completed draft of the thesis, and three (3) months prior to the anticipated submission of the thesis. The form should then be forwarded by the Postgraduate Co-ordinator or Registrar to the ACT’s Research Candidates Administrator.

Notice of Intention to Submit Thesis form can be found on the ACT website at actheology.edu.au/documents

Completed by supervisor and candidate Notice of Intention to Submit Thesis form should include:  a list of 5-6 potential examiners  potential examiners’ contact details (phone [if in Australia or NZ], email address, mailing address)  a concise statement of the appropriateness of each to examine the thesis  an abstract of the thesis of no more than 300 words.

It is the responsibility of the supervisor and candidate to nominate potential examiners, noting any possible conflict of interest, and providing a short rationale for the suitability of each potential examiner. Conflict of interest guidelines can be found on the ACT website.

Three (3) examiners — all external to the candidate’s supervising college, and at least two (2) external to the ACT, and at least one from outside Australia / New Zealand — are appointed by the Higher Degree Research Examination Panel. No contact should be made with the suggested examiners by candidates, supervisors or supervising colleges.

For MTh thesis two examiners—both external to the candidate’s sponsoring college, and at least one external to the ACT—are appointed by the Higher Degree Research Examination Panel. No contact should be made with the suggested examiners by candidates, supervisors or sponsoring colleges.

Candidates should use their name to identify themselves and supply the name of their supervisor(s) on the title page of their thesis. The identity of all examiners will be revealed to a candidate’s supervisors prior to the submission of the thesis or project for examination. Examiners should be advised that their identity will be known to the candidate and supervisor.

The identity of examiners should be included in the final bound copy of the thesis or project, unless an examiner explicitly requests not to be so identified, along with the candidate’s supervisor(s) and supervising college.

The Higher Degree Research Examination Panel, a standing panel of the Research and Research Studies Committee, determines the order in which examiners are to be approached.

Membership of Higher Degree Research Examination Panel consists of the three Departmental Representatives of the Research and Research Studies Committee and the Executive Officer of the Research and Research Studies Committee. The Higher Degree Research Examination Panel has power to co-opt specialists to give advice on potential examiners.

The abstract along with examiner’s guidelines will be forwarded to potential examiners when inviting them to examine the work.

Thesis Submission and Examination 201

Examiners will be given the option of receiving a locked pdf file or a soft bound hard copy of the work to be examined. When the ACT Research Candidate Administrator has finalised appointment of your examiners, you will be contacted concerning the type and number of copies you are required to lodge. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Research and Research Studies Committee may, in any case in which it may deem it appropriate to do so, vary, dispense with or suspend any requirement or prescription by these regulations, and report forthwith to the Academic Board of the Australian College of Theology

Extensions to candidature after submission of Notice of Intention to Submit To address the issue of appointing examiners before a thesis is realistically ready for submission the Notice of Intention to Submit should not be completed and forwarded to the ACT Research Student Administrator until after a full draft of the thesis has been read and responded to by at least the Principal and Co-supervisors, and in the opinion of the Principal Supervisor, corrections and/or adjustments could realistically be completed by the candidate within three months.

If a candidate’s candidature will expire before the final draft is reviewed and corrected, the candidate and Principal supervisor should submit a completed Extension of Candidature form via their Post- graduate co-ordinator and registrar to the ACT Research Student Administrator in accordance with the normal procedures for granting an extension of candidature.

Certification The required signed declaration certificate should be bound in the thesis on the page immediately following the title page.

Candidate I certify that the substance of this [insert thesis or project] of [insert number of words] words has not previously been submitted for any degree and is not currently being submitted for any other degree.

I also certify that any assistance received in conducting the research embodied in the dissertation, any editorial assistance, and all sources used, have been appropriately described and acknowledged in the text or notes.

Signature______Date ______

Supervisor I consider that this [insert thesis or project] is sufficiently well prepared to be examined, any editorial assistance in its writing has been appropriately described and acknowledged, and it conforms to the requirements of the Australian College of Theology, for the degree of [insert Master of Theology, Doctor of Ministry, Doctor of Philosophy, or Doctor of Theology].

Signature______Date ______

Meaning of the phrase ‘sufficiently well prepared to be examined’ The phrase ‘sufficiently well prepared to be examined’ relates to such matters as clarity of expression, accuracy, legibility and generally that it is free from typographical and grammatical errors. It does not relate to the quality of the research, research methodologies used, the validity of hypotheses

202 Thesis Submission and Examination

and arguments contained in the thesis or the academic merits or otherwise of the content of the thesis.

A candidate does ultimately have the right to submit a ‘well prepared’ thesis for examination even where supervisors do not think it has the quality to pass. Where a supervisor considers the thesis or project to be ‘well prepared’ but has reservations about the quality of the research, they still sign the certificate for examination. Examiners will be asked to report on the thesis in one of the following terms: 1) That the degree be awarded. 2) That the degree be awarded provided that minor corrections and/or additions as specified in my report are carried out to the satisfaction of the Research and Research Studies Committee. 3) That the degree be awarded provided that major corrections and/or additions as specified in my report are carried out to the satisfaction of the Research and Research Studies Committee. 4) That the candidate be asked to rewrite and resubmit the thesis for examination taking into account recommendations in my report. 5) That the candidate not be awarded the degree.

Defining HDR examination outcomes ‘minor corrections and/or additions’ – 3 months

The thesis is defensible but its presentation could be improved by a copyeditor revising the manuscript to correct: The thesis is defensible but its presentation could be improved by a copyeditor revising the manuscript to correct:

1. typographical errors, grammatical errors, footnotes, bibliography, 2. consistency of style’ 3. rephrasing clauses, sentences, paragraphs to clarify meaning; 4. additional sentence(s) to clarify meaning, 5. additions of works mentioned in text but not in bibliography

‘major corrections and/or additions’ – 6 months

The thesis is defensible but could be improved with some or all of the following: 1. In addition to minor corrections, responding to limited amounts of additional material, 2. more nuanced critical engagement with identified objections/alternative views, 3. more nuanced analysis of data, 4. clarification or stronger defence of methodology, 5. incorporating response(s) to additional material considered by an examiner as essential to the thesis topic; each response limited to about 100 words and does not entail re-ordering the thesis chapters. The estimate of additional words to the thesis no more than 10% of the thesis word count when submitted, 6. responses are considered by the examiner to enhance/strengthen the defence of the thesis but the lack of the response is not considered fatal to the thesis.

‘rewrite and resubmit’ – 12 months

In an examiner’s view the thesis has the potential to be defensible, but in its present state the examiner is not persuaded. In addition to minor corrections the candidate should address the following: 1. for the thesis to be defensible whole sub-sections of chapters or whole chapters need to be rewritten,

Thesis Submission and Examination 203

2. chapters re-ordered for the argument to be persuasive; 3. methodology considered flawed to be modified or refined and defended; 4. additional data to be gathered, analysed and incorporated; 5. alternative views and objections not addressed but identified in the relevant literature to be addressed

Examiners’ reports will first be submitted to the Principal Supervisor who will then submit a response to the Higher Degree Research Examination Panel. The Principal Supervisor’s response should include, where relevant, suggested amendments and revisions.

The Higher Degree Research Examination Panel will consider whether any qualifications of the supervisor’s response should be made and forward the examiners’ reports and the Principal Supervisor’s response with its recommendation to the Research and Research Studies Committee.

In instances of doubt or conflict among examiners, the Research and Research Studies Committee may seek the views of an additional examiner.

After considering the examiners’ reports, the Committee will make a recommendation to the Academic Board. Before reaching a final decision, the Research and Research Studies Committee may send the reports of each examiner to the other examiners and invite their comments.

The Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to undergo an oral examination.

The Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to undergo an oral examination.

Where a thesis is to be re-written and re-submitted:  All submissions for re-examination must be accompanied by a list of the corrections and amendments completed by the candidate.  Normally the same examiners will be asked to re-examine the thesis. Examiners will be asked if they are prepared to re-examine the thesis if that is their recommendation.  During the period of re-writing and re-submission the candidate must re-enrol with the ACT while undertaking revisions for a period not less than six months prior to re-submission and must be enrolled at the time of re-submission.  The Research and Research Studies Committee will set a time limit of not more than 12 months for the candidate to make corrections or to revise the thesis for re-submission for re- examination.  In cases where a re-examination is recommended, the Higher Degree Research Examination Panel may also recommend that examiners reports may be circulated to the other examiners.  Only one resubmission for re-examination will be allowed.

The Higher Degree Research Examination Panel has the authority to approve the final version of the thesis and to recommend the awarding of the degree to Research and Research Studies Committee, which make recommendation to the Academic Board that the degree be conferred.

No more than six (6) months will be the expected time for major corrections and emendations. Candidates required to complete major corrections must enrol in the immediately following semester after being advised of the result of the examination.

No more than three (3) months will be the expected time for minor corrections and emendations.

204 Thesis Submission and Examination

An electronic version of the corrected thesis which clearly identifies all changes must be submitted to Higher Degree Research Examination Panel for confirmation that the required corrections have been made before the final hardbound copy of the thesis is produced.

Submission of the final hardbound copies of the thesis to the ACT and supervising college must be accompanied by a ‘read only’ electronic version of the thesis from which the hardbound copies were printed.

In the final bound copies of their work, the appropriate signed certificate must be included immediately following the title page. The date on the certificate should be the date final approval for production of the final bound copies was granted by the ACT Office.

Citation for Graduation Doctoral graduates are responsible with their supervisors to supply the ACT office with a 150 word citation in plain English describing their research and the outcome.

The citation is to be read out at their graduation. Regardless of whether they choose to attend the ceremony they should send in a citation for the records to document their academic contributions as a graduate candidate.

It is important that those present at the ceremony are able to comprehend the nature of the research and appreciate its contribution to society, although they may have no specialised knowledge of the field or its technical terms.

The citation must be submitted to the Research Administrator at the ACT office. The Associate Dean will review the citation and if necessary correspond with the candidate and supervisor to finalise an agreed version of the citation.

It is doctoral graduates’ responsibility to forward the approved citation to their college’s Postgraduate Co-ordinator to be read at the graduation ceremony.

Specification for Final Bound Copy of Thesis

Binding For the award of degree to be ratified, ThD, PhD, DMin and MTh candidates must provide two copies of hardbound theses (one for the ACT library and one for the library of candidate’s choice) in black, dark blue, red or green colours.

The Cover

 The title of the thesis in full  The name of the candidate

The Spine

The following information must be printed running longways down the spine:  Title of the thesis (this can be a shortened version if need be)  The name of candidate

Below should be printed horizontally the following-  Degree  The year of final submission

Thesis Submission and Examination 205

 ACT

Front Matter

1. Title Page  The title of the Thesis in full  Wording as specified below: To be used if coursework included: A thesis submitted to the Australian College of Theology in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the award of [insert course name - Master of Theology, or Doctor of Ministry]. or To be used if thesis only: A thesis submitted to the Australian College of Theology in fulfilment of the requirements for the award of [insert course name – Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Theology, Master of Theology]  The name of the candidate  The names of the Principal and Co-supervisors  The name of the Supervising College  The year of conferral of the degree  The names of the examiners and their institutions

2. Final Bound Copies Certification

In the final bound copies of your work, the following modified, signed certification must be included immediately following the title page. The date on the certificate should be the date final approval for production of the final bound copies was granted by the ACT Office.

Candidate I certify that the substance of this [insert thesis or project] of [insert number of words] words has not previously been submitted for any degree and is not currently being submitted for any other degree.

I also certify that any assistance received in conducting the research embodied in the dissertation, any editorial assistance, and all sources used, have been appropriately described and acknowledged in the text or notes.

Signature______Date: ___/___/____

3. Abstract (of not more than 300 words)

4. An Acknowledgement (of any help given by another person or organisation) or Dedication

5. Table of Contents

6. List of Illustrations (if any)

7. List of Tables (if any)

8. List of Abbreviations

9. Glossary (if needed)

206 Thesis Submission and Examination

The Main Text Back Matter 1. Appendices (if any) and Excursuses 2. Illustrations (if any) 3. Reference List or Bibliography  Primary sources  Secondary sources  Originals of Publications included in Thesis/ Project Portfolio Information about submission of theses for examination and relevant forms can be obtained from the following website address: https://www.actheology.edu.au/

Research Training Pathway 207

RESEARCH TRAINING PATHWAY As of January 2017, the Research and Research Studies Committee (R&RSC) requires the following units to be included in a previous program of study of candidates seeking admission to the research masters (MTh) or to PhD and ThD doctoral courses. The Bachelor Honours 1 year program has been used as the model. This set of units is termed the Research Training Pathway (RTP). The RTP is:  2 x 700 level units, or equivalent, coherent with the proposed field of research [credit grade or better required]  Research Methods unit RM095 or RM091 (whichever is most relevant to proposed research)  A project of no less than 12,000 words, IN792 (only for MA(ChrStuds) graduates); **795 14,000 words (8cp); **796 16,000 words (12cps) [credit grade or better required] This program of study can typically be achieved through a number of ACT courses:  Bachelor Honours (for those who qualify for entry to Honours) (36cp)  For Bachelor graduates the usual course will be a Master of Art (48cp), though in some cases a Graduate Diploma (36cp) may be appropriate.  Master of Divinity (where the above program of study has been incorporated).  For Master of Divinity graduates that did not include an RM unit and / or the **795 project, a Graduate Certificate consisting of RM and **796 project [credit grade or better required]. NB: There is now no upgrade from MTh to doctorates. Minimum language requirements continue unchanged for candidates seeking admission to HDR courses in LA, OT, NT or TH fields of research; viz “completed 8cp in Biblical Languages and 8cps in Biblical Language Exegesis at undergraduate level, if seeking to complete a thesis in the unit fields LA, OT, NT and TH.

208 Master of Theology

MASTER OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 9 MASTER DEGREE [RESEARCH], COURSE CODE 178)

Rationale

The Master of Theology (AQF level 9 Masters Research) course has been designed for research to be undertaken normally in one field of specialisation within either the Department of Bible and Language, Department of Christian Thought and History, or Department of Ministry and Practice.

From its inauguration the MTh has been used as a research degree for theology graduates who are already engaged in the ministerial profession and are aspiring to be teachers in theological colleges in Australia and overseas. Graduates of the course may articulate to the ACT ThD, DMin and PhD.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications (ACT or equivalent) 1. BTh/BMin Hons, at least 2B with 65% in the dissertation OR 2. BTh or BMin with MA(Th/Min) 48cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥2.0 and ≥Credit in **796 OR 3. BTh or BMin with an overall GPA≥3.0 and GradDipTh/Min (36cps) with RTP and an overall GPA≥2.0 and ≥Credit in **796 OR 4. MDiv with an overall GPA≥2.0 and ≥Credit in **795 in FoR with RM09* OR 5. MDiv with an overall GPA≥2.0 and **795 in FoR and GradCertDiv 16cps with ≥Credit in **796 or **795 OR 6. MDiv with an overall GPA<2.0 and MA(Th/Min) 32cp with RTP, GPA≥2.0 and ≥Credit in **795 in FoR OR 7. MA(ChrStuds) or MML with an overall GPA≥2.0, RM09* and ≥Credit in IN792 in FoR OR 8. MA(ChrStuds) with an overall GPA<2.0 and GradCertDiv 16cps with RTP and ≥Credit in **796

RTP = Research Training Pathway – see general information at start of Course Outlines section

FoR = Field of Research

Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS 7.5 with a minimum of 7.5 in reading and writing, 7.0 in listening and 6.5 in speaking.

Structure

Overall cps: 32

Master of Theology 209

Length: 1 year F/T (2 semesters) or P/T equivalent up to 2.5 years (5 semesters)

The thesis coding is **798 for part-time candidates and **799 for full-time candidates.

Thesis: 30,000 word thesis. Thesis length may vary by ±10%. Total word count excludes Bibliography.

Rules

1. All applicants must have the support of an ACT supervising college which must provide a principal supervisor and co-supervisor. 2. All applicants with non-ACT qualifications must submit along with their completed application form original or certified copies of transcripts or certificates of all tertiary study completed in theology or ministry. Those non-ACT graduates holding a three-year Bachelor degree in Theology who complete an ACT MA coursework award must demonstrate they have fulfilled the research training pathway (RTP) requirements. 3. All applicants seeking entry to the MTh must have completed biblical and other language requirements that lay the foundation for research in their topic. For those candidates seeking to undertake research in Bible and Languages this requirement will normally be satisfied if the language skills for entry to the Bachelor of Theology Honours course (i.e., at least 8 cps in either Biblical Hebrew (LA003A and LA003B) or New Testament Greek (LA004A and LA004B) and at least 8 cps of biblical language exegesis in their initial theology degree have been completed. 4. Graduates with the ACT MA(Th) or MA(Min) who demonstrate they have fulfilled the research training pathway (RTP) requirements may be admitted to the MTh. 5. Those seeking to undertake research in a field of the Department of Ministry and Practice must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Research and Research Studies Committee that the biblical language requirements expected of MTh candidates pursuing research in Bible and Languages and Christian Thought are not required for their proposed research. 6. Upgrade to doctoral courses is not permitted. 7. Higher Degree Research candidates may not be granted more than two (2) semesters of suspension of candidature during the term of their candidature, and may be granted no more than two semesters of extension of candidature prior to the examination phase of their candidature. The R&RSC will accept applications for suspension beyond the two semester limit on a case by case basis only for extraordinary circumstances, supported with written evidence. 8. Candidates and their supervisors must complete and submit by the due date the Higher Degree by Research Annual Progress Report to the Research Student Administrator of the ACT via the postgraduate coordinator in the candidate’s supervising college. 9. Where unsatisfactory progress is reported the Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to show why candidature should not be terminated. 10. It is the candidate’s responsibility to be aware of all rules and regulations related to the Master of Theology, and fully comply with these rules and regulations.

Learning Outcomes

The level of the course is equivalent to an AQF Level 9 Masters Research, and has been benchmarked against research masters of the Melbourne College of Divinity, the Sydney College of Divinity and research masters degrees offered Australian universities.

Characteristics of the Master of Theology include:

210 Master of Theology

1. The demonstration of research skills and advanced knowledge in a specialised area of the discipline of theology, by which is meant a topic from one of the unit fields of the Departments of Bible and Languages (LA, OT, NT), the Department of Christian Thought and History (TH, CH, PE) including Integrative Studies (IN), and Ministry and Practice (EM, PC, DM); 2. The demonstration of a high order of skill in analysis, critical evaluation and/or the professional application in a piece of extended research that exhibits comprehension and evaluation of new information, concepts and evidence encountered both in primary sources and also the secondary literature arising out of scholarly reflection in a specialised area of one or more of the major disciplines in theology such as Biblical Studies, Theology, Church History, Ethics, or Ministry and Practice; 3. The demonstration of a high order of skill in analysis and critical evaluation transferred from undergraduate study and showing evidence of the ability to think independently.

In the following domains, Graduates of the Master of Theology will be able to:

Knowledge and Understanding 1. Demonstrate up-to-date advanced knowledge and depth of understanding of Theology in an area of one of the fields of ‘Bible and Languages’, ‘Christian Thought’ and ‘Ministry and Practice’; 2. Explain the research principles and methods used in an area of one of the fields of ‘Bible and Languages’, ‘Christian Thought’ and ‘Ministry and Practice’; Inquiry and Analysis 3. Assess the theory and its application in an area of biblical and/or theological and/or ministry learning or practice with a view to identifying areas that require further research; Problem Solving and Integration 4. Formulate questions and issues; assemble data and literature; problematize data, concepts and theories; select or devise a suitable methodology; and develop coherent evidence-based perspectives as the basis of independent advanced inquiry; Research 5. Design and execute a program of advanced research in a specific area of biblical and theological scholarship or ministry practice; 6. Demonstrate understanding of and compliance with ethical matters related to human participant research; Communication 7. Present new biblical and theological ideas, knowledge and principles to, and engage with, specialist as well as non-specialist audiences; 8. Present research in writing in advanced research papers and a thesis of between 28,000 and 50,000 words; Teamwork and Professional Practice 9. As a leader and in groups, apply advanced biblical and/or theological and/or ministry understanding in formal ministry contexts and the wider community; Engagement with the World 10. Bring enhanced professional and vocational capacity to work with others (as a leader and in groups) to engage with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world; Continuing Learning and Development 11. Show readiness for research at doctoral level in their capacity for wide reading, analytical rigour and independent thinking.

Doctor of Ministry 211

DOCTOR OF MINISTRY (AQF LEVEL 10 DOCTORAL DEGREE, COURSE CODE 200)

Rationale

The Doctor of Ministry is an AQF level 10 professional doctoral award whose graduates make a significant and original contribution to knowledge as applied in the contexts of broad range professional Christian ministry practice.

The degree is designed to enable men and women to produce significant and original research outcomes and as researchers demonstrate the capacity to design, implement, gather and interpret data, and communicate the results of the research for theses undertaken in specific fields of knowledge applied to various areas of professional ministry.

The degree is for theological and non-theological graduates already in significant leadership positions in churches, denominational offices, para-church agencies and non-church agencies and institutions where people want to enhance their research by also applying insights from Christian traditions.

The Doctor of Ministry is distinguished from the Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Theology by the coursework component of the Doctor of Ministry, its shorter project and its focus on application of new knowledge in a variety of ministry contexts, whereas the Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Theology have no coursework component, and typically do not seek to apply the new knowledge in specific ministry contexts.

Previous Australian College of Theology Doctor of Ministry graduates have been employed in church ministries, denominational and NGO positions for strategic planning as well as teaching pastoral and missions courses at theological colleges, bible colleges and seminaries in Australian and overseas. It is envisaged that graduates of this revised Doctor of Ministry course will find employment in the same or similar ministry areas.

As one of the ACT’s Higher Degree by Research courses, the DMin is embedded in a rigorous research policy framework, that includes policies and procedures relating to research training, supervision and supervisor training, and a developing community of collaborative research among the ACT’s HDR approved affiliated colleges. The relevant policy and procedure documents are identified at the end of this document and can be accessed on the ACT website.

Graduate Attributes

Doctor of Ministry graduates will exemplify the Australian College of Theology graduate attributes at the highest level, being Christian people, scholars, professionals and leaders of integrity.

212 Doctor of Ministry

Admission Requirements

1. Academic Qualifications1:

1. MTh, OR

2. BTh/BMin Hons, with at least 2A and a 65% in dissertation, OR

3. BTh or BMin with MA(Th orMin) 48cps with GPA≥2.0 and at least a Credit in project of at least 12,000 words, OR

4. BTh or BMin with GradDipTh or Min 36cps with GPA≥2.0 and at least Credit in project of at least 12,000 words, OR

5. MDiv with MA(Th or Min) 32cps with GPA≥2.0 and at least Credit in project of at least 12,000 words, OR

6. MDiv or MMin with GPA≥3.0 and at least Credit in project of at least 12,000 words, OR

7. MA(ChrStuds) or MML with GPA≥3.0 and at least Credit in project of at least 12,000 words

8. Theological and non-theological qualifications deemed by the Research and Research Studies Committee to provide a suitable grounding for Doctor of Ministry study.

2. Ministry Experience Prerequisites Applicants must be able to demonstrate a minimum of five years of significant contribution in their ministry context since completion of their first degree. All applications would include a curriculum vitae, outlining various roles they have undertaken, positions held, major goals and most significant achievements. Applicants would normally currently be ministry practitioners in positions of significant ministry responsibility, aspiring to positions such as senior pastors, mission/denominational board representatives, tertiary educators, denominational leaders, church planters, mission directors, church consultants, department leaders, or senior positions or researcher positions in work contexts where a specific Christian reflection on their work would be beneficial to their employing organisation. All applicants must submit with their application a letter of commendation from their current employing organisation that comments on the character of the applicant and their capacity to contribute to their denomination, church or institutional employer. This letter must also provide evidence from their employing organisation that the organisation understands the extent of the commitment required over the six years part-time or three years full-time of the degree and agrees to support the candidate to enable them to complete the course. 3. English Language Proficiency Requirements All applicants must show proficiency in English to enter the course. This can be shown through the following ways: 1. IELTS (academic version) test result of 7.5 overall with a minimum of 7.5 in reading and writing, 7.0 in listening and 6.5 in speaking; OR 2. Applicant has been resident in Australia with English being the language spoken at home and at work for ten (10) or more years.

1 Australian College of Theology awards, or awards determined to be equivalents.

Doctor of Ministry 213

In addition, applicants may be required to provide a sample of written English work (of 12,000 words), and/or participate in an oral interview, and/or produce a short piece of written work in English during an interview.

Structure

Overall cps: 96 Length: 3 years F/T (6 semesters) or P/T equivalent up to 6 years (12 semesters) Foundation Phase (28cps): All taught coursework phase units are ACT 700 level (Coursework Masters).  1 x Research Methods (4cps) or exemption2  1 x Personal Formation Portfolio (12cps) spread over the entire course as 12 x 1cp enrolments.  3 x 4cps elective units at 700 level (12cps) All coursework units will be based on 700-4 level units. They will provide opportunity for advanced level development in relevant fields of study to a candidate’s proposed project. The project will provide evidence of achieving the doctoral level outcomes of the course. Progressing to the Research Phase requires candidates to successfully complete the confirmation of candidature process as detailed in the ACT Confirmation of Candidature Policy. 3 Research Phase (68cps) • 40-50,000-word project.4 (64cps) • 1 x Conference Participation unit (4cps)

Cohorts Throughout the Course students will be part of a Cohort which meets for 8 hours per year, face to face and/or virtually. Among other things, cohort meetings will facilitate: 1. Discussion of what they are learning and how their learning integrates into their ministry context. 2. Discussion of aspects of their personal formation. 3. Refinement of the skills of reflective practice These facilitated Cohort gatherings will contribute to the Personal Formation Portfolios to be presented at the end of the Course.

2 exemption – If candidates are granted exemption for RM, they are permitted to replace Research Methods with an alternative 4cp 700 level unit. 3 For DMin candidates Confirmation of Candidature could mean completing the Research Methods unit and the 3 elective units, or if given RPL for Research Methods, 4 elective units. 4 It is proposed that the project may be completed in a number of ways: 40‐50,000 words of text; an artefact that is clearly integrated in the project so that it is included in the word 40‐50,000 word count; an artefact included as an appendix but not included in the 40‐50,000 word count. When the research proposal is presented as part of the Confirmation of Candidature portfolio, the supervisor and candidate should provide a rationale for the inclusion or exclusion in the 40‐50,000 word count of any artefact proposed to be produced.

214 Doctor of Ministry

Typical Course Progression for Part Time Student

Year Phase Semester 1 Semester 2 1 Foundatio Elective Unit (4cps) Elective Unit (4cps) n Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) 2 Foundatio Research Methods Unit or Elective Elective Unit (4cps) n Unit (4cps) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) 3 Research Research Project (8cps) Research Project (8cps) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) 4 Research Research Project (8cps) Research Project (8cps) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) 5 Research Research Project (8cps) Research Project (8cps) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) PC702-4 Conference Participation (4cps) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) 6 Research Research Project (8cps) Research Project (8cps) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) Personal Formation Portfolio (1cp) Selection of Electives The electives in the foundational phase are to form a coherent program of study developing content knowledge and skills in a recognised area of ministry practice. They may come from one or a mixture of fields of study, Developmental Ministries, Evangelism & Mission, or Pastoral &nd Church Focused Ministry.

Examples of recognised areas of ministry practice supported by ACT 700 level units are Leadership, Mentoring, Cross-cultural mission.

A candidate seeking to focus on leadership might choose from the following units: PC715 Christian Leadership and Management PC716 Empowering Leadership PC737 Transformational Leadership PC740 Gospel Spirituality for Leadership PC741 Multicultural Church and Leadership PC769 Church Systems and Congregational Health PC771 Missional Leadership PC779 Contemporary Pastoral Relations

A candidate seeking to focus on mentoring and supervision might choose from the following units: PC720 Christian Mentoring PC721 Mentoring Christian Leaders PC722 Professional Practice as a Christian Mentor PC723 Professional Supervision of Ministry Workers PC724 Advanced Professional Supervision for Ministry Workers

Doctor of Ministry 215

A candidate seeking to focus on cross-cultural mission might choose from the following units: EM703 Developing Leaders Across Cultures EM704 Applied Linguistics for Mission EM707 Ministry in Islamic Context EM708 Developing Resilience and Spiritual Maturity in Cross-Cultural Ministry EM712 Cross-Cultural Church Planting EM722 Cultural Exegesis EM780 Contextualization of Theology and Ministry Practice

Protocols of the Course Candidates and their supervisors must complete and submit the Higher Degree by Research Annual Progress Report to the Postgraduate Student Administrator of the ACT via the postgraduate coordinator in the candidate’s supervising college by the due date. Where unsatisfactory progress is reported the Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to ‘show cause’ why candidature should not be terminated. It is the candidate’s responsibility to be aware of and comply with all rules and regulations related to the Doctor of Ministry. Only after the principal supervisor has seen a full draft of the project, and put it through Turnitin, should the completed Notice of Intention to Submit Thesis or Project form be submitted by the principal supervisor to the ACT’s Postgraduate Student Administrator via the supervising college’s Postgraduate Coordinator or Registrar. The completed form should arrive at least three months prior to the anticipated submission of the thesis. Included with the completed signed Notice of Intention to Submit Thesis or Project form supervisors should include: • a list of 5-6 potential examiners • potential examiners’ contact details (phone [if in Australia or NZ], email address, mailing address) • a concise statement of the appropriateness of each to examine the thesis • an abstract of the thesis of no more than 300 words. Three examiners—all external to the candidate’s supervising college, and at least one external to the ACT—are appointed by the Higher Degree Research Examination Panel. No contact should be made with the suggested examiners by candidate, supervisors or supervising colleges. The Higher Degree Research Examination Panel, a standing panel of the Research and Research Studies Committee, determines the order in which examiners are to be approached. Membership of Higher Degree Research Examination Panel consists of the three Departmental Representatives of the Research and Research Studies Committee and the Executive Officer of the Research and Research Studies Committee. The Higher Degree Research Examination Panel has delegated authority to co-opt specialists to give advice on potential examiners. The abstract along with examiner’s guidelines and schedule of payments will be forwarded to potential examiners when inviting them to examine the work. When the thesis or project is ready for examination, the Research Student Administrator will advise the principal supervisor and candidate of the form in which the thesis or project is required

216 Doctor of Ministry

for examination. This might be up to three soft bound copies or a locked pdf. The candidate should ensure the required number and form of the thesis are with the Research Student Administrator no later than three months after the submission of the Notice of Intention to Submit form was submitted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Research and Research Studies Committee may, in any case in which it may deem it appropriate to do so, vary, dispense with or suspend any requirement or prescription by these regulations, and report forthwith to the Academic Board of the Australian College of Theology.

Rules

1. All candidates must initially apply through a supervising college approved to prepare candidates for the PhD degree using the required ACT form. 2. All applicants with non-ACT qualifications must submit original or certified copies of transcripts or certificates of all tertiary study completed in theology or ministry to the Research and Research Studies Committee, which will determine granting candidature. 3. All candidates initially have provisional status. Candidates must satisfactorily complete all Confirmation of Candidature requirements by the end of their first full time year (or part time equivalent) of candidature to progress to full candidate status. 4. Candidates will be supervised at an affiliated college of the ACT approved to prepare candidates for doctoral courses. 5. Supervisors must be registered as either principal supervisor and /or co-supervisor on the ACT Register of Supervisors. 6. Candidates and their supervisors must complete and submit the Higher Degree by Research Annual Progress Report to the Research Student Administrator of the ACT via the postgraduate coordinator in the candidate’s supervising college by the due date. Where unsatisfactory progress is reported the Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to ‘show cause’ why candidature should not be terminated. 7. It is the candidate’s responsibility to be aware of and fully comply with all rules and regulations related to the Doctor of Ministry. The online version of the ACT HDR Candidate’s Handbook provides the most up to date version of the rules and regulations. 8. The candidates must be aware of the prescribed word limit for DMin theses. Theses, including appendices and excurses but excluding Bibliography, must be at least 80,000 and no more than 100,000 words in length. See Guidelines for Theses in the ACT Higher Degree by Research Handbook. 9. Candidates should expect to submit to their supervisors coherent accounts of the research to date according to the agreed Research Plan. 10. Candidates should accept responsibility for maintaining negotiated regular communication with the supervisor and the progress of research agreed upon. If impediments arise, these should be immediately discussed with the supervisor. 11. Under exceptional circumstances, the Research and Research Studies Committee may vary the period of candidature.

Doctor of Ministry 217

Learning Outcomes

The Course Learning Outcomes of the Doctor of Ministry aligns with AQF level 10 professional doctoral award whose graduates make a significant and original contribution to knowledge as applied in the context of professional Christian ministry practice and with the ACT’s seven learning outcome domain descriptors (ACT CLO).

1. Discipline knowledge and understanding 2. Inquiry and analysis 3. Problem solving and integration 4. Communication 5. Teamwork and professional practice 6. Engagement with the world 7. Continuous learning and professional development

(a) Knowledge and Understanding Aspects

1. Systematic and critical understanding of a substantial and complex body of knowledge of theological, biblical-hermeneutical and, sociological methods as related to specialised aspects of Christian ministry. (ACT CLO 1) (b) Skills

1. Independently and systematically engage in critical reflection, synthesis and evaluation of the body of knowledge related to specialised aspects of Christian ministry. (ACT CLO 2) 2. Develop, adapt, integrate and implement research methodologies to extend and redefine existing professional practice. (ACT CLO 3, 5) 3. Disseminate and promote new insights to peers and the community. (ACT CLO 4, 6) 4. Generate original knowledge and understanding to contribute to the professional practice of specialised aspects of Christian ministry. (ACT CLO 5) (c) Applied knowledge and skills

1. Demonstrate their autonomy, authoritative judgement, adaptability and ethical responsibility as an expert and leading practitioner in specialised aspects of Christian ministry. (ACT CLO 1, 2, 3) 2. Demonstrate their capacity to collaboratively plan, execute, and evaluate research (ACT CLO 5) 3. Demonstrate their skills as communicators by disseminating their findings to their peers and the wider community (ACT CLO 4, 5) (d) Personal Developmental Aspects.

1. Doctor of Ministry graduates should demonstrate the capacity of lifelong learners committed to their on-going development with particular emphasis on their own personhood as Christians within a professional ministry context. (ACT CLO 7)

218 Doctor of Philosophy

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (AQF LEVEL 10 DOCTORAL DEGREE, COURSE CODE 199)

Rationale

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is designed for candidates who have a prior degree in theology or in a field other than theology. The degree is designed to allow candidates whose academic background is in fields other than traditionally related to theology to pursue research in their primary field of research and integrate their research with knowledge from various Christian traditional theological disciplines. The degree will equip men and women as beginning researchers in a broad range of fields of study related to the humanities and social sciences and provide a qualification recognised by theological and Bible colleges as well as universities for those who teach in these fields.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications 1. MTh OR 2. BTh/BMin Hons, with at least 2A in dissertation OR 3. BTh or BMin with MA(Th/Min) 48cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 4. BTh or BMin with GradDipTh/Min 36cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 5. MDiv with MA(Th/Min) 32cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **795 in FoR OR 6. MDiv with GPA≥2.0 and **795 in FoR with GradCertDiv 18cps with RTP and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 7. MDiv with GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **795 in FoR and RM09* OR 8. MA(ChrStuds) or MML with GradCertDiv 18cps with RTP and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 9. MA(ChrStuds) or MML with ≥Distinction in IN792 in FoR and RM09* RTP = Research Training Pathway – see general information at the start of the Course Outlines section FoR = Field of Research Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS min 7.5 overall with a min 7.5 in reading and writing, 7.0 in listening and 6.5 in speaking.

Doctor of Philosophy 219

Structure

Length: 3 year F/T (6 semesters) or P/T equivalent up to 6 years (12 semesters)

Thesis: 80-100,000 word thesis, excluding bibliography The thesis coding is **988 for part-time candidates and **989 for full-time candidates.

Higher Degree Research candidates may not be granted more than two (2) semesters of suspension of candidature during the term of their candidature, and may be granted no more than two semesters of extension of candidature prior to the examination phase of their candidature. The R&RSC will accept applications for suspension beyond the two (2) semester limit on a case by case basis only for extraordinary circumstances, supported with written evidence.

Rules

1. All candidates must initially apply through a supervising college approved to prepare candidates for the PhD degree using the required ACT form. 2. All applicants with non-ACT qualifications must submit original or certified copies of transcripts or certificates of all tertiary study completed in theology or ministry to the Research and Research Studies Committee, which will determine granting candidature. 3. All candidates initially have provisional status. Candidates must satisfactorily complete all Confirmation of Candidature requirements by the end of their first full time year (or part time equivalent) of candidature to progress to full candidate status. 4. Candidates will be supervised at an affiliated college of the ACT approved to prepare candidates for the PhD. 5. Supervisors must be registered as either principal supervisor and /or co-supervisor on the ACT Register of Supervisors. 6. Candidates and their supervisors must complete and submit the Higher Degree by Research Annual Progress Report to the Research Student Administrator of the ACT via the postgraduate coordinator in the candidate’s supervising college by the due date. Where unsatisfactory progress is reported the Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to ‘show cause’ why candidature should not be terminated. 7. It is the candidate’s responsibility to be aware of and fully comply with all rules and regulations related to the Doctor of Philosophy. The online version of the ACT HDR Candidate’s Handbook provides the most up to date version of the rules and regulations. 8. The candidates must be aware of the prescribed word limit for PhD theses. Theses must be at least 80,000 and no more than 100,000 words in length. See Guidelines for Theses in the ACT Higher Degree by Research Handbook. 9. Candidates should expect to submit to the supervisor coherent accounts of the research to date according to the agreed Research Plan. 10. Candidates should accept responsibility for maintaining negotiated regular communication with the supervisor and the progress of research agreed upon. If impediments arise, these should be immediately discussed with the supervisor. 11. Under exceptional circumstances, the Research and Research Studies Committee may vary the period of candidature.

220 Doctor of Philosophy

Learning Outcomes

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (AQF level 10) is a research doctorate equivalent to an Australian University PhD. It is awarded on the basis of the satisfactory completion of a thesis. The thesis must make an original contribution to the relevant field of knowledge, integrating Christian theological perspectives and show evidence of original research and the exercise of independent critical analysis. Although a candidate works under a supervisor, the candidate is expected to demonstrate independence of thought. The award of the degree may be taken to certify that a candidate has been trained in the techniques relevant to the field of research, and is capable, without supervision, of applying these techniques to other research projects, and has become sufficiently familiar with a significant area of discipline within which the candidate has worked to be able to assess critically the present state of knowledge in the subject and to conceive original possibilities for further investigation with an increasing independence. 1. The thesis must embody the results of independent scholarship and research. It may be either a critical and analytical study of existing material or, as is more usual, an original contribution to the subject. In either case it must show evidence of originality and independence of thought, posing a new insight into the topic or formulating an existing issue in a novel and useful way. 2. The candidate must demonstrate that they are aware of, understands, and is able to read and analyse the literature—including primary source and scholarly material in languages other than English—that is directly relevant to the topic as well as related areas of significance, and is able to make considered judgments. 3. The thesis must be a work of appropriate literary standard. While assessing what constitutes a “distinct contribution to theological learning” is no easy matter, one way of gauging whether a candidate’s work meets the criterion is to consider the extent to which the thesis is publishable. Criteria that will help decide whether a thesis is publishable are:  there is emerging and/or growing interest in the subject area of the thesis such that the thesis, if published, would complement what has been published already, or, the thesis makes a radically new contribution to the subject area;  the thesis is well-written, its ideas are accessible, and it would lend itself to easy conversion to published format;  there are well-known, international scholars who could be advocates for the published version of the thesis. In the following domains, Graduates of the Doctor of Philosophy will be able to: Knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate substantial expert knowledge at the frontier of a field of learning in Theology, Ministry or Christian Studies; 2. Evaluate the various research principles and methodologies of the field of learning; Inquiry and Analysis 3. Assess the received body of knowledge in the field of learning with a view to identifying areas that require further research; Problem Solving and Integration

Doctor of Philosophy 221

4. Formulate problems and questions, assemble data and literature, construct a theoretical and methodological framework, develop coherent evidence-based perspectives as the basis of independent expert inquiry; Research 5. Design and execute an independent investigation leading to an original and significant contribution to knowledge in the field of learning; 6. Demonstrate understanding of and compliance with ethical matters related to human participant research; Communication 7. Present theoretical bases, methodologies and results of research to, and engage with, non- specialists, peers and the scholarly community; 8. Present research in writing suitable for publication, including a thesis of 80,000-100,000 words or portfolio of published work; Teamwork and Professional Practice 9. As a leader and in groups, apply expert authoritative knowledge and understanding to ministry contexts and the wider community; Engagement with the World 10. Bring authoritative expert professional capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world; Continuous Learning and Development 11. Demonstrate capacity independently and collaboratively to generate new knowledge and understanding by original research.

222 Doctor of Theology

DOCTOR OF THEOLOGY (AQF LEVEL 10 DOCTORAL DEGREE, COURSE CODE 180)

Rationale

From its inauguration the Doctor of Theology (ThD) has been used as the ACT’s premier research degree for graduates who are already engaged in the ministerial profession as aspiring teachers in universities and theological colleges in Australia and overseas. The degree is designed to equip men and women as beginning researchers in the traditional fields of theology and provide a qualification recognised by theological and Bible colleges as well as universities for those who teach in these fields.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications 12. MTh OR 13. BTh/BMin Hons, with at least 2A in dissertation OR 14. BTh or BMin with MA(Th/Min) 48cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 15. BTh or BMin with GradDipTh/Min 36cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 16. MDiv with MA(Th/Min) 32cps with RTP and an overall GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **795 in FoR OR 17. MDiv with GPA≥2.0 and **795 in FoR with GradCertDiv 18cps with RTP and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 18. MDiv with GPA≥3.0 and ≥Distinction in **795 in FoR and RM09* OR 19. MA(ChrStuds) or MML with GradCertDiv 18cps with RTP and ≥Distinction in **796 OR 20. MA(ChrStuds) or MML with ≥Distinction in IN792 in FoR and RM09* RTP = Research Training Pathway – see general information at the start of the Course Outlines section FoR = Field of Research Language Qualifications for NESB: IELTS min 7.5 overall with a min 7.5 in reading and writing, 7.0 in listening and 6.5 in speaking.

Doctor of Theology 223

Structure

Length: 3 year F/T (6 semesters) or P/T equivalent up to 6 years (12 semesters)

Thesis: 80-100,000 word thesis, excluding bibliography The thesis coding is **998 for part-time candidates and **999 for full-time candidates Higher Degree Research candidates may not be granted more than two (2) semesters of suspension of candidature during the term of their candidature, and may be granted no more than two (2) semesters of extension of candidature prior to the examination phase of their candidature. The R&RSC will accept applications for suspension beyond the two (2) semester limit on a case by case basis only for extraordinary circumstances, supported with written evidence. Candidates will complete a thesis of 80,000-100,000 words.

Rules

1. All candidates must initially apply through a supervising college approved to prepare candidates for the ThD degree using the required ACT form. 2. All applicants with non-ACT qualifications must submit original or certified copies of transcripts or certificates of all tertiary study completed in theology or ministry to the Research and Research Studies Committee, which will determine granting candidature. 3. All candidates initially have provisional status. Candidates must satisfactorily complete all Confirmation of Candidature requirements by the end of their first full time year (or part time equivalent) of candidature to progress to full candidate status. 4. Candidates will be supervised at an affiliated college of the ACT approved to prepare candidates for the ThD. 5. Supervisors must be registered as either principal supervisor and/or co-supervisor on the ACT Register of Supervisors. 6. Candidates and their supervisors must complete and submit the Higher Degree by Research Annual Progress Report to the Postgraduate Candidate Officer of the ACT via the postgraduate coordinator in the candidate’s supervising college by the due date. Where unsatisfactory progress is reported the Research and Research Studies Committee may require the candidate to ‘show cause’ why candidature should not be terminated. 7. It is the candidate’s responsibility to be aware of and fully comply with all rules and regulations related to the Doctor of Theology. The online version of the ACT HDR Candidate’s Handbook provides the most up to date version of the rules and regulations. 8. The candidates must be aware of the prescribed word limit for ThD theses. Theses must be at least 80,000 and no more than 100,000 words in length. See Guidelines for Theses in the ACT Higher Degree by Research Handbook. 9. The candidate should expect to submit to the supervisor coherent accounts of the research to date according to the agreed Research Plan. 10. Candidates should accept responsibility for maintaining negotiated regular communication with the supervisor and the progress of research agreed upon. If impediments arise, these should be immediately discussed with the supervisor.

224 Doctor of Theology

11. Under exceptional circumstances, the Research and Research Studies Committee may vary the period of candidature.

Learning Outcomes

The degree of Doctor of Theology is the premier research degree of the ACT. It is awarded on the basis of the satisfactory completion of a thesis, though it is also possible that the degree might be awarded on the basis of work(s) published during candidature. The thesis, or portfolio of published works, must constitute a distinct contribution to theological learning and must show evidence of original research and the exercise of independent critical analysis. Although a candidate works under a supervisor, the candidate is expected to demonstrate independence of thought. The award of the degree may be taken to certify that a candidate has been trained in the techniques relevant to the field of research, and is capable, without supervision, of applying these techniques to other research projects, and has become sufficiently familiar with a significant area of discipline within which the candidate has worked to be able to assess critically the present state of knowledge in the subject and to conceive original possibilities for further investigation with an increasing independence.

1. The thesis must embody the results of independent scholarship and research. It may be either a critical and analytical study of existing material or, as is more usual, an original contribution to the subject. In either case it must show evidence of originality and independence of thought, posing a new insight into the topic or formulating an existing issue in a novel and useful way. 2. The candidate must demonstrate that they are aware of, understand, and are able to read and analyse the literature — Including primary source and scholarly material in languages other than English — that is directly relevant to the topic as well as related areas of significance, and is able to make considered judgments. 3. The thesis must be a work of appropriate literary standard. While assessing what constitutes a “distinct contribution to theological learning” is no easy matter, one way of gauging whether a candidate’s work meets the criterion is to consider the extent to which the thesis is publishable. Criteria that will help decide whether a thesis is publishable are:  there is emerging and/or growing interest in the subject area of the thesis such that the thesis, if published, would complement what has been published already, or, the thesis makes a radically new contribution to the subject area;  the thesis is well-written, its ideas are accessible, and it would lend itself to easy conversion to published format;  there are well-known, international scholars who could be advocates for the published version of the thesis.

In the following domains, Graduates of the Doctor of Theology will be able to: Knowledge and understanding 1. Demonstrate substantial expert knowledge at the frontier in an area of the traditional fields of Theology; 2. Evaluate the various research principles and methodologies in an area of the traditional fields of Theology; Inquiry and Analysis

Doctor of Theology 225

3. Assess the received body of knowledge in an area of the traditional fields of Theology with a view to identifying areas that require further research; Problem Solving and Integration 4. Formulate problems and questions, assemble data and literature, construct a theoretical and methodological framework, develop coherent evidence-based perspectives as the basis of independent expert inquiry; Research 5. Design and execute an independent investigation leading to an original and significant contribution to knowledge in an area of the traditional fields of Theology; 6. Demonstrate understanding of and compliance with ethical matters related to human participant research; Communication 7. Present theoretical bases, methodologies and results of research to, and engage with, non-specialists, peers and the scholarly community; 8. Present research in writing suitable for publication, including a thesis of 80,000-100,000 words or portfolio of published work; Teamwork and Professional Practice 9. As a leader and in groups, apply expert authoritative knowledge and understanding to ministry contexts and the wider community; Engagement with the World 10. Bring authoritative expert professional capacity to engagement with the challenges of contemporary Christianity, society and the wider world; Continuous Learning and Development 11. Demonstrate capacity independently and collaboratively to generate new knowledge and understanding by original research in the traditional fields of Theology.

226 Doctor of Theology (honoris causa)

DOCTOR OF THEOLOGY (HONORIS CAUSA)

In 2002 the Council of the Australian College of Theology approved the following regulations governing the ThD honoris causa. These were supplemented by the governing body of the ACT in 2004 and 2006, and amended by the Board of Directors in 2008.

Applications will only be considered by the Board of Directors at their first meeting after June 30.

The Chair of the Honorary Degree Committee serves a three (3) year renewable term, his or her appointment dating from the first meeting of the Directors after General Synod.

Regulations 1. Names of proposed recipients of the ThD (honoris causa) must be nominated and seconded by members of the ACT to the Board of Directors. The recipient must be a resident of NSW. 2. Save in exceptional cases, a proposal shall not be considered if the person proposed may, in the ordinary course of events, be expected to be a candidate for the award of the certificate by examination. 3. A person proposed for nomination should have made a notable contribution to the life and work of the Anglican Church of Australia, or have made a notable contribution to the wider church through his or her association as a scholar and educator within the Australian College of Theology. Nominees should already hold a doctoral degree from a recognised university, or be the author of a published work which is a substantial contribution to theological learning.

4. The application must be accompanied by evidence which supports the proposal. 5. Upon the receipt of a proposal, the Board of Directors shall determine at its first meeting after June 30 whether there is a prima facie case for convening the Honorary Degree Committee. The Committee will comprise the chair already appointed by the Directors together with at least two other eminent scholars or ecclesiastical representatives who are not active members of the faculty of any ACT affiliated college and qualified to assess the nomination, who will confer and submit a written report to the Board of Directors. The Committee will take into account one or more of the following — a. the nominee’s contribution to theological learning as measured by a monograph or a body of published works of international standing and repute, b. the nominee’s clearly acknowledged national and/or international contribution to knowledge or practice in the fields of theology or ministry. 6. On receipt of a positive recommendation from the Honorary Degree Committee the Board of Directors must decide by a vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in the affirmative for the awarding of the degree. 7. The degree may be presented to the candidate by a member of the ACT at a place agreed by the candidate and the Dean, or presented by the principal of an affiliated institution with a close connection to the candidate, at its graduation ceremony.

HDR Graduation List for 2018 227

HDR GRADUATION LIST FOR THE YEAR 2018

Doctor of Theology

Johnston, Yarran Brisbane School of Theology For a thesis: The Sweet Savour of Godliness”. The affectional piety of Thomas Watson (c.1620- 1686) in the context of late English Puritanism.

Doctor of Philosophy

Castor, Trevor Melbourne School of Theology For a thesis: Narrative Identity: Transnational Practices of Pashtun Immigrants in America.

Hurst, Blake Vose Seminary For a thesis: Evangelical Theology at a Crossroads: What Alasdair MacIntyre’s Theory of Tradition- Guided Enquiry Has to Say to a Theological Tradition Beset by Methodological Conflict.

Nicholls, David Melbourne School of Theology For a thesis: Leadership and cultural hegemony: experiences of minority culture leaders in multicultural SIL.

Reeve, Joshua Sydney Missionary and Bible College For a thesis: Blemished Bodies in Sacred Space: Disability in Leviticus 21:16-24.

Riding, Charles Bruce Australian College of Theology For a thesis: The Day of YHWH, Its Origin, Its Precursors, and Its Development before the Time of Amos and Hosea.

Yu, Devin Morling College For a thesis: Reforming Plantinga’s epistemology of faith: a critical synthesis of Bishop’s doxastic venture with Plantinga’s Reformed epistemology (with special application to the problem of divine absence).

Doctor of Ministry

Strong, Phillip Melbourne School of Theology For a thesis: Discourses of Renewal in Presbyterian Churches of Queensland.

Master of Theology

Bowles, Andrew Ridley College For a thesis: The Mystical Anthropology of Gregory Palamas for a Postsecular Context.

Mitchell, Andrew Melbourne School of Theology For a thesis: Matthew 6:10 and the relationship between the kingdom and obedience in Matthew.

Russell, Michael Bible College of South Australia For a thesis: The Nexus between General Revelation and Moral Culpability.

Australian College of Theology

NON-AQF QUALIFICATIONS

Certificate in Theology 229

CERTIFICATE IN THEOLOGY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE ASSOCIATE IN THEOLOGY)

Rationale

1. Intended to further the education of adults in relation to Christian faith and life. Its aim is to stimulate the interest of alert and enquiring minds. What is required is not so much academic scholarship as an understanding of Christian theology and its implication for contemporary life. 2. Makes an ideal preparatory and enabling program for students who wish, at a future point, to undertake study at undergraduate level in the ACT, but may not otherwise meet the entry requirements of an accredited undergraduate award or may find undertaking accredited undergraduate level study, without suitable preparation, arduous.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: 1) Completion of year 10 or equivalent 2) Enrolment in the Certificate in Theology may be extended to students entering year 10 in a school-supported program where the following conditions are met:  Students entering the program hold a band 7 or above in English domains (reading, writing) for Year 9 NAPLAN; OR  A student with a NAPLAN result in English domains (reading, writing) lower than band 7 are admitted only by affiliated colleges with a recommendation in relation to capacity from the local coordinator. The local coordinating teacher would be permitted to approve the academic readiness of a student with a lower NAPLAN result.

Structure

Units to pass: 6 Foundational units NT New Testament OT Old Testament CB Christian Belief Additional units Any 3 units from the suite of Certificate level units, available to view on the ACT website at www.actheology.edu.au

Grades and Graduating Levels

Passing Grade: 50% or above. All assessment items must be submitted in order to record a passing grade for a unit. Graduating levels 80% average or above = Pass with Distinction 65%-79% average = Pass with Merit 50%-64% average = Pass

230 Certificate in Theology

Guidelines for Assessment

For units where appropriate, ACT recommends that colleges assess the CertTheol by means of a one- hour examination and 1,500 word essay, or replace the exam with two essay assignments together amounting to 1,500 words. Students would need to score 50% or better in the 1500 word essay, as well as 50% overall in the two shorter essays, though one of these might score as low as 40%. ACT colleges may teach the CertTheol on a term basis. If so, there should be two equal terms per semester.

Academic Studies in Theology Certificate 231

ACADEMIC STUDIES IN THEOLOGY CERTIFICATE

Rationale

This course is a preparatory and enabling pre-diploma program.

Government Assistance

The Academic Studies in Theology Certificate has been approved as an approved course for Centrelink payments, when taken by eligible candidates in at least 75% of a full time mode.

Admission Requirements

Academic Qualifications: Yr 10 or equivalent

Structure

Units to pass: 8 F/T load: 4 units per semester Foundational units NT New Testament OT Old Testament CB Christian Belief ISS Introducing Study Skills DSS Developing Study Skills Additional units Any 3 units from the suite of Certificate level units, available to view on the ACT website at www.actheology.edu.au

Grades and Graduating Levels

Passing Grade: 50% or above All assessment items must be submitted in order to record a passing grade for a unit. Graduating levels 80% average or above = Pass with Distinction 65%-79% average = Pass with Merit 50%-64% average = Pass

Guidelines for Assessment

For units where appropriate, ACT recommends that colleges assess the ASTC by means of a one- hour examination and 1,500 word essay, or replace the exam with two essay assignments together amounting to 1,500 words. Students would need to score 50% or better in the 1500 word essay, as well as 50% overall in the two shorter essays, though one of these might score as low as 40%. ACT colleges may teach the ASTC on a term basis. If so, there should be two equal terms per semester.